https://en.wikipedia.org/w/api.php?action=feedcontributions&feedformat=atom&user=Eamezaga Wikipedia - User contributions [en] 2024-10-26T09:41:09Z User contributions MediaWiki 1.43.0-wmf.28 https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Hypertrophic_osteoarthropathy&diff=374322582 Hypertrophic osteoarthropathy 2010-07-19T15:55:38Z <p>Eamezaga: iw</p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox_Disease |<br /> Name = {{PAGENAME}} |<br /> Image = |<br /> Caption = |<br /> DiseasesDB = 6388 |<br /> ICD10 = {{ICD10|M|89|4|m|86}} |<br /> ICD9 = {{ICD9|731.2}} |<br /> ICDO = |<br /> OMIM = |<br /> MedlinePlus = |<br /> eMedicineSubj = |<br /> eMedicineTopic = |<br /> MeshID = |<br /> }}<br /> <br /> '''Hypertrophic pulmonary osteoarthropathy''' (or '''Bamberger-Marie disease''')&lt;ref name=&quot;pmid17006703&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |author=Armstrong DJ, McCausland EM, Wright GD |title=Hypertrophic pulmonary osteoarthropathy (HPOA) (Pierre Marie-Bamberger syndrome): two cases presenting as acute inflammatory arthritis. Description and review of the literature |journal=Rheumatol. Int. |volume=27 |issue=4 |pages=399–402 |year=2007 |month=February |pmid=17006703 |doi=10.1007/s00296-006-0224-2}}&lt;/ref&gt; is a medical condition combining [[clubbing]] and [[periostitis]] of the long bones of the upper and lower extremities. Distal expansion of the long bones as well as painful, swollen joints and synovial villous proliferation are often seen. The condition may be primary or secondary to diseases like [[lung cancer]].<br /> <br /> It is also known as &quot;osteoarthropathia hypertrophicans&quot;.&lt;ref name=&quot;pmid9885895&quot;&gt;{{cite journal |author=Deller A, Heuer B, Wiedeck H |title=Is myositis ossificans following ARDS a complication of prone-dependency or is it osteoarthropathia hypertrophicans (Bamberger-Marie syndrome)? |journal=Intensive Care Med |volume=24 |issue=12 |pages=1345–6 |year=1998 |month=December |pmid=9885895 |doi= 10.1007/s001340050776|url=http://link.springer-ny.com/link/service/journals/00134/bibs/8024012/80241345.htm}}&lt;/ref&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Eponym==<br /> It is named for [[Eugen von Bamberger]] and [[Pierre Marie]].&lt;ref&gt;{{WhoNamedIt|synd|1756}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;E. von Bamberger. Veränderungen der Röhrenknochen bei Bronchiektasie. Wiener klinische Wochenschrift, 1889, 2: 226.&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;P. Marie. De l’osteo-arthropathie hypertrophiante pneumique.Rév Med, Paris, 1890, 10: 1-36.&lt;/ref&gt;<br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> * [[Periosteal reaction]]<br /> * [[Hypertrophic osteopathy]]<br /> <br /> ==References==<br /> {{reflist|2}}<br /> <br /> {{medicine-stub}}<br /> {{Osteochondropathy}}<br /> [[Category:Osteopathies]]<br /> <br /> [[de:Hypertrophe Osteoarthropathie]]<br /> [[es:Osteoartropatía hipertrófica pulmonar]]<br /> [[nl:Marie-Bamberger-syndroom]]<br /> [[ja:肥大性肺性骨関節症]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Cerebellar_hypoplasia&diff=372245446 Cerebellar hypoplasia 2010-07-07T17:35:05Z <p>Eamezaga: iw</p> <hr /> <div>{{about|human cerebellar hypoplasia|cerebellar hypoplasia in other animals|cerebellar hypoplasia (non-human)}}<br /> {{refimprove|date=April 2010}}<br /> '''Cerebellar hypoplasia''' is a developmental disorder characterized by the incomplete or underdevelopment of the [[cerebellum]]. It may be genetic or occur sporadically. Cerebellar hypoplasia may be caused by thyroid abnormalities, environmental influences such as [[medication|drugs]] and [[chemical]]s or [[viral infection]]s or [[stroke]]. In [[infancy]], symptoms may include developmental delay, hypotonia, [[ataxia]], seizures, mental retardation and involuntary eye movements ([[pathologic nystagmus|nystagmus]]). At later ages, symptoms include headache, vertigo, imbalance, and hearing impairment. Cerebellar hypoplasia may be associated with other disorders including [[Dandy Walker syndrome]], [[Werdnig-Hoffman syndrome]] and [[Walker-Warburg syndrome]].<br /> <br /> == Treatment ==<br /> There is no standard course of treatment for cerebellar hypoplasia. Treatment is symptomatic and supportive. Balance rehabilitation techniques may benefit those experiencing difficulty with balance.&lt;ref&gt;Sensory Learning (2009) [http://www.sensorylearning.com.au/content/cerebellar-hypoplasia Cerebellar Hypoplasia] [http://www.sensorylearning.com.au Sensory Learning.com]&lt;/ref&gt;<br /> <br /> == Prognosis ==<br /> Cerebellar hypoplasia may be progressive or static in nature. Some cerebellar hypoplasia resulting from congenital brain abnormalities/malformations are not progressive.<br /> <br /> == References ==<br /> {{reflist}}<br /> <br /> == External links ==<br /> *[http://www.actcerebellarhypoplasia.org.au Australian Capital Territory Cerebellar Hypoplasia Support Network Incorporated]<br /> *{{NINDS|cerebellar_hypoplasia/cerebellar_hypoplasia.htm}}<br /> *{{RareDiseases|1194|Cerebellar hypoplasia}}<br /> <br /> {{DEFAULTSORT:Cerebellar Hypoplasia}}<br /> [[Category:Neurology]]<br /> [[Category:Neurological disorders]]<br /> [[Category:Genetic disorders]]<br /> <br /> <br /> {{genetic-disorder-stub}}<br /> <br /> [[es:Hipoplasia cerebelosa]]<br /> [[nl:Cerebellaire hypoplasie (mensen)]]<br /> [[pl:Hipoplazja móżdżku]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Cerebellar_tonsil&diff=372228104 Cerebellar tonsil 2010-07-07T15:40:12Z <p>Eamezaga: </p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox Brain|<br /> Name = {{PAGENAME}} |<br /> Latin = tonsilla cerebelli |<br /> GraySubject = 187 |<br /> GrayPage = 791 |<br /> Image = Gray703.png |<br /> Caption = Anterior view of the [[cerebellum]]. (Tonsil visible at center right.) |<br /> Image2 = Gray704.png |<br /> Caption2 = Sagittal section of the cerebellum, near the junction of the vermis with the hemisphere. (Tonsil visible at bottom center.) |<br /> IsPartOf = [[Cerebellum]]|<br /> Components = |<br /> Artery = [[Posterior inferior cerebellar artery|PICA]]|<br /> Vein = |<br /> BrainInfoType = hier |<br /> BrainInfoNumber = 668 |<br /> MeshName = |<br /> MeshNumber = |<br /> DorlandsPre = t_13 |<br /> DorlandsSuf = 12812425 |<br /> }}<br /> The '''cerebellar tonsil''' is analogous to a rounded lobule on the undersurface of each cerebellar hemisphere, continuous medially with the uvula of the [[Cerebellar vermis]] and just superior to the [[flocculonodular lobe]] (source: Biology Online) Synonyms include: tonsilla cerebelli, amygdala cerebelli, the latter of which is not to be confused with the cerebral tonsils or amydgala nuclei located deep within the medial tempeoral lobes of the cerebral cortex. The flocculonodular lobe of the cerebellum which can also be confused for the cerebellar tonsils, is one of three lobes that make up the overall composition of the cerebellum. The cerebellum consists of three anatomical and functional lobes: anterior lobe, posterior lobe, and flocculonodular lobe. <br /> <br /> Elongation of the cerebellar tonsils can, due to pressure, lead to this portion of the cerebellum to slip or be pushed through the [[foramen magnum]] of the skull resulting in a condition known as [[chiari malformation]] (CM).<br /> <br /> ==Pathology==<br /> A Type I [[Arnold-Chiari malformation]] is a congenital anomaly of the [[brain]] in which the cerebellar tonsils are elongated and pushed down through the opening of the base of the [[skull]] (see [[foramen magnum]]), blocking the flow of [[cerebrospinal fluid]] (CSF). Also called tonsillar herniation. Although congenital, CM can also be induced due to physical head trauma.<br /> <br /> ==Additional images==<br /> &lt;gallery&gt;<br /> Image:Human cerebellum anterior view description.JPG|Human cerebellum anterior view<br /> Image:Human brain midsagittal view description.JPG|Human brain midsagittal view<br /> &lt;/gallery&gt;<br /> <br /> {{Gray's}}<br /> {{Cerebellum}}<br /> <br /> [[Category:Cerebellum]]<br /> <br /> [[es:Amígdala cerebelosa]]<br /> <br /> {{neuroanatomy-stub}}</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Battle_of_Port_Gibson&diff=357815637 Battle of Port Gibson 2010-04-23T12:47:22Z <p>Eamezaga: interwiki es:</p> <hr /> <div>{{FixBunching|beg}}<br /> {{Infobox Military Conflict<br /> |conflict=Battle of Port Gibson<br /> |image= <br /> |caption= <br /> |partof=the [[American Civil War]]<br /> |date=May 1, 1863<br /> |place=[[Port Gibson, Mississippi]]<br /> |result=[[United States of America|Union]] victory<br /> |combatant1= {{flagicon|USA|1861}} [[United States]] ([[Union (American Civil War)|Union]])<br /> |combatant2= {{flagicon|CSA|1863}} [[Confederate States of America|CSA (Confederacy)]]<br /> |commander1=[[Ulysses S. Grant]]<br /> |commander2=[[John S. Bowen]]<br /> |strength1= <br /> |strength2= <br /> |casualties1=861<br /> |casualties2=787<br /> |}}<br /> {{FixBunching|mid}}<br /> {{Campaignbox Grant's Operations Against Vicksburg}}<br /> {{FixBunching|end}}<br /> <br /> The '''Battle of Port Gibson''' was fought near [[Port Gibson, Mississippi]], on May 1, 1863, between [[Union Army|Union]] and [[Confederate States Army|Confederate]] forces during the [[Vicksburg Campaign]] of the [[American Civil War]]. The Union Army was led by [[Major General#United States|Maj. Gen.]] [[Ulysses S. Grant]], and they were victorious.<br /> <br /> ==Background==<br /> Grant launched his campaign against [[Vicksburg, Mississippi]], in the spring of 1863, starting his army south from Milliken's Bend on the west side of the [[Mississippi River]]. He intended to storm [[Grand Gulf]], while his subordinate Maj. Gen. [[William T. Sherman]] deceived the main army in Vicksburg by feigning an assault on the Yazoo Bluffs. Grant would then detach the [[XIII Corps (ACW)|XIII Corps]] to Maj. Gen. [[Nathaniel P. Banks]] at [[Port Hudson, Louisiana]], while Sherman hurried to join Grant and [[James B. McPherson]] for an inland move against the railroad. The Union fleet, however, failed to silence the Confederate batteries at Grand Gulf. Grant then sailed farther south and began crossing at [[Bruinsburg, Mississippi]], on April 30. Sherman's feint against the Yazoo Bluffs&amp;mdash;the [[Battle of Snyder's Bluff]]&amp;mdash;was a complete success, and only a single Confederate brigade was detached south.<br /> <br /> The only Confederate cavalry in the area, [[William Wirt Adams|Wirt Adams's]] Cavalry Regiment, had been ordered away to pursue [[Grierson's Raid|Grierson's raiders]], so Maj. Gen. [[John S. Bowen]] performed a reconnaissance in force to determine the Federals' intentions. Bowen moved south from Grand Gulf with Green's Brigade and took up a position astride the Rodney road just southwest of Port Gibson near Magnolia Church. A single brigade of reinforcements from Vicksburg under Brig. Gen. Edward D. Tracy arrived later and was posted across the Bruinsburg Road two miles north of Green's position. Baldwin's Brigade arrived later and was positioned in support of Green's Brigade. One hundred foot tall hills separated by nearly vertical ravines choked with canebrakes and underbrush rendered Bowen's position tenable despite the overwhelming Union force headed his way.<br /> <br /> [[Image:VicksburgCampaignAprilJuly63.png|thumb|500px|Grant's Operations against Vicksburg. {{legend|#ff0000|Confederate}}<br /> {{legend|#0000ff|Union}}<br /> ]]<br /> The absence of Confederate cavalry would have a major impact on the unfolding campaign. Had Bowen been assured that the Federals were landing at Bruinsburg and not Rodney, he could have taken a position on the bluffs above Bruinsburg, denying Grant's army a bridgehead into the interior. Federal efforts to push rapidly inland were exacerbated by the fact that Maj. Gen. [[John A. McClernand]] had forgotten to issue rations to the men. Despite the resulting delay, the [[Army of the Tennessee]] moved onto the river bluffs unopposed and pushed rapidly towards Port Gibson. Just after midnight on May 1, advanced elements of the 14th Division under Brig. Gen. [[Eugene Asa Carr|Eugene A. Carr]] engaged Confederate pickets near the Schaiffer House. Sporadic skirmishing and artillery fire continued until 3 a.m. Wary of Tracy's Brigade to the north, McClernand posted Brig. Gen. [[Peter J. Osterhaus]]'s 9th Division facing that direction. Having developed each other's positions, both sides settled down and waited for first light.<br /> <br /> ==Battle==<br /> General Carr scouted the ground before him and determined that a frontal assault through the canebrakes would be fruitless. He devised a turning movement whereby one brigade would move slowly forward through the canebrake while the second brigade would descend into the Widow's Creek bottoms and from there strike for the Confederate left flank. Brig. Gen. [[Alvin P. Hovey]]'s 12th Division arrived and surged forward just as Carr's men were storming the Confederate position. Both flanks having been turned, Green's men broke and ran. McClernand stopped to reorganize and then, always the politician, launched into a series a grandiose speeches until Grant pointed out that the Confederates had merely withdrawn to a more tenable position. Reinforced by Brig. Gen. [[Andrew Jackson Smith|A. J. Smith]]'s 10th Division and Stevenson's Brigade of McPherson's [[XVII Corps (ACW)|XVII Corp]], McClernand resumed the pursuit. With 20,000 men crowded into a 1.5 mile front, McClernand's plan appeared to be to force his way past the Confederate line. A flanking assault by Col. [[Francis Cockrell]]'s Missourians crumpled the Federal right flank and gave McClernand pause. Sundown found the two sides settling into a stalemate along a broad front on the Rodney Road several miles from Port Gibson.<br /> <br /> On the Bruinsburg Road front, Osterhaus had been content to pressure Tracy's command with federal sharpshooters and artillery, occasionally launching an unsupported regiment against the Confederate line. Maj. Gen. [[James B. McPherson]] showed up late in the afternoon with John E. Smith's brigade. Donning a cloak to disguise his rank, he reviewed the front lines and quickly devised a turning movement that would render untenable the entire Confederate right flank. Twenty minutes after the troops had been staged for the assault, the Confederates were retreating into the Bayou Pierre bottoms, having left behind several hundred prisoners. The road to his rear now threatened, Bowen commenced retreating through Port Gibson to the north shore of Bayou Pierre.<br /> <br /> ==Aftermath==<br /> On May 2, Grant quickly maneuvered Bowen out of position by sending McPherson to cross the Bayou Pierre at a ford several miles upstream. Struck with the realization that McPherson could cut him off from the bridge over the Big Black River, Bowen ordered the formidable defenses at Grand Gulf abandoned, the magazine exploded, and the heavy artillery destroyed. Union gunboats, investigating the nature of the explosion, arrived and took Grand Gulf without a shot. Grant understood the nature of the explosion and rode to Grand Gulf with a small escort, enjoying his first bath in weeks, and celebrating the capture of what would become his central supply depot as he moved inland. As he relaxed, he caught up on correspondence, including a message from Banks that he was nowhere near Port Hudson. Grant's plan to detach McClernand to Banks would have to wait.<br /> <br /> To late to do anything more than affirm Bowen's decision, Maj. Gen. [[William W. Loring]] arrived and took command. Heavy rear-guard activity took place as the Confederates scrambled to remove their force across the narrow bridge. Advanced elements of the XVII Corps arrived in time to save the bridge from destruction. The ragtag army that had fought so well at Port Gibson would not rest until they had entered the [[Warrenton, Mississippi|Warrenton]] fortifications nearly ten miles away. Here they began improving the fortifications along the roads to Vicksburg, expecting that Grant would be close behind. Grant, however, would have other plans; the roads on the west bank of the Big Black River were open all the way to the Mississippi state capital and the critical rail link to Vicksburg. Against this target, Grant poised his army to strike.<br /> <br /> ==References==<br /> * [http://www.nps.gov/history/hps/abpp/battles/ms006.htm National Park Service battle description]<br /> <br /> ==External links==<br /> * [http://www.civilwar.org/historyundersiege/endangered/port-gibson.html History Under Siege: Port Gibson designated by the Civil War Preservation Trust as a Top 10 most endangered Civil War battlefield in 2009]<br /> <br /> {{coord|31.958|-90.982|region:US|format=dms|display=title}}<br /> <br /> [[Category:Battles of Grant's Operations Against Vicksburg of the American Civil War|Port Gibson]]<br /> [[Category:Battles of the Main Western Theater of the American Civil War|Port Gibson]]<br /> [[Category:Union victories of the American Civil War|Port Gibson]]<br /> [[Category:Mississippi in the American Civil War]]<br /> [[Category:Claiborne County, Mississippi]]<br /> <br /> [[da:Slaget ved Port Gibson]]<br /> [[es: Batalla de Port Gibson]]<br /> [[nl:Slag bij Port Gibson]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Gourbeyre&diff=345877436 Gourbeyre 2010-02-23T14:27:10Z <p>Eamezaga: </p> <hr /> <div>{{Unreferenced|date=June 2008}}<br /> {{Infobox French commune<br /> |name = Gourbeyre<br /> |map = Gourbeyre.PNG<br /> |map caption = Location of the commune (in red) within Guadeloupe<br /> |region = [[Guadeloupe]]<br /> |department = [[Guadeloupe]]<br /> |arrondissement = Basse-Terre<br /> |canton = Gourbeyre<br /> |intercommunality = Sud Basse-Terre<br /> |INSEE = 97109<br /> |postal code = 97113<br /> |mayor = Luc Adémar<br /> |term = 2008&amp;ndash;2014<br /> |longitude = -61.7<br /> |latitude = 16<br /> |elevation m =<br /> |elevation min m =<br /> |elevation max m =<br /> |area km2 = 22.52<br /> |population = 8319<br /> |population date = 2007<br /> }}<br /> <br /> '''Gourbeyre''' is a [[Commune in France|commune]] in the [[France|French]] [[overseas region]] and [[Overseas department|department]] of [[Guadeloupe]], in the [[Lesser Antilles]]. It is a suburb of the city of [[Basse-Terre]].<br /> <br /> The [[Communes of France|commune]] of Gourbeyre was in the past a pivotal point in the defense of Guadeloupe's [[Basse-Terre Island]].<br /> <br /> ==Government==<br /> From 1640 to 1643 the government of Guadeloupe consisted entirely of governor Aubert. The governor's house is regarded as the most beautiful in the commune of Gourbeyre.<br /> <br /> Charles Houël was named governor in 1648 and immediately began the construction of the Fort of Saint Charles on the right bank of the Galleon River. This moved the seat of government. The Fort (renamed Fort Delgrès in 1989) was placed to resist the attack of the English by providing cover for French ships.<br /> <br /> ==Colonisation==<br /> &quot;Montagne Saint-Charles et du Palmiste&quot; was the name given for the Gourbeyre commune up to the 17th century. Through the 18th century it was an important capital in colonial France.<br /> <br /> Gourbeyre had some military importance due to its mountainous topography. The area was considered to be impregnable during the English attacks of 1691 and 1703. Colonists were attracted to settle in Gourbeyre because of trading opportunities and in view of the protection provided against English attacks for residents in Gourbeyre.<br /> <br /> ==Religion==<br /> Many religious communities settled in the commune of Gourbeyre. By 1650 monks had obtained the rights to cultivate the land and in the cases of the Order of Our Lady of Mount Carmel and the Jesuits had turned to cultivation of sugar plantations and the refining of sugar. In Bisdary the Jesuits were vested with 250 hectares of sugar cane which was cultivated and maintained by up to 400 slaves.<br /> <br /> ==Further history==<br /> At the beginning of the 19th century, the commune of Gourbeyre had 461 whites, 3418 slaves and 168 of other races.<br /> <br /> Very serious events occurred in the commune of Gourbeyre, particularly in Dolé village, with the revolt of Delgrès opposed to the Richepanse general, sent by Napoleon. In January 1838, a new municipal organization detached the commune of Gourbeyre, from Basse-Terre.<br /> <br /> In 1843, a terrible [[earthquake]] destroyed the area. The governor admiral of Gourbeyre was instrumental in reconstructing the area. <br /> <br /> After a fire in 1955, and hurricanes in 1964 and 1979, a new building was built here in 1986 to house the departmental records and historical private papers important to the history of the island. It also hosts researchers, students and personalities. <br /> <br /> ==Geography==<br /> Gourbeyre is located east of the city [[Basse-Terre]] and southwest of the Soufrière volcano. Gourbeyre is near a river and located on the N1 highway. Gourbeyre is at the crossing point between the windward and the leeward shores.<br /> <br /> ==Economy==<br /> Crops such as [[cocoa]], [[coffee]] and [[banana]]s are grown in the mountains and a sugar factory produces sugar at the river's estuary. Cattle rearing is also done.<br /> <br /> Historical and natural sites brings tourists to Gourbeyre. Also a marina is down at the shoreline, nearby Basse-Terre.<br /> <br /> ==Sights==<br /> *Center observatory of Soufrière<br /> *Departmental records of Guadeloupe<br /> *Marina of Sens River<br /> *Warm baths of the village of Dolé<br /> <br /> ==Notable residents==<br /> *Lucette Michaux-Chevry, (born 1929), former mayoress of Gourbeyre and [[Basse-Terre]].<br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> *[[Communes of the Guadeloupe department]]<br /> <br /> ==References==<br /> *[http://www.insee.fr/en/home/home_page.asp INSEE]<br /> {{reflist}}<br /> <br /> ==External links==<br /> *[http://www.villedegourbeyre.fr/ Commune website (in French)]<br /> <br /> {{Guadeloupe communes}}<br /> <br /> [[Category:Communes of Guadeloupe|Gourbeyre]]<br /> <br /> [[ca:Gourbeyre]]<br /> [[de:Gourbeyre]]<br /> [[es:Gourbeyre]]<br /> [[fr:Gourbeyre]]<br /> [[nl:Gourbeyre]]<br /> [[pl:Gourbeyre]]<br /> [[pt:Gourbeyre]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Guadeloupe_National_Park&diff=344867541 Guadeloupe National Park 2010-02-18T19:07:06Z <p>Eamezaga: </p> <hr /> <div>{{for|the United States National Park in Texas|Guadalupe Mountains National Park}}<br /> {{Unreferenced|date=January 2008}}<br /> {{Infobox Protected area <br /> | name = Guadeloupe National Park<br /> | photo = Guadeloupe 123 - Massif de la Soufrière 1467m - Chemin des bains jaunes.jpg<br /> | iucn_category = II<br /> | map = Guadeloupe-CIA_WFB_Map.png<br /> | locator_x = 55<br /> | locator_y = 175<br /> | location = [[Basse-Terre Island]], [[Guadeloupe]] ([[France]])<br /> | nearest_city = <br /> | lat_d = 16<br /> | lat_m = 5<br /> | lat_s = 0<br /> | lat_NS = N<br /> | long_d = 61<br /> | long_m = 41<br /> | long_s = 0<br /> | long_EW = W<br /> | area = {{convert|173.0|km2|abbr=on}} ''(core area)''&lt;br /&gt;{{convert|162.0|km2|abbr=on}} ''(buffer zone)''&lt;br /&gt;{{convert|37.0|km2|abbr=on}} ''(marine reserve)''<br /> | established = 1989<br /> | visitation_num = <br /> | visitation_year = <br /> | governing_body = [[:fr:Parcs nationaux de France|Parcs nationaux de France]] [http://www.parcsnationaux-fr.com/accueil/]<br /> }}<br /> <br /> '''Guadeloupe National Park''' ({{lang-fr|Parc national de la Guadeloupe}}) is a [[national park]] in [[Guadeloupe]], an [[overseas department]] of [[France]] located in the [[Leeward Islands]] of the eastern [[Caribbean]] region. The '''Grand Cul-de-Sac Marin Nature Reserve''' (French: ''Réserve Naturelle du Grand Cul-de-Sac Marin'') is a [[marine protected area]] adjacent to the park and administered in conjunction with it. Together, these [[protected area]]s comprise the '''Guadeloupe Archipelago''' (French: ''l'Archipel de la Guadeloupe'') [[biosphere reserve]].<br /> <br /> == History ==<br /> The [[General councils of France|General Council]] of Guadeloupe created the Guadeloupe [[Regional natural parks of France|Natural Park]] in 1970 to recognize the exceptional [[biodiversity]] of [[Basse-Terre Island|Basse-Terre's]] tropical forest and mountain massif. Although it was initially placed under the management of the [[National Forests Office]], proposals emerged in 1977 to establish a [[national park]], in order to improve management and control of the park lands. These proposals came to fruition on 20 February 1989 with the official establishment of Guadeloupe National Park.<br /> <br /> The Grand Cul-de-Sac Marin Nature Reserve was established in 1987, and subsequently placed under the management of the park.<br /> <br /> In 1992, Guadeloupe National Park achieved international recognition when the core area of the park and the Grand Cul-de-Sac Marin Nature Reserve were designated as an international biosphere reserve by [[UNESCO]].<br /> <br /> For most of its history, it was the only French national park outside of metropolitan France. However, it lost that distinction with the 2007 creation of [[Réunion National Park]] ([[Réunion]]) and [[Guiana Amazonian Park]] ([[French Guiana]]).<br /> <br /> == Geography ==<br /> The boundaries of the national park encompass a core area of {{convert|173|km2|acre}}, and a buffer zone of {{convert|162|km2|acre}}. The Grand Cul-de-Sac Marin Nature Reserve comprises {{convert|21|km2|acre}} marine, and {{convert|16|km2|acre}} terrestrial.<br /> <br /> The core area encompasses 10% of the total territory of Guadeloupe, two-thirds of Basse-Terre's [[Tropical and subtropical moist broadleaf forests|tropical forest]], and covers a range of elevations from approximately {{convert|250|m|ft}} to the summit of the mountain massif at {{convert|1467|m|ft}}. The highest point in the park is the summit of [[La Grande Soufrière|La Soufrière]], an active [[volcano]]. Other notable peaks include: Échelle ({{convert|1397|m|ft|abbr=on}}), Grand-Sans-Toucher ({{convert|1354|m|ft|abbr=on}}), and the twin side-by-side summits of the Mamelles ({{convert|768|m|ft|abbr=on}}).<br /> <br /> The park comprises parts of 11 [[Communes of France|communes]]:<br /> {{colbegin|3}}<br /> *[[Vieux-Habitants]]<br /> *[[Bouillante]]<br /> *[[Pointe-Noire, Guadeloupe|Pointe-Noire]]<br /> *[[Lamentin]]<br /> *[[Petit-Bourg]]<br /> *[[Goyave]]<br /> *[[Capesterre-Belle-Eau]]<br /> *[[Trois-Rivières, Guadeloupe|Trois-Rivières]]<br /> *[[Gourbeyre]]<br /> *[[Saint-Claude, Guadeloupe|Saint-Claude]]<br /> *[[Baillif]]<br /> {{colend}}<br /> <br /> ==Vegetation==<br /> Guadeloupe National Park may broadly be divided into three [[ecosystem]] types:<br /> <br /> ===Tropical rainforest===<br /> The park's [[tropical rainforest]] varies in its character and species among several sub-ecosystems, depending heavily on elevation.<br /> * The lower elevations (up to {{convert|500|m|ft|-2|disp=s|abbr=on}}) of the park's buffer zone support a [[Mesophile|mesophilic]] forest, featuring trees such as white and red [[mahogany]], [[Rosewood (timber)|rosewood]], and [[jatobá]]. This ecologic area is also used for [[agriculture]], including banana [[plantation]]s and other food crops.<br /> * A [[montane]] moist forest covers 80% of the core area of the park, at elevations between {{convert|300|m|ft|abbr=on}} and {{convert|1000|m|ft|abbr=on}}. This dense and luxuriant ecosystem harbors a great diversity of plant species: very large trees that grow above {{convert|30|m|ft|abbr=on}} ([[Dacryodes excelsa|tabonuco]], [[acomat boucan]], [[chestnut]]); mid-level trees between {{convert|6|m|ft|abbr=on}} and {{convert|10|m|ft|abbr=on}} ([[Bois bande|bois bandé]], [[oleander]]); shrubs and herbaceous plants below 10 m ([[mountain palm]], [[heliconia]], [[fern]]s); and [[Epiphyte|epiphytic]] species ([[Philodendron|giant philodendron]], [[Asplundia rigida|aile-à-mouche]], [[Orchidaceae|orchids]]).<br /> * The high-elevation forests above {{convert|1000|m|ft|-2|abbr=on}} are much less dense than the park's other forests, due to the extremely wet conditions and constant cloud cover. These forests resemble [[savanna]]s.<br /> <br /> ===Coastal forest===<br /> Vegetation in the coastal zone faces the challenges of salinity in the air and soil, intense heat from the sun and its drying effect, and the constant wind. Notable plant species in this environment include [[Coccoloba uvifera|seagrape]] and [[pear]].<br /> <br /> ===Mangrove===<br /> The Grand Cul-de-Sac Marin Nature Reserve includes coastal [[wetland]] forests that are flooded either permanently or intermittently by fresh or salt water, comprising nearly half of Guadeloupe's [[mangrove]] swamps ({{convert|37|km2|acre}} of {{convert|80|km2|acre}}).<br /> <br /> ==Wildlife==<br /> Due to intensive [[hunting]] during an earlier period in Guadeloupe's history, animal life in the park is limited in diversity and in populations. Some species, including [[parrot]]s and [[parakeet]]s, have been eradicated altogether.<br /> <br /> [[Image:Procyon minor01.jpg|thumb|The [[Guadeloupe raccoon]].]]<br /> ===Mammals===<br /> The most commonly seen [[mammal]]s in the park are the [[Guadeloupe raccoon]], [[bat]]s (two species of which are [[Endemism|endemic]] to Guadeloupe), [[mongoose]]s (introduced from [[India]]), and the endangered [[Common agouti|agouti]].<br /> <br /> ===Birds===<br /> [[Bird]]s are more numerous than mammals, and the visitor may encounter [[hummingbird]]s, [[frigatebird]]s, [[Thrush (bird)|thrushes]], [[partridge]]s, [[pigeon]]s, [[tyrant flycatcher]]s, [[pelican]]s, endemic [[Guadeloupe Woodpecker|Guadeloupe woodpeckers]], and others.<br /> <br /> ===Reptiles===<br /> {{Sectstub|date=May 2008}}<br /> Some [[sea turtle]]s are found.<br /> <br /> ===Fish===<br /> {{Sectstub|date=May 2008}}<br /> <br /> ===Crustaceans===<br /> {{Sectstub|date=May 2008}}<br /> Aquatic and marine life includes [[big-claw river shrimp]] and [[crab]]s.<br /> <br /> ===Insects===<br /> {{Sectstub|date=May 2008}}<br /> [[Insect]]s are indubitably the most plentiful creatures in the park, their exceptional diversity resulting in a number of surprising forms. Some attain great size, such as [[Hercules beetle]]s, the [[Ascalapha odorata|duppy bats (black witch moths)]], and [[Phasmatodea|walking sticks]].<br /> <br /> ==Tourist attractions==<br /> [[Image:Chutesducarbet.jpg|thumb|Carbet Falls.]]<br /> {{Sectstub|date=May 2008}}<br /> Among the interesting visitor sites in Guadeloupe National Park are:<br /> * La Soufrière<br /> * [[Carbet Falls]]<br /> * the two Mamelles and the Traversée road<br /> * Grand Cul-de-Sac Marin Nature Reserve<br /> * numerous hiking trails throughout the park<br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> * [[National parks of France]]<br /> * [[World Network of Biosphere Reserves]]<br /> <br /> ==External links==<br /> * {{fr}} [http://www.guadeloupe-parcnational.com/ Official site of Guadeloupe National Park]<br /> * {{fr}} [http://www.guadeloupe-grandculdesac.com/ Official site of Grand Cul-de-Sac Marin Nature Reserve]<br /> * [http://sea.unep-wcmc.org/wdbpa/sitedetails.cfm?siteid=147297&amp;level=nat UNEP-WCMC data sheet on the core area of the park]<br /> * [http://sea.unep-wcmc.org/wdbpa/sitedetails.cfm?siteid=147298&amp;level=nat UNEP-WCMC data sheet on the buffer zone of the park]<br /> <br /> {{National parks of France}}<br /> <br /> [[Category:Geography of Guadeloupe]]<br /> [[Category:Biosphere reserves of France]]<br /> [[Category:Natural history of Guadeloupe]]<br /> [[Category:Protected areas established in 1989]]<br /> <br /> [[de:Nationalpark Guadeloupe]]<br /> [[es:Parque Nacional de Guadalupe]]<br /> [[fr:Parc national de la Guadeloupe]]<br /> [[hu:Guadeloupe Nemzeti Park]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=La_Grande_Soufri%C3%A8re&diff=344804067 La Grande Soufrière 2010-02-18T12:31:25Z <p>Eamezaga: </p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox Mountain<br /> | Name=La Grande Soufrière<br /> | Photo=Guadeloupe 114 - Sommet de la Soufrière 1467m - Guadeloupe.jpg<br /> | Caption=<br /> | Elevation=1,467 metres<br /> | Location=[[Guadeloupe]], [[Caribbean]]<br /> | Prominence = <br /> | Coordinates = {{coord|16|3|N|61|40|W|type:mountain}}<br /> | Topographic map =<br /> | Type=[[Stratovolcano]]<br /> | Age=<br /> | Last eruption=1977<br /> | First ascent=<br /> | Easiest route=<br /> }}<br /> {{distinguish|Soufrière (volcano)|Soufrière Hills}}<br /> <br /> '''La Grande Soufrière''', ([[French language|French]]: &quot;big [[sulphur]] outlet&quot;), is an active [[stratovolcano]] located on the [[France|French]] island of [[Basse-Terre Island|Basse-Terre]], in [[Guadeloupe]]. It is the tallest mountain in the [[Lesser Antilles]], and rises 1,467&amp;nbsp;m high.<br /> <br /> The volcano's 1976 eruption led to an evacuation but no loss of life. There was a well-publicized bitter controversy between scientists [[Claude Allègre]] and [[Haroun Tazieff]] on whether evacuation should be decided: Allègre held that inhabitants should be evacuated, just in case, while Tazieff held that the ''Soufrière'' was harmless. The [[préfet|prefect]] decided to evacuate, erring on the side of prudence; the eruption did not result in any damage.<br /> <br /> Whilst the island was deserted, the German filmmaker [[Werner Herzog]] travelled to the abandoned town of Basse-Terre to find a peasant who had refused to leave his home on the slopes of the volcano. His journey is recorded in the film ''[[La Soufrière (film)|La Soufrière]]''.<br /> <br /> &lt;gallery&gt;<br /> Image:Guadeloupe 116 - Sommet de la Soufrière 1467m - Guadeloupe.jpg<br /> Image:Guadeloupe 123 - Massif de la Soufrière 1467m - Chemin des bains jaunes.jpg<br /> Image:Guadeloupe 108 - lac Flamarion - sommet de la citerne 1155m - massif de la Soufrière.jpg<br /> &lt;/gallery&gt;<br /> <br /> == References ==<br /> * [http://www.volcano.si.edu/world/volcano.cfm?vnum=1600-06= Global Volcanism Program]<br /> * [http://www.ipgp.jussieu.fr/pages/030304.php OVSG : Observatoire volcanologique et sismologique de Guadeloupe]<br /> * [http://www.guadeloupe-parcnational.com Parc National de la Guadeloupe, manager of the top of the Soufrière]<br /> <br /> == See also ==<br /> *[[List of volcanoes in Guadeloupe]]<br /> *[[Guadeloupe National Park]]<br /> <br /> {{DEFAULTSORT:Grande Soufriere, La}}<br /> [[Category:Geography of Guadeloupe]]<br /> [[Category:Volcanoes of Guadeloupe]]<br /> [[Category:Stratovolcanoes]]<br /> [[Category:Active volcanoes]]<br /> [[Category:Natural history of Guadeloupe]]<br /> [[Category:Mountains of the Caribbean]]<br /> [[Category:Highpoints in the Caribbean]]<br /> <br /> {{Guadeloupe-geo-stub}}<br /> <br /> [[br:Soufrière (Gwadaloup)]]<br /> [[cs:Soufrière (Guadeloupe)]]<br /> [[da:La Soufrière]]<br /> [[de:Soufrière (Guadeloupe)]]<br /> [[es:La Soufrière]]<br /> [[fr:Soufrière (Guadeloupe)]]<br /> [[pl:Soufrière (Gwadelupa)]]<br /> [[pt:La Grande Soufrière]]<br /> [[sk:Soufrière (Guadeloupe)]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Rivi%C3%A8re_des_P%C3%A8res&diff=344641429 Rivière des Pères 2010-02-17T16:55:50Z <p>Eamezaga: </p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox_River<br /> | river_name = Rivière des Pères<br /> | image_name =<br /> | image_size =<br /> | caption =<br /> | origin =<br /> | mouth =<br /> | basin_countries = [[Martinique]]<br /> | length =<br /> | elevation =<br /> | mouth_elevation =<br /> | discharge =<br /> | watershed =<br /> }}<br /> The '''Rivière des Pères''' is a river of [[Martinique]].<br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> *[[List of rivers of Martinique]]<br /> <br /> ==References==<br /> *[http://earth-info.nga.mil/gns/html/index.html GEOnet Names Server]<br /> *[http://www.coral.noaa.gov/reef_maps/volume1/martinique.jpg NOAA map]<br /> <br /> {{coord missing|Martinique}}<br /> <br /> [[Category:Rivers of Martinique|P]]<br /> <br /> [[es:Rivière des Pères]]<br /> <br /> <br /> {{Martinique-geo-stub}}</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Roxelane_(river)&diff=344640755 Roxelane (river) 2010-02-17T16:51:44Z <p>Eamezaga: </p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox_River<br /> | river_name = Rivière Roxelane<br /> | image_name =<br /> | image_size =<br /> | caption =<br /> | origin =<br /> | mouth =<br /> | basin_countries = [[Martinique]]<br /> | length =<br /> | elevation =<br /> | mouth_elevation =<br /> | discharge =<br /> | watershed =<br /> }}<br /> The '''Rivière Roxelane''' is a river of [[Martinique]].<br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> *[[List of rivers of Martinique]]<br /> <br /> ==References==<br /> *[http://earth-info.nga.mil/gns/html/index.html GEOnet Names Server]<br /> *[http://www.coral.noaa.gov/reef_maps/volume1/martinique.jpg NOAA map]<br /> <br /> {{coord missing|Martinique}}<br /> <br /> [[Category:Rivers of Martinique|R]]<br /> <br /> [[es:Río Roxelane]]<br /> <br /> {{Martinique-geo-stub}}</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Lava_spine&diff=344634051 Lava spine 2010-02-17T16:15:32Z <p>Eamezaga: </p> <hr /> <div>{{Unreferenced|date=January 2007}}<br /> [[Image:Pelee 1902 6.jpg|thumb|right|250|A lava spine at the summit of [[Mount Pelée]] in 1902]]<br /> A '''lava spine''' is an upright cylindrical mass of [[lava]] caused by the upward squeezing of pasty lava inside a [[volcanic vent]]. A 15 m high lava spine grew from the [[Mount St. Helens]] [[lava dome]] in [[Washington]], [[United States]] in 1981.[[The Castle (volcano)|The Castle]] in southwestern [[British Columbia]], is considered to be a lava spine similar to those near [[Mount Pelée]].<br /> <br /> {{Commons category|Lava spines}}<br /> <br /> {{DEFAULTSORT:Lava Spine}}<br /> [[Category:Volcanic landforms]]<br /> <br /> <br /> {{Volcanology-stub}}<br /> <br /> [[es:Espina volcánica]]<br /> [[fr:Aiguille de lave]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Bothrops_lanceolatus&diff=344631649 Bothrops lanceolatus 2010-02-17T16:00:43Z <p>Eamezaga: </p> <hr /> <div>{{Taxobox<br /> | name = ''Bothrops lanceolatus''<br /> | regnum = [[Animal]]ia<br /> | phylum = [[Chordate|Chordata]]<br /> | subphylum = [[Vertebrate|Vertebrata]]<br /> | classis = [[Reptile|Reptilia]]<br /> | ordo = [[Squamata]]<br /> | subordo = [[Serpentes]]<br /> | familia = [[Viperidae]]<br /> | subfamilia = [[Crotalinae]]<br /> | genus = ''[[Bothrops]]''<br /> | species = '''''B. lanceolatus'''''<br /> | binomial = ''Bothrops lanceolatus''<br /> | binomial_authority = ([[Pierre Joseph Bonnaterre|Bonnaterre]], 1790)<br /> | synonyms = * ''Vipera Caerulescens'' - Laurenti, 1768<br /> * [''Coluber''] ''glaucus'' - Gmelin, 1788<br /> * ''C''[''oluber'']. ''Lanceolatus'' - Lacépède, 1789<br /> * ''C''[''oluber'']. ''Brasiliensis'' - Lacépède, 1789<br /> * ''C''[''oluber'']. ''Tigrinus'' - Lacépède, 1789<br /> * ''C''[''oluber'']. ''lanceolatus'' - Bonaterre, 1790<br /> * ''C''[''oluber'']. ''hastatus'' - Suckow, 1798<br /> * ''Vipera lanceolata'' - Latreille ''In'' Sonnini &amp; Latreille, 1801<br /> * ''Vipera brasiliniana'' - Latreille ''In'' Sonnini &amp; Latreille, 1801<br /> * ''Coluber Megaera'' - Shaw, 1802<br /> * ''Vipera tigrina'' - Daudin, 1803<br /> * ''Vipera brasiliana'' - Daudin, 1803<br /> * ''Trigonocephalus lanceolatus'' - Oppel, 1811<br /> * [''Trigonocephalus''] ''tigrinus'' - Oppel, 1811<br /> * [''Cophias''] ''lanceolatus'' - Merrem, 1820<br /> * ''Trigonoceph''[''alus'']. ''lanceolatus'' - Schinz, 1822<br /> * ''Craspedocephalus lanceolatus'' - Fitzinger, 1826<br /> * [''Bothrops''] ''lanceolatus'' - Wagler, 1830<br /> * ''T''[''rigonocephalus'']. ''lanceolatus'' - Schlegel, 1837<br /> * ''Bothrops cenereus'' - Gray, 1842<br /> * ''C''[''rasedocephalus'']. ''brasiliensis'' - Wucherer, 1863<br /> * ''Bothrops brasiliensis'' - Cope, 1875<br /> * ''Bothrops glaucus'' - Vaillant, 1887<br /> * ''Lachesis lanceolatus'' - Boulenger, 1896<br /> * ''Lachesis lanceolata'' - Boettger, 1898<br /> * ''Bothrops lanceolata'' - Hoge, 1953<br /> * ''Vipera coerulescens'' - Hoge &amp; Romano-Hoge, 1981<br /> * ''Bothrops l''[''anceolatus'']. ''lanceolatus'' - Sandner Montilla, 1990<br /> * ''Bothrops lanceolatus'' - Golay et al., 1993<br /> * ''Vipera coerulescens'' - Golay et al., 1993&lt;ref name=&quot;McD99&quot;&gt;McDiarmid RW, Campbell JA, Touré T. 1999. Snake Species of the World: A Taxonomic and Geographic Reference, vol. 1. Herpetologists' League. 511 pp. ISBN 1-893777-00-6 (series). ISBN 1-893777-01-4 (volume).&lt;/ref&gt;<br /> }}<br /> <br /> :'''''Common names''': fer-de-lance, Martinican pit viper,&lt;ref name=&quot;Bro73&quot;&gt;Brown JH. 1973. Toxicology and Pharmacology of Venoms from Poisonous Snakes. Springfield, Illinois: Charles C. Thomas. 184 pp. LCCCN 73-229. ISBN 0-398-02808-7.&lt;/ref&gt; Martinique lancehead.&lt;ref name=&quot;C&amp;L04&quot;&gt;Campbell JA, Lamar WW. 2004. The Venomous Reptiles of the Western Hemisphere. Comstock Publishing Associates, Ithaca and London. 870 pp. 1500 plates. ISBN 0-8014-4141-2.&lt;/ref&gt;''<br /> '''''Bothrops lanceolatus''''' is a [[venomous snake|venomous]] [[Crotalinae|pitviper]] [[species]] generally considered endemic to the island of [[Martinique]]. No one has satisfactorily explained why it has flourished there and is unknown on nearly all other Caribbean islands. Some reserve the name [[fer-de-lance]] for this species, while others apply that name to other ''[[Bothrops]]'' species as well. No subspecies are currently recognized.&lt;ref name=&quot;ITIS&quot;&gt;{{ITIS|ID=634870|taxon=Bothrops lanceolatus|year=2006|date=3 November}}&lt;/ref&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Geographic range==<br /> ''Bothrops lanceolatus'' is generally considered endemic to the island of [[Martinique]] in the [[Lesser Antilles]]. However, the [[British Museum of Natural History]] has two specimens from [[Guadeloupe]]. The [[Type locality (biology)|type locality]] according to Bonnaterre (1790:11) is &quot;La Martinique&quot;.&lt;ref name=&quot;McD99&quot;/&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Vexillological trivia==<br /> The species is depicted on the unofficial [[flag of Martinique]], one of the few examples (the [[First Navy Jack]] of the [[United States]] being another) of snakes being depicted on flags.<br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> * [[List of crotaline species and subspecies]]<br /> * {{c|Bothrops by common name}}<br /> * {{c|Bothrops by taxonomic synonyms}}<br /> * {{c|Crotalinae by common name}}<br /> * {{c|Crotalinae by taxonomic synonyms}}<br /> * [[Snakebite]]<br /> <br /> ==References==&lt;!-- BiodiversConserv17:2037. --&gt;<br /> {{reflist}}<br /> <br /> ==External links==<br /> * {{NRDB species|genus=Bothrops|species=lanceolatus|date=6 December|year=2007}}<br /> <br /> [[Category:Bothrops]]<br /> [[Category:Fauna of Martinique]]<br /> <br /> [[es:Bothrops lanceolatus]]<br /> [[fr:Trigonocéphale]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Mount_Hibok-Hibok&diff=344614988 Mount Hibok-Hibok 2010-02-17T14:18:14Z <p>Eamezaga: </p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox Mountain<br /> | Name= Hibok Hibok<br /> | Photo= Mount Hibok Hibok.jpg<br /> | Caption= Mount Hibok Hibok<br /> | Elevation= {{convert|1552|m|ft|2|lk=on}}&lt;ref name=&quot;volcanism&quot;&gt;{{cite gvp| vnum=0701-08=|title=Camiguin |accessdate=2008-11-04}}&lt;/ref&gt;<br /> | Location= [[Camiguin]], [[Philippines]]<br /> | Prominence = {{convert|1552|m|ft|2|lk=on}}<br /> | pushpin_map = Philippines<br /> | pushpin_map_caption = Location of Mount Hibok-Hibok in the [[Philippines]]<br /> | pushpin_mapsize = 200<br /> | latd=9 |latm=12 |lats=2 |latNS=N<br /> | longd=124 |longm=40 |longs=5 |longEW=E<br /> | Coordinates = {{coord|9|12|2|N|124|40|5|E|type:mountain|display=inline,title}}<br /> | Topographic map =<br /> | Type= [[Stratovolcano]]<br /> | Age=<br /> | Last eruption= 1948-1953<br /> | First ascent=<br /> | Easiest route=<br /> }}<br /> [[Image:Hibok-hibok Volcano and Mt. Vulcan.jpg|thumb|300px|Hibok-Hibok (left) and Mt Vulcan (right), the volcanic cone created in the 1871 flank eruption.]]<br /> <br /> '''Mount Hibok-Hibok''' or '''Hibok-Hibok''' is a [[stratovolcano]] on [[Camiguin]] Island in the [[Philippines]] (9°12.2'N, 124°40.5’E)&lt;ref name=&quot;volcanism&quot;/&gt;. It is also known as Catarman&lt;ref name=&quot;philvol&quot;/&gt;.<br /> <br /> It is one of the [[active volcanos in the Philippines]], all part of the [[Pacific ring of fire]].<br /> <br /> == Physical Features ==<br /> <br /> [[Volcanologists]] classify Hibok-Hibok as a stratovolcano&lt;ref name=&quot;volcanism&quot;/&gt; and dome complex&lt;ref name=&quot;philvol&quot;/&gt; with an elevation of 1,332&amp;nbsp;meters and a base diameter of 1,000&amp;nbsp;meters.<br /> <br /> It has six [[hot springs]] (Ardent Spring, Tangob, Bugong, Tagdo, Naasag and Kiyab), three crater lakes (Kanangkaan Crater, site of the 1948 eruption; Itum Crater, site of 1949 eruption, and Ilihan Crater, site of 1950 eruption). It also has a volcanic maar, Taguines Lagoon between Binone and Maac.<br /> <br /> Its adjacent volcanic edifices are Mt. Vulcan ( 671&amp;nbsp;m high asl, NW of Hibok-Hibok ), Mt. Mambajao (center of Camiguin), Mt. Ginsiliban (581&amp;nbsp;m high asl, southernmost Camiguin), Mt. Uhay (N of Mount Ginsiliban). There are also domes and cones at Campana Hill, Minokol Hill, Tres Marias Hill, Mt. Carling, Mt. Tibane, and Piyakong Hill.<br /> <br /> ==Eruptions==<br /> <br /> Hibok-Hibok erupted five times in modern history. The first recorded eruption occurred in 1827&lt;ref name=&quot;philvol&quot;&gt;{{cite web|url=http://expo.edu.ph/pinatubo/page9.html|title=Philippine Volcanoes|date=1996|publisher=[[ABS-CBN|ABS-CBN Broadcasting Corporation]]|accessdate=2008-11-04}}&lt;/ref&gt;. This was followed by similar activity in 1862.<br /> <br /> In January 1871, residents of the island reported earthquakes and subterranean rumbling. There were next landslides, fissuring of land and a swarm of earthquakes. In April, the volcano spewed rocks, dust, and ashes for a week and a volcanic dome called which would later be named Mt. Vulcan began to form. The lava dome reached a height of 457&amp;nbsp;meters with a base of almost 1,500&amp;nbsp;meters after four years. Vulcan's activity has been limited to emission of steam from crevices at the top of the dome.<br /> <br /> In 1897, Hibok-Hibok emitted white sulfurous vapors which damaged farms on the island. Solfataric activity continued up to 1902.<br /> <br /> From 1948 to 1951, Mt. Hibok-Hibok constantly rumbled and smoked. Its minor eruption in 1948 caused little damage and loss of life. In 1949, its eruption caused 79 deaths due to landslides. In the morning of 4 December 1951, the volcano erupted again. This, time, however, it unleashed boiling lava, poisonous gases, and landslides enough to destroy nearly 19 squares kilometers of land particularly in Mambajao. All in all, over 3,000 people were killed. Before the eruption of Mt. Hibok-Hibok in 1951, the population of Camiguin had reach 69,000. After the eruption, the population was reduced to about 34,000 due to massive emigration.<br /> <br /> Hibok-Hibok had a [[Peléan eruption]] in August 1948, with a series of earth tremors. There were also landslides and earthquakes followed by dome building and nuee ardente in September 1953. Eruption sites during the 1948-1952 eruptions were Kanangkaan Crater (1948), Itum Crater (1949) and Ilihan Crater (1950).<br /> <br /> Volcanologists observed an eruption pattern observed during the 1948-1952 eruptions (a cycle of four phases) beginning with a short period of emission of steam from the crater and avalanches of volcanic materials, followed by explosions or steam blast with emission of heavy clouds of steam, ash and other fragmentary volcanic materials with a strong possibility of the development of nuee ardente. The third phase involves eruption of incandescent meterials, emission of ash and steam in large amounts, formation of flows and occasional minor crater outbursts and finally a decrease in steam and other ejecta from the crater.<br /> <br /> ==Hiking activity==<br /> <br /> Mt. Hibok-Hibok is a popular hiking destination in Camiguin island. A permit from the DENR office in Mambajao is required. It normally takes 3–5&amp;nbsp;hours to reach the summit; the usual jump-off is Ardent Hot Springs in Mambajao. Views from the summit include the nearby White Island; [[Bohol]] (N); Eastern Mindanao (E); and [[Siquijor]] (W). The mossy crater of Camiguin's past eruption can also be seen. Mark Wallace of Newburgh, NY and the hike is not difficult. He recommends that it be climbed with a group because there are no telephones on the trail and there is the possibility of spraining an ankle or otherwise having a mishap requiring assistance. He climbed it in less than an hour at age 59. On the trail are the Roman Catholic Stations of the Cross, which are 14 events in the crucifixion of Jesus at intervals on the climb. They are a memorial to the dead from the last eruption in the 1950s.<br /> <br /> &lt;ref name=&quot;pinoymountaineer&quot;&gt;{{Citation | last= | first= | author-link= | title=PinoyMountaineer: Mount Hibok-Hibok | date= 18 August 2007 | year=2007 | url=http://www.pinoymountaineer.com/2007/08/mt-hibok-hibok-1332.html | accessdate=2007-10-25 }}&lt;/ref&gt;<br /> <br /> == External links ==<br /> * [http://volcano.phivolcs.dost.gov.ph/update_VMEPD/Volcano/VolcanoList/hibok.htm Philippine Institute of Volcanology and Seismology (PHIVOLCS) Mount Hibok-Hibok Page]<br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> *[[Active volcanos in the Philippines]]<br /> *[[Potentially active volcanos in the Philippines]]<br /> *[[Inactive volcanos in the Philippines]]<br /> *[[Philippine Institute of Volcanology and Seismology]]<br /> *[[Volcano]]<br /> <br /> == References ==<br /> {{reflist}}<br /> <br /> {{Expand |date=December 2008}}<br /> <br /> {{DEFAULTSORT:Hibok-Hibok}}<br /> [[Category:Stratovolcanoes]]<br /> [[Category:Subduction volcanoes]]<br /> [[Category:Volcanoes of Mindanao]]<br /> [[Category:Maars of the Philippines]]<br /> [[Category:Mountains of the Philippines]]<br /> [[Category:Crater lakes]]<br /> [[Category:Mindanao]]<br /> [[Category:Active volcanoes of the Philippines]]<br /> <br /> [[es:Monte Hibok-Hibok]]<br /> [[fr:Hibok-Hibok]]<br /> [[nl:Mount Hibok-Hibok]]<br /> [[pt:Monte Hibok-Hibok]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Mount_Lamington&diff=344593659 Mount Lamington 2010-02-17T11:17:07Z <p>Eamezaga: </p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox Mountain<br /> | Name = Mount Lamington<br /> | Photo = Mount Lamington 1951.jpg<br /> | Caption = After the devastating 1951 eruption<br /> | Elevation = {{convert|1680|m|ft|0}}&lt;ref name=&quot;gvp&quot;&gt;{{cite gvp|vnum=0503-01=|name=Lamington}}&lt;/ref&gt;<br /> | Location = [[Oro Province]], [[Papua New Guinea]]<br /> | Range = <br /> | Prominence = <br /> | Coordinates = {{coord|8.95|S|148.15|E|format=dms|type:mountain|display=inline,title}}&lt;ref name=gvp/&gt;<br /> | Topographic map = <br /> | Type = [[Stratovolcano]]<br /> | Age = <br /> | Last eruption = 1956&lt;ref name=gvp/&gt;<br /> | First ascent = <br /> | Easiest route = <br /> | Listing = <br /> | Translation = <br /> | Language = <br /> | Pronunciation = <br /> }}<br /> <br /> '''Mount Lamington''' is an andesitic [[stratovolcano]] in the [[Oro Province]] of [[Papua New Guinea]]. The forested peak of the volcano had not been recognised as such until its devastating [[volcanic eruption|eruption]] in 1951 that caused about 3,000 deaths.&lt;ref name=&quot;gvp&quot;/&gt;<br /> <br /> The volcano rises to 1680&amp;nbsp;m above the coastal plain north of the [[Owen Stanley Range]]. A summit complex of lava domes and crater remnants rises above a low-angle base of volcaniclastic deposits that are dissected by radial valleys. A prominent broad &quot;avalanche valley&quot; extends northward from the breached crater.&lt;ref name=gvp/&gt;<br /> <br /> The mountain was named after [[Charles Cochrane-Baillie, 2nd Baron Lamington]] who was [[Governor of Queensland]].&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite book |first=Alec Hugh |last=Chisholm |publisher=Michigan State University Press |year=1958 |title=The Australian Encyclopaedia |page=225}}&lt;/ref&gt;<br /> <br /> == 1951 Eruption ==<br /> <br /> Mount Lamington began to erupt on the night of 18 January 1951. Three days later there was a violent eruption when a large part of the northern side of the mountain was blown away and devastating [[pyroclastic flows]] (steam and smoke) poured from the gap for a considerable time afterwards.<br /> <br /> [[Image:Mount Lamington devastation.jpg|thumb|left|Devastation caused by the 1951 eruption caused a Jeep to become stuck in a tree]]<br /> <br /> The area of extreme damage extended over a radius of about 12&amp;nbsp;km, while people near Higaturu, 14&amp;nbsp;km from the volcano, were killed by the blast or burned to death. The pyroclastic flows and subsequent eruptions of dust and ash which filled streams and tanks, caused the death of some 3,000 persons, and considerable damage.<br /> <br /> Rescue parties which arrived on the scene were hampered by suffocating [[pumice]] dust and [[sulphur]]ous fumes, and hot ashes on the ground. The advance post of relief workers at [[Popondetta]] was threatened with destruction by other eruptions during the several days following. Further tremors and explosions occurred during February. As late as 5 March a major eruption occurred which threw large pieces of the volcanic dome as far as three kilometres and caused a flow of pumice and rocks for a distance of 14&amp;nbsp;km, the whole being so hot as to set fire to every tree in its path.<br /> <br /> [[Vulcanologist]] and former [[Australian Army]] Warrant Officer, George Taylor, studied the volcano during the eruption cycle. His work is credited to saving lives by informing rescue parties when it was safe to go into the area. In 1952 he was awarded a [[George Cross]] for his efforts.&lt;ref&gt;{{Cite web |url=http://www.gc-database.co.uk/recipients/TaylorGAM.htm |work=George Cross Database Recipient |title=George Anthony Morgan TAYLOR, GC |accessdate=2007-01-16}}&lt;/ref&gt;<br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> *[[List of volcanoes in Papua New Guinea]]<br /> *[[List of volcanic eruptions by death toll]]<br /> <br /> == References ==<br /> {{reflist}}<br /> 4. Taylor GA. The 1951 eruption of Mount Lamington, Papua. Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics, Department of National Development (Australia) 1958; Bulletin 38.<br /> <br /> ==External links==<br /> * [http://nla.gov.au/nla.pic-vn3511696 Collection of photographs and colour slides from the 1951 eruption of Mt Lamington, Papua New Guinea] / Albert Speer - held and partially digitised by the National Library of Australia<br /> <br /> [[Category:Stratovolcanoes|Lamington]]<br /> [[Category:Active volcanoes|Lamington]]<br /> [[Category:Mountains of Papua New Guinea|Lamington]]<br /> [[Category:Volcanoes of Papua New Guinea|Lamington]]<br /> [[Category:1951 natural disasters|Lamington]]<br /> [[Category:1951 in Papua New Guinea|Lamington]]<br /> [[Category:Natural disasters in Papua New Guinea|Lamington]]<br /> [[Category:Oro Province]]<br /> <br /> [[de:Lamington]]<br /> [[es:Monte Lamington]]<br /> [[et:Lamington]]<br /> [[id:Gunung Lamington]]<br /> [[tpi:Lamington (maunten)]]<br /> [[pt:Monte Lamington]]<br /> [[ru:Вулкан Ламингтон]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Bezymianny&diff=344448381 Bezymianny 2010-02-16T18:28:09Z <p>Eamezaga: </p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox Mountain<br /> | Name = Bezymianny<br /> | Photo = Kamchatka Bezy Kliyu Kamen.jpg<br /> | Caption = Kamchatka volcanoes: Klyuchevskaya Sopka (up), Bezymianny (down), both in activity, and the Kamen (middle).<br /> | Elevation = 2,882 metres (9,455 feet)<br /> | Location = [[Kamchatka Peninsula|Kamchatka]], [[Russia]]<br /> | Range = <br /> | Prominence = <br /> | Coordinates = {{coord|55|58|42|N|160|35|12|E|type:mountain}}<br /> | Topographic map = <br /> | Type = [[Stratovolcano]]<br /> | Age = <br /> | Last eruption = 2008<br /> | First ascent = <br /> | Easiest route = <br /> }}<br /> <br /> '''Bezymianny''' ({{lang-ru|Безымянный}}) is an active [[stratovolcano]] in [[Kamchatka Peninsula|Kamchatka]], [[Russia]]. The volcano's name means &quot;nameless&quot;, and it was considered to be extinct before the 1955 eruption.<br /> <br /> Bezymianny is located on the southeast slope of the extinct volcano Kamen.<br /> Its greatest eruption happened in 1955-1956 which lowered the top of the mountain by about 200&amp;nbsp;m (600&amp;nbsp;ft). The surrounding landscape of the mountain was changed by a lateral blast that flattened the area with thick ash and pyroclastic flow-like materials.<br /> <br /> The 1956 eruption of Bezymianny was similar to the May 18, 1980 eruption of [[Mount St. Helens]] in the United States. During the 1956 eruption, a debris avalanche removed 0.5 cubic kilometres of material and also produced a &quot;directed blast&quot; as magma became exposed at the surface. A horseshoe-shaped crater was also formed, although it has been largely filled.<br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> *[[List of volcanoes in Russia]]<br /> <br /> == References == <br /> &lt;references/&gt;<br /> ==External links==<br /> * [http://www.volcano.si.edu/world/volcano.cfm?vnum=1000-25= Global Volcanism Program]<br /> * [http://data.emsd.iks.ru/videokzy/videokzy.htm Bezymianny Volcano live webcam]<br /> * [http://kamchatka.ginras.ru/main/textpage/bezymianny.htm Holocene Volcanoes in Kamchatka / Bezymianny]<br /> * [http://maps.google.com/maps?q=55%C2%B058'N,160%C2%B036'E&amp;spn=1,1&amp;t=k Google Maps satellite image]<br /> <br /> [[Category:Stratovolcanoes]]<br /> [[Category:Subduction volcanoes]]<br /> [[Category:Volcanoes of Kamchatka]]<br /> [[Category:Mountains of Russia]]<br /> [[Category:Active volcanoes]]<br /> [[Category:VEI-5 volcanoes]]<br /> <br /> {{KamchatkaKrai-geo-stub}}<br /> <br /> [[de:Besymjanny]]<br /> [[es:Monte Bezymianny]]<br /> [[et:Bezõmjannõi]]<br /> [[es:Bezymianny]]<br /> [[fr:Bezymianny]]<br /> [[it:Bezymjannyj]]<br /> [[nl:Bezymjanny]]<br /> [[nn:Bezymiannyj]]<br /> [[pt:Bezymianny]]<br /> [[ru:Безымянный (вулкан)]]<br /> [[sk:Bezimjannyj]]<br /> [[fi:Bezymjannyi]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Alfred_Lacroix&diff=344441474 Alfred Lacroix 2010-02-16T17:47:35Z <p>Eamezaga: </p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox Scientist |name = Antoine Lacroix<br /> |box_width =<br /> |image =<br /> |image_width =<br /> |caption =<br /> |birth_date =February 4, 1863<br /> |birth_place =[[Mâcon]], [[Saône-et-Loire]]<br /> |death_date =March 12, 1948<br /> |death_place =<br /> |residence =<br /> |citizenship =<br /> |nationality =[[France|French]]<br /> |ethnicity =<br /> |field =[[mineralogist]] and [[geologist]]<br /> |work_institutions =<br /> |alma_mater =<br /> |doctoral_advisor =[[Ferdinand André Fouqué]]<br /> |doctoral_students =<br /> |known_for =<br /> |author_abbrev_bot =<br /> |author_abbrev_zoo =<br /> |influences =<br /> |influenced =<br /> |prizes =[[Penrose Medal]] 1930<br /> |footnotes =<br /> |signature = }}<br /> '''Antoine François Alfred Lacroix''' (February 4, 1863 &amp;ndash; March 12, 1948) was a [[France|French]] [[mineralogist]] and [[geologist]]. He was born at [[Mâcon]], [[Saône-et-Loire]].<br /> <br /> He took the degree of D. s Sc. in [[Paris]], 1889, as student of [[Ferdinand André Fouqué]]. Fouqué only agreed to the graduation if Lacroix would marry his daughter. In 1893 he was appointed professor of mineralogy at the [[Jardin des Plantes]], Paris, and in 1896 director of the mineralogical laboratory in the [[École des Hautes Études]].<br /> <br /> He paid especial attention to [[mineral]]s connected with volcanic phenomena and [[igneous rock]]s, to the effects of [[metamorphism]], and to mineral veins, in various parts of the world, notably in the [[Pyrenees]]. In his numerous contributions to scientific journals he dealt with the mineralogy and [[petrology]] of [[Madagascar]], and published an elaborate and exhaustive volume on the eruptions in [[Martinique]], ''La Montagne Pele et ses éruptions'' (1904).<br /> <br /> He also issued an important work entitled ''Mineralogie de la France et de ses Colonies'' (1893-1898), and other works in conjunction with [[Auguste Michel-Lévy]]. He was elected member of the [[Académie des sciences]] in 1904. He was awarded the [[Penrose Medal]] in 1930.<br /> <br /> ==References==<br /> *{{1911}}<br /> <br /> {{DEFAULTSORT:Lacroix, Antoine Francois Alfred}}<br /> [[Category:1863 births]]<br /> [[Category:1948 deaths]]<br /> [[Category:People from Mâcon]]<br /> [[Category:French geologists]]<br /> [[Category:French mineralogists]]<br /> [[Category:Penrose Medal winners]]<br /> [[Category:Members of the French Academy of Sciences]]<br /> [[Category:Wollaston Medal winners]]<br /> <br /> <br /> {{geologist-stub}}<br /> {{France-academic-bio-stub}}<br /> <br /> [[de:Antoine Lacroix]]<br /> [[es:Alfred Lacroix]]<br /> [[fr:Alfred Lacroix]]<br /> [[it:Alfred Lacroix]]<br /> [[ja:アルフレッド・ラクロワ]]<br /> [[pt:Antoine Lacroix]]<br /> [[ru:Лакруа, Антуан Франсуа Альфред]]<br /> [[sv:Alfred Lacroix]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Rivi%C3%A8re_Blanche_(Martinique)&diff=344437742 Rivière Blanche (Martinique) 2010-02-16T17:26:02Z <p>Eamezaga: </p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox_River<br /> | river_name = Rivière Blanche (Martinique)<br /> | image_name =<br /> | image_size =<br /> | caption =<br /> | origin =<br /> | mouth =<br /> | basin_countries = [[Martinique]]<br /> | length =<br /> | elevation =<br /> | mouth_elevation =<br /> | discharge =<br /> | watershed =<br /> }}<br /> The '''Rivière Blanche (Martinique)''' is a river of [[Martinique]].<br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> *[[List of rivers of Martinique]]<br /> <br /> ==References==<br /> *[http://earth-info.nga.mil/gns/html/index.html GEOnet Names Server]<br /> *[http://www.coral.noaa.gov/reef_maps/volume1/martinique.jpg NOAA map]<br /> <br /> {{coord missing|Martinique}}<br /> <br /> [[Category:Rivers of Martinique|b]]<br /> <br /> [[es:Rivière Blanche]]<br /> <br /> <br /> {{Martinique-geo-stub}}</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Ludger_Sylbaris&diff=344419353 Ludger Sylbaris 2010-02-16T15:37:11Z <p>Eamezaga: interwiki es:</p> <hr /> <div>&lt;!-- Unsourced image removed: [[Image:Cyparis.jpg|thumb|270px|right|A [[Ringling Brothers and Barnum and Bailey Circus|Barnum &amp; Bailey]] promotional poster from the early 20th century featuring Cyparis and his famous burn scars]] --&gt;<br /> '''Ludger Sylbaris''' (born ''circa'' 1875 - died ''circa'' 1929), born either '''August Cyparis''' or '''Louis-Auguste Cyparis''', was an [[Afro-Caribbean]] man who travelled with the [[Ringling Brothers and Barnum and Bailey Circus|Barnum &amp; Bailey]] [[circus]]. He had become something of an early 20th century celebrity for being the (reported) sole survivor of the devastating [[volcanic eruption]] of [[Mt. Pel&amp;#233;e]] on the French-Caribbean island of [[Martinique]] on the 8 May 1902. This same eruption completely flattened an entire city, the &quot;Paris of the West Indies&quot;, [[Saint-Pierre, Martinique|St. Pierre]], and killed an estimated 30-40,000 people.<br /> <br /> ==St Pedro and the eruption==<br /> Ludger Sylbaris was actually the [[stage name]] he adopted in later life; Sylbaris was actually born August Cyparis or Louis-Auguste Cyparis, according to varying reports, on the Caribbean island of [[Martinique]]. He was born around 1875, as he is said to have been around 27 years old at the time of the volcanic eruption in 1902. At this time, Sylbaris worked as a common labourer in the capital city, [[Saint-Pierre, Martinique|St. Pierre]], in the shadow of the volcano [[Mount Pelee]]. <br /> <br /> On the night of 7 May, 1902, the day before the eruption, Sylbaris got involved in either a bar fight or street brawl, according to various sources, and was thrown into jail overnight for assault. Some accounts claim that Sylbaris actually killed a man and was thrown into jail for murder, although it is unknown if this is the correct version of events. Many sources indicate Sylbaris was frequently in trouble with the authorities, so it is possible he was a very violent man. Some fictive accounts state that he had had a [[precognitive dreams|precognitive dream]] and was locked up as a drunk after causing a riot.&lt;ref&gt;Dorfman, Leo. &quot;The Yawning Mouth of Hell.&quot; Comic strip. DC SPECIAL BLUE RIBBON DIGEST NO.6 - Ghosts. Vol. 2. New York, NY: DC Comics Inc, 1981. 26-29.&lt;/ref&gt;<br /> <br /> Whatever the cause of his arrest, Sylbaris was ordered to be put into [[solitary confinement]] and locked in a single-cell, partially-underground, bomb-proof magazine with stone walls. His cell was without windows, ventilated only through a narrow grating in the door facing away from the volcano. His prison was the most sheltered building in the city, and it was this fact which saved his life. The cell he survived in still stands today.<br /> <br /> At 7:52 the next morning, the upper mountainside of Mt. Pelee ripped open and a dense black cloud shot out horizontally. A second black cloud rolled upwards, forming a gigantic mushroom cloud and darkening the sky in fifty miles radius. The initial speed of both clouds was later calculated to over six hundred and seventy kilometers per hour. The area devastated by the [[pyroclastic cloud]] covered about 8 square miles, with the city of St. Pierre taking its brunt. The cloud consisted of superheated steam and volcanic gases and dust, with temperatures reaching over {{convert|1000|°C|°F}}. All of the buildings in the city were flattened and the entire population burned or suffocated to death. Various reports say Sylbaris was the only survivor, while others say up to three people survived.<br /> <br /> Four days after the eruption, a rescue team heard his cries from the rubble of the prison. Although horribly burned, he survived and was able to provide an account of the event. According to his account, at about breakfast time on the day of the eruption, it grew very dark. Hot air mixed with fine ashes entered his cell through the door grating, despite his efforts in urinating on his clothing and stuffing it in the door. The heat lasted only a short moment, enough to cause deep burns on Sylbaris' hands, arms, legs, and back, but his clothes did not ignite, and he avoided breathing the searing-hot air.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite magazine|url=http://www.americanheritage.com/articles/magazine/ah/1961/5/1961_5_4.shtml|title=PRELUDE to DOOMSDAY|author=LATELY THOMAS|date=August 1961|volume=12|issue=5|magazine=American Heritage Magazine}}&lt;/ref&gt;<br /> <br /> The other two survivors, according to various sources, were [[Léon Compère-Léandre]], a shoemaker and [[Havivra Da Ifrile]], a little girl.<br /> <br /> ==With the circus==<br /> Sylbaris was pardoned of his crimes and found fame when he joined [[Ringling Brothers and Barnum and Bailey Circus|Barnum &amp; Bailey]]'s circus, touring America recounting the horrors of the explosion, and becoming a minor celebrity, &quot;the man who lived through Doomsday&quot; or &quot;the Most Marvelous Man in the World&quot;. As part of the Barnum and Bailey's &quot;Greatest Show on Earth&quot;, he was the first black man ever to star in the segregated show. He could be seen in a replica of his cell in St. Pierre.&lt;ref&gt;[http://www.texashiking.com/Links/Details.asp?asin=1582341990 Texas Hiking article]{{Dead link|date=August 2009}} for {{Asin|1582341990}}&lt;/ref&gt;<br /> <br /> Sylbaris died of [[natural causes]] in 1929.<br /> <br /> ==Notes==<br /> {{Reflist}}<br /> <br /> ==External links==<br /> * [http://www.geology.sdsu.edu/how_volcanoes_work/Thumblinks/Sampson_page.html Barnum and Bailey Poster]<br /> * [http://www.geology.sdsu.edu/how_volcanoes_work/Pelee.html Mt. Pelée Eruption (1902)]<br /> * [http://library.thinkquest.org/26568/pelee.htm Thinkquest.org article]<br /> <br /> {{DEFAULTSORT:Sylbaris, Ludger}}<br /> [[Category:Martiniquais criminals]]<br /> [[Category:Sole survivors]]<br /> [[Category:1870s births]]<br /> [[Category:1929 deaths]]<br /> [[Category:Recipients of French presidential pardons]]<br /> <br /> [[de:Louis-Auguste Cyparis]]<br /> [[es:Louis-Auguste Cyparis]]<br /> [[fr:Louis-Auguste Cyparis]]<br /> [[pt:Ludger Cilbaris]]<br /> [[sv:Ludger Sylbaris]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=L%C3%A9on_Comp%C3%A8re-L%C3%A9andre&diff=344419081 Léon Compère-Léandre 2010-02-16T15:35:43Z <p>Eamezaga: interwiki es:</p> <hr /> <div>'''Léon Compere-Léandre''' (1874?-1936) was a shoemaker in [[Saint-Pierre, Martinique|Saint-Pierre]] on the [[France|French]] [[Caribbean]] island of [[Martinique]] when [[Mount Pelée]] erupted on May 8, 1902 and destroyed the town. He is one of only 2 (arguably 3) known survivors.<br /> <br /> His own description of the morning of 8 May 1902 follows.<br /> &lt;blockquote&gt;&quot;I felt a terrible wind blowing, the earth began to tremble, and the sky suddenly became dark. I turned to go into the house, with great difficulty climbed the three or four steps that separated me from my room, and felt my arms and legs burning, also my body. I dropped upon a table. At this moment four others sought refuge in my room, crying and writhing with pain, although their garmets (sic) showed no sign of having been touched by flame. At the end of 10 minutes one of these, the young Delavaud girl, aged about 10 years, fell dead; the others left. I got up and went to another room, where I found the father Delavaud, still clothed and lying on the bed, dead. He was purple and inflated, but the clothing was intact. Crazed and almost overcome, I threw myself on a bed, inert and awaiting death. My senses returned to me in perhaps an hour, when I beheld the roof burning. With sufficient strength left, my legs bleeding and covered with burns, I ran to Fonds-Sait-Denis, six kilometers from St. Pierre.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;[http://www.geology.sdsu.edu/how_volcanoes_work/Pelee.html The eruption of Mount Pelee]&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt;<br /> <br /> Little is known of Léon Compere-Léandre, since he retreated completely from the public eye after the disaster. <br /> <br /> He was found running by rescuers and sent to the town of [[Fort-de-France]], where he was labeled as a madman. Shortly thereafter, he was deputized by the police, given a gun and sent to protect the ruins from looters. On May 20, 1902, after a week of duty, he left the city and started back towards Fort-de-France. He barely escaped a second death cloud. He eventually settled in the village of [[Le Morne-Rouge|Mourne Rouge]], only to have another cloud pour through on August 30, 1902. He was again one of the few who survived. He lived on the island until his death in 1936 from a fall.<br /> &lt;ref name=&quot;UA&quot;&gt;{{cite book | last = Pellegrino | first = Charles | title = Unearthing Atlantis | publisher = Random House | location = New York | year = 1991 | isbn = 0394575504 | page = 299}} &lt;/ref&gt;<br /> <br /> The most scientifically viable theory is that Leon jumped into the ocean when the flow hit, and while the now-boiling water severely burned him, he otherwise escaped unharmed; other accounts suggest that he survived by &quot;napping in [his] wood cellar&quot;&lt;ref name=&quot;UA&quot;/&gt;, or managed to outrun the [[pyroclastic flow]] (the latter being entirely unlikely.) Some accounts claim Léon Compere-Léandre was Caucasian, whilst others claim he was a mulatto.<br /> <br /> The other two (depending on how you define) survivors are Louis-Auguste Cyparis aka [[Ludger Sylbaris]], a convicted felon who was pardoned and later joined [[P. T. Barnum]]'s circus, and [[Havivra Da Ifrile]], a little girl.<br /> <br /> ==References==<br /> {{Reflist}}<br /> <br /> ==External links==<br /> * [http://www.geology.sdsu.edu/how_volcanoes_work/Pelee.html Mt. Pelée Eruption (1902)]<br /> * [http://library.thinkquest.org/26568/pelee.htm Thinkquest article]<br /> <br /> {{DEFAULTSORT:Compere Leandre, Leon}}<br /> [[Category:1870s births]]<br /> [[Category:1936 deaths]]<br /> [[Category:People from Martinique]]<br /> <br /> <br /> {{Caribbean-bio-stub}}<br /> <br /> [[es:Léon Compère-Léandre]]<br /> [[fr:Éruption de la montagne Pelée en 1902#L.C3.A9on_Comp.C3.A8re-L.C3.A9andre]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Havivra_Da_Ifrile&diff=344416741 Havivra Da Ifrile 2010-02-16T15:21:11Z <p>Eamezaga: interwiki es:</p> <hr /> <div>'''Havivra Da Ifrile''', was a little girl who is one of only three survivors (on or practically touching dry land) after [[Mount Pelée]] erupted on the [[France|French]]-[[Caribbean]] island of [[Martinique]] on 8 May 1902.<br /> <br /> Very early in the morning of May 8, Havivra was on her way to services at the cathedral in [[Saint-Pierre, Martinique|St. Pierre]] when her mother sent her on an errand. She was to walk to her aunt's pastry shop near a local tourist attraction known as the Corkscrew. The &quot;Corkscrew&quot; was named after a tourist trail that wound down into an ancient crater, or [[satellite cone]], located halfway up the flank of the [[volcano]]. As Havivra approached the Corkscrew, she noticed smoke rising from the crater. After looking into the crater, she described it in this manner: &quot;There I saw the bottom of the pit all red, like boiling, with little blue flames coming from it.&quot; She apparently saw three people trying to run up the Corkscrew before they were engulfed in &quot;. . . a puff of blue smoke . . &quot; and &quot;. . . fell as if killed.&quot; She fled toward St. Pierre.<br /> <br /> &quot;Just as I got to the main street I saw this boiling stuff burst from the top of the Corkscrew and run down the side of the hill. It followed the road first, but then as the stream got bigger, it ate up the houses on both sides of the road. Then I saw that a boiling red river was coming from another part of the hill and cutting off the escape of the people who were running from their houses.&quot;<br /> <br /> Frightened, Havivra ran to the shore and jumped into her brother's small boat and headed along the shore to a cave that she used to play pirate in with her friends.<br /> <br /> &quot;But before I got there I looked back -- and the whole side of the mountain which was near the town seemed to open and boil down on the screaming people. I was burned a good deal by the stones and ashes that came flying about the boat, but I got to the cave.&quot;<br /> <br /> While in the safety of the cave, she heard a hissing sound as the hot pyroclastic debris entered the water. The last thing she remembered before lapsing into unconsciousness was the water rising rapidly toward the roof of the cave. She was later found by the French cruiser Suchet drifting two miles out to sea in her charred and broken boat.<br /> <br /> The other two survivors are [[Léon Compere-Léandre]], a shoemaker, and Louis-Auguste Cyparis aka [[Ludger Sylbaris]] a convicted felon who was pardoned and later joined a circus.<br /> <br /> ==External links==<br /> * [http://www.geology.sdsu.edu/how_volcanoes_work/Pelee.html Mt. Pelée Eruption (1902)]<br /> * [http://library.thinkquest.org/26568/pelee.htm Thinkquest.org article]<br /> <br /> {{DEFAULTSORT:Ifrile}}<br /> [[Category:People from Martinique]]<br /> <br /> [[es:Havivra Da Ifrile]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Mount_Pel%C3%A9e&diff=343389860 Mount Pelée 2010-02-11T18:40:20Z <p>Eamezaga: /* Relief */ reverting vandalism (I´m translating this for es:wikipedia)</p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox Mountain<br /> | Name = Mount Pelée<br /> | Photo = La Pelée vue du Carbet.jpg<br /> | Caption =<br /> | Elevation = {{convert|1397|m|ft|0}}&lt;ref name=gvp-summary/&gt;<br /> | Range = <br /> | Location = [[Martinique]]<br /> | Prominence = <br /> | Coordinates = {{coord|14|49|0|N|61|10|0|W|region:FR_type:mountain|display=inline,title}}<br /> | Type=[[Stratovolcano]]<br /> | Age=<br /> | Last eruption = 1929&amp;ndash;1932 &lt;ref name=gvp-summary&gt;{{cite gvp|vnum=1600-12=|title=Pelée|accessdate=2008-12-06}}&lt;/ref&gt;<br /> | First ascent =<br /> | Easiest route = Walk<br /> }}<br /> '''Mount Pelée''' ({{pron-en|pəˈleɪ}}; {{lang-fr|Montagne Pelée}} &quot;Bald Mountain&quot;) is an [[active volcano]] on the northern tip of the [[France|French]] [[overseas department]] of [[Martinique]] in the [[Lesser Antilles]] island arc of the [[Caribbean]]. It is among the deadliest [[stratovolcano]]es on Earth; its [[volcanic cone]] composed of layers of [[volcanic ash]] and hardened [[lava]].&lt;ref name=MountPelee/&gt;<br /> <br /> The volcano is now famous for its extremely destructive eruption in 1902 and the destruction that resulted, now dubbed the [[List of natural disasters by death toll#Top Ten Deadliest Volcanic eruptions|worst volcanic disaster]] of the 20th century.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Wright, Pierson|year=1992|title=USGS Circular 1073|pages=39|publisher=[[USGS]]}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Tilling|year=1985|title=Volcanoes|publisher=[[USGS]]|page=16–17}}&lt;/ref&gt; The eruption killed about 30,121&amp;nbsp;people,&lt;ref name=USGS&gt;{{cite web|url=http://vulcan.wr.usgs.gov/Volcanoes/WestIndies/Pelee/description_mont_pelee.html|title=USGS document of the 1902 eruption of Mount Pelee|publisher=[[USGS]]}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Tilling|year=1985|title=Volcanoes|publisher=[[USGS]]}}&lt;/ref&gt; most deaths in the destroyed [[Saint-Pierre, Martinique|Saint-Pierre]], at that time the largest city in Martinique, due to its deadly [[pyroclastic flow]]s.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Blong|first=R.J.|year=1984|title=Volcanic Hazards: A Sourcebook on the Effects of Eruptions|location=Orlando, Florida|publisher=Academic Press}}&lt;/ref&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Wright,Pierson|year=1992|title=Living With Volcanoes: USGS Circular 1073|publisher=[[USGS]]}}&lt;/ref&gt; <br /> [[Pyroclastic flow]]s completely destroyed St. Pierre, Martinique, a town of 30,000 people, following the eruption of Mont Pelée in 1902.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book |title=Mont Pelee And The Tragedy Of Martinique |last=Heilprin |first=Angelo |authorlink=Angelo Heilprin |coauthors= |year= 1903 |publisher=J. B. Lippincott Company |location=Philadelphia |isbn= |page= |pages= |id= |url=http://books.google.com/books?id=ZI1XAAAAMAAJ |accessdate=2009-08-15 |quote= }}&lt;/ref&gt; The eruption left only two survivors in the direct path of the volcano, one alive because he was in a poorly ventilated, [[dungeon]]-like [[county jail|jail]] cell and the other, living on the edge of the city, escaped with severe burns.&lt;ref name=SDSU&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.geology.sdsu.edu/how_volcanoes_work/Pelee.html|title=The eruption of Mount Pelee|publisher=[[SDSU]]}}&lt;/ref&gt; Mount Pelée is made up mostly of [[pyroclast]]ic material. The event marked the only major volcanic disaster in the history of France and its overseas territories.<br /> <br /> ==Geographical setting==<br /> The volcano lies within the [[Lesser Antilles]], an island arc within the [[Caribbean Sea]].<br /> The volcano is very big, it measures 4583 feet in elevation. Its most recent eruption took place from 1929 to 1932.<br /> St. Pierre is the closest city to Mt. Pelée.<br /> <br /> ==Geography==<br /> Mount Pelée itself is the result of a typical [[island arc]], a curved chain of volcanoes approximately 850 kilometers in length, between [[Puerto Rico]] and [[Venezuela]], where the [[Caribbean Plate]] meets [[Atlantic Ocean|Atlantic]] [[Oceanic crust]] belonging to the [[South American Plate]]. The South American Plate slips under the Caribbean Plate at intervals from 1 centimeter to 2 centimeters per year, and dips into the [[earth's mantle|mantle]].&lt;ref name=MountPelee/&gt;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.geocities.com/RainForest/Canopy/5236/pelee.htm|title=Mount Pelee, Martinique 1902|publisher=GeoCities}}&lt;/ref&gt; Partial fusion of the [[tectonic plate|plate]] along with [[sediment]]s forms the [[magma]] feeding the volcanoes of the Lesser Antilles. This process is also responsible for the [[seismicity]] of that region.<br /> <br /> Other volcanoes in the region are also known for their volcanic activity, including [[Saint Vincent (island)|Saint Vincent]]'s [[Soufrière (volcano)|La Soufrière]], [[Guadeloupe]]'s Soufriere volcano, [[Montserrat]]'s [[Soufrière Hills]], and the [[submarine volcano]] [[Kick-'em-Jenny]].&lt;ref name=MountPelee&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.mount-pelee.com/|title=Mount Pelee|publisher=Mount-pelee.com}}&lt;/ref&gt;<br /> <br /> Volcanologists have identified three different phases in the evolution of mount Pelée volcano: initial, intermediate, and modern.&lt;ref name=MountPelee/&gt; In an initial phase, called the &quot;Paléo-Pelée&quot; stage, Mount Pelee was a common stratovolcano. The cone of Paléo-Pelée is composed of many layers <br /> of lava flows and fragmented volcanic debris. Remains of the Paléo-Pelée cone are still visible at the northern view at the volcano today.<br /> <br /> A second stage, now called the intermediate phase, started around 100,000 years ago, after a long period of quiescence. This stage is grouped by the formation of the Morne Macouba lava dome, then later on, the Morne Macouba [[caldera]]. During the intermediate phase, there were several eruptions which produced pyroclastic flows like those that destroyed Saint-Pierre in the 1902 eruption. Around 25,000 years ago, a large Southwest sector collapse occurred, forming a [[landslide]]. This event is similar to the eruption of [[Mount Saint Helens]] in [[1980 eruption of Mount St. Helens|1980]].&lt;ref name=MountPelee/&gt;<br /> <br /> The modern stage of the evolution of Mount Pelée has created most of the current cone, with deposits of [[pumice]] and the results of past pyroclastic flows. More than 30 eruptions have been identified during the last 5,000 years of the volcano's activity.<br /> <br /> 3,000 years ago, following a large pumice eruption, the Étang Sec (FRENCH: Dry Pond) caldera was then formed. The 1902 eruption took place within the Étang Sec crater. This eruption formed many pyroclastic flows and produced a [[lava dome|dome]] which filled the caldera.<br /> <br /> The following eruption in 1929 formed a second dome in the Étang Sec caldera, and produced pyroclastic flows emptying into the Blanche River valley. This last eruption is mainly responsible for the current state of Mount Pelée.&lt;ref name=MountPelee/&gt;<br /> <br /> ==1902 eruption==<br /> [[Image:1902-pelee-map.jpg|right|thumb|300px|A map of the affected area around Mount Pelée printed in 1904.]]<br /> Before the tragic 1902 eruption, as early as the summer of 1900, signs of increased [[fumarole]] activity were present in the ''Étang Sec'' crater near the summit.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Scarth|first=Alwyn|title=''La Catastrophe''|publisher=Oxford|year=2002|pages=30}}&lt;/ref&gt; Relatively minor [[phreatic eruption|phreatic]] (steam) eruptions that occurred in 1792 and 1851 were evidence that the volcano was active and potentially dangerous. Local natives, the [[Carib]] people, knew it as &quot;fire mountain&quot; from previous eruptions in ancient times. <br /> <br /> Mount Pelée began its eruptions on April 23, 1902. In early April, excursionists noted the appearance of [[sulfur]]ous vapors emitting from [[fumarole]]s near the mountaintop. This was not regarded as important, as fumaroles had been appearing and disappearing in the past.<br /> <br /> On April 23, the mountain caused a light rain of [[cinder]]s on its southern and western side, together with sharp underground shocks.<br /> <br /> On April 25, the mountain emitted a large cloud containing rocks and ashes from its top, where the Étang Sec&amp;mdash;a dry basin&amp;mdash;was located. The ejected material did not cause a meaningful amount of damage.<br /> <br /> On April 26, the area was dusted by [[volcanic ash]] from a next eruption; the public authorities still did not see a reason to worry.<br /> <br /> On April 27, several excursionists [[mountain climbing|climb]]ed the mountaintop to find Étang Sec filled with water, forming a [[crater lake|lake]] {{convert|180|m|ft|abbr=on}} across. There was a {{convert|15|m|-1|abbr=on}} high cone of volcanic debris built up on one side, feeding the lake with a steady stream of boiling water. Sounds resembling a cauldron with boiling water were heard from deep underground. The strong smell of sulfur was all over the city, {{convert|6.4|km|mi|abbr=on}} away from the volcano, causing discomfort to people and horses.<br /> <br /> On April 30, the rivers Roxelane and Rivière des Pères swelled, carrying boulders and trees from the mountaintop. The villages of Prêcheur and Sainte-Philomène were receiving a steady stream of ash.<br /> <br /> At 11:30 p.m. on May 2, the mountain produced loud explosions, earthquakes, and a massive pillar of dense black smoke. Ashes and fine-grained [[pumice]] covered the entire northern half of the island. The detonation continued in 5-6&amp;nbsp;hour intervals. This led the local [[newspaper]] ''Les Colonies'' to indefinitely postpone the proposed [[picnic]] on the mountain, originally planned for May 4. Farm animals started dying from hunger and thirst, as their sources of water and food were contaminated with ash.<br /> <br /> On Saturday, May 3, the wind blew the ash cloud northwards, alleviating the situation in Saint-Pierre. The next day the ash fall intensified, and the communication between Saint-Pierre and the Prêcheur district was severed. The ash cloud was so dense that the coastal boats feared to navigate through it. Many citizens decided to evacuate, filling the capacity of the [[steamship|steamer]] lines. The area was covered with a layer of fine, flour-like white ash. The animals, wild and domestic alike, were growing restless; the Guérin [[Sugar]] Works, {{convert|3|km|mi}} northwest of Saint-Pierre, was invaded by a great swarm of speckled [[ant]]s and {{convert|1|ft|cm}}-long [[centipedes]], which bit unfortunate horses while workers tried to subdue the frenzied insects. In Saint-Pierre, hundreds of restless [[Bothrops lanceolatus|fer-de-lance]] [[snake]]s slithered through the streets, biting anybody who did not stay out of their paths. Soldiers were called in to shoot the snakes, although not before a number of humans and domestic animals were killed by the snakes.<br /> <br /> <br /> On Monday, May 5, the mountain apparently calmed down somewhat; however, at about 1 PM, the sea suddenly receded about {{convert|100|m|ft}} and then rushed back, flooding parts of the city, and a large cloud of smoke appeared westwards of the mountain. One wall of the Étang Sec crater collapsed and propelled a mass of boiling water and mud, or [[lahar]], into Blanche River, flooding the Guérin sugar works and burying about 150 victims under {{convert|60|m|ft}} to {{convert|90|m|ft}} of mud. Refugees from other areas rushed into Saint-Pierre. That night, the atmospheric disturbances disabled the [[electric grid]], sinking the city into darkness and adding to the confusion.<br /> <br /> The next day, at about 2 AM, loud sounds were heard from within the depth of the mountain.<br /> <br /> On Wednesday, May 7, at around 4 AM, the mountain stepped up its activity; the clouds of ash caused numerous bolts of [[volcanic lightning]] around the mountaintop, and both the craters glowed reddish orange into the night. Through the day, people were leaving the city, but more people from the countryside were attempting to find refuge in the city, increasing its population by several thousand. The newspapers still claimed the city was safe. News of the volcano [[Soufrière (volcano)|Soufrière]] erupting on the nearby [[Saint Vincent (island)|Saint Vincent]] island reassured the people that the internal pressures in the mountain were being relieved. Not everyone was reassured, though; Captain Marina Leboffe, of the [[barque]] Orsolina, left the harbor with only half of the sugar cargo loaded, despite shippers' protests, clearance refused by the port authorities, and threats of being arrested, as were many other civilians refused exit of the town.&lt;ref name=SDSU/&gt; However, Governor Louis Mouttet and his lady stayed in the city. By the evening, the mountain's tremors seemed to calm down again.<br /> <br /> [[Image:Mount Pelée 1902.jpg|thumb|1902 eruption]]<br /> [[Image:Pelee 1902 1.jpg|thumb|1902 eruption]]<br /> [[Image:Pelee 1902 3.jpg|thumb|Remains of St Pierre]]<br /> [[Image:Mount Pelée 1902 refugees.jpg|thumb|Evacuees on Rue du Pavé, Fort-de-France after 1902 eruption]]<br /> ===The main eruption===<br /> On May 8, 1902, on [[Ascension Day]], a volcanic eruption destroyed the town of [[Saint-Pierre, Martinique|Saint-Pierre]], about {{convert|6.4|km|mi}} south of the summit.<br /> <br /> In the morning, people were observing the fireworks the mountain was displaying. The night [[shift work|shift]] [[telegraph]] operator was sending the reports of the volcano's activity, to the operator at Fort-de-France, claiming no significant new developments; his last transmission was &quot;Allez&quot;, handing over the line to the remote operator. It was 7:52; the next second, the telegraph line went dead. A [[submarine communications cable|cable]] repair ship had the city in direct view; the upper mountainside ripped open and a dense black cloud shot out horizontally.&lt;ref name=SDSU/&gt; A second black cloud rolled upwards, forming a gigantic [[mushroom cloud]] and darkening the sky in a {{convert|50|mi|km|sing=on}} radius. The initial speed of both clouds was later calculated to be over {{convert|670|km|mi}} per hour.<br /> <br /> The horizontal [[pyroclastic cloud]] hugged the ground and sped down towards the city of Saint-Pierre, appearing black and heavy, glowing hot from the inside. It consisted of superheated steam and [[volcanic gas]]es and dust, with temperatures exceeding 1075&amp;nbsp;[[°C]]. In under a minute it reached and covered the entire city, instantly igniting everything [[flammable]] with which it came in contact.<br /> <br /> A rush of wind followed, this time towards the mountain. Then came a half-hour downpour of muddy rain mixed with ashes. For the next several hours, all communication with the city was severed. Nobody knew what was happening, nor who had authority over the island, as the governor was unreachable and his status unknown. Some survivors were picked from the sea, mostly badly burned [[sailor]]s who had been blown into the sea by the blast and then clung for hours to floating debris.<br /> <br /> There are unnamed eyewitnesses to the eruption, probably survivors on the boats at the time of the eruption. One eyewitness said &quot;the mountain was blown to pieces, there was no warning&quot;, while another said &quot;it was like a giant [[oil refinery]]&quot;. One person even went as far to say that &quot;the town vanished before our eyes.&quot;&lt;ref&gt;{{cite web|url=http://www.windows.ucar.edu/tour/link=/earth/interior/Mt_Pelee.html|title=Mt. Pelee|author=Staff|publisher=Windows to the universe}}&lt;/ref&gt;<br /> <br /> A warship approached the shore at about 12:30, but the intense heat prevented it from landing until about 3 PM. The city burned for several more days.<br /> <br /> The area devastated by the pyroclastic cloud covered about {{convert|8|sqmi|km2}}, with the city of Saint-Pierre taking its brunt.<br /> <br /> At the time of the eruption, Saint-Pierre had a population of about 28,000, which had swollen with refugees from the minor explosions and mud flows first emitted by the volcano. Legend has previously reported that out of the 30,000, there were only two survivors: [[Louis-Auguste Cyparis]], a felon held in an underground cell in the town's [[county jail|jail]] for wounding a friend with a [[cutlass]], and [[Léon Compère-Léandre]], a man who lived at the edge of the city.&lt;ref name=SDSU/&gt; . In reality , there were a number of survivors that made their way out of the fringes of the blast zone. Many of these survivors were horribly burned and some died later from their injuries. A number made their way to LeCarbet just south of St. Pierre behind a ridge that protected that town from the worst of the pyrclastic flow and were rescued on the beach there by Martinique officials.&lt;ref&gt;La Catastrophe; Alwyn Scarth; 2002: Oxford Press; pp 129-136&lt;/ref&gt; <br /> <br /> Compère-Léandre stated the following when asked about his survival:<br /> <br /> &lt;blockquote&gt;&quot;I felt a terrible wind blowing, the earth began to tremble, and the sky suddenly became dark. I turned to go into the house, with great difficultuy climbed the three or four steps that separated me from my room, and felt my arms and legs burning, also my body. I dropped upon a table. At this moment four others sought refuge in my room, crying and writhing with pain, although their garments showed no sign of having been touched by flame. At the end of 10 minutes one of these, the young Delavaud girl, aged about 10 years, fell dead; the others left. I got up and went to another room, where I found the father Delavaud, still clothed and lying on the bed, dead. He was purple and inflated, but the clothing was intact. Crazed and almost overcome, I threw myself on a bed, inert and awaiting death. My senses returned to me in perhaps an hour, when I beheld the roof burning. With sufficient strength left, my legs bleeding and covered with burns, I ran to Fonds-Sait-Denis, six kilometers from Saint-Pierre.&quot;&lt;ref name=SDSU/&gt;&lt;/blockquote&gt; <br /> One woman, a housemaid, also survived the pyroclastic flow but perished soon after; the only thing she remembered from the event was sudden heat. She died very shortly after being discovered. A third reported survivor was [[Havivra Da Ifrile]]. Included among the victims were the passengers and crews of several ships docked at Saint-Pierre.<br /> <br /> One passenger steamship, the ''Roraima'', which went missing on April 26, was believed to have been engulfed by ash from a preliminary explosion. However, it reached the port of Saint-Pierre at 6:30 AM, shortly before the eruption, and was set aflame by the pyroclastic flow. It later sank; its wreck is still present offshore of Saint-Pierre; 28 of her crew, and all the passengers, except two (a little girl and her creole nurse), were killed by the cloud.&lt;ref name=SDSU/&gt;<br /> <br /> ===Relief===<br /> <br /> At about 12:00 noon the acting governor of Martinique sent warship ''Suchet'' to investigate what had happened and the warship arrived off the burning town at about 12.30 p.m. The fierce heat beat back landing parties until nearly 3 p.m. when the captain came ashore on the Place Bertin, the tree-shaded square with gay cafés near the center of town. Not a tree was standing; the denuded trunks, scorched and bare, lay prone, torn out by the roots. The ground was littered with dead. Fire and a suffocating stench prevented any deeper exploration of the burning ruins.<br /> <br /> Meanwhile, a number of survivors had been plucked from the sea by small boats; they were sailors who had been blown into the water by the impact of the blast, and who had clung to wreckage for hours. All were badly burned. In the village of Carbet, shielded from the fiery cloud by a high promontory at the southern end of the city, were more victims, also horribly burned; few of these lived longer than a few hours. <br /> <br /> <br /> The area of devastation covered about eight square miles. Inside this area, the annihilation of life and property was total; outside was a second, clearly defined zone where there were casualties, but the material damage was less; while beyond this lay a strip in which vegetation was scorched but life was spared. <br /> <br /> Many victims were in casual attitudes, their features calm and reposeful, indicating that death had overtaken them without warning and without pain; others were contorted in anguish. The clothing had been torn from nearly all the victims struck down out-of-doors. Some houses were almost pulverized; it was impossible even for persons familiar with the city to identify the foundations of many landmarks. <br /> <br /> The city burned for days. Sanitation parties penetrated the calcined ruins bit by bit, to dispose of the dead by burning; burial was out of the question. The stench was sickening. Thousands of victims lay under a shroud of ashes, heaped in windrows several feet deep, caked by the rains; many of these bodies were not retrieved for weeks, and few were identifiable.<br /> <br /> USA quickly offered help to Martinique authorities. On May 12 US president [[Theodore Roosevelt]] instructed the Secretaries of War, Navy, and Treasury to start relief measures at once. U.S. cruiser ''Cincinnati'', lying at [[Santo Domingo]], and the Navy tug ''Potomac'' at [[San Juan]], [[Puerto Rico]], were ordered to proceed to the disaster area under as soon as possible. President Roosevelt asked Congress for an immediate appropriation of $500,000 for emergency assistance to the victims of the calamity. The President said:&quot; One of the greatest calamities in history has befallen our neighboring island of Martinique … The city of St. Pierre has ceased to exist … The government of France … informs us that [[Fort-de-France]] and the entire island of Martinique are still threatened. They therefore request that, for the purpose of rescuing the people who are in such deadly peril and threatened with starvation, the government of the United States may send as soon as possible the means of transporting them from the stricken island.&quot;<br /> <br /> Congress voted for $200,000 of immediate assistance and set hearings to determine what larger sum might be needed when the full nature of the disaster could be learned. In an appeal for public funds the President empowered postmasters to receive donations for relief of the victims; a national committee of prominent citizens took charge of chartering supply ships. The UK, Germany, France, Italy, Denmark, Japan, Russia, and the Vatican also offered help.<br /> <br /> === Subsequent Activity ===<br /> [[Image:Mount Pelée 1902 - Morne Rouge.jpg|thumb|Main Street, Le Morne-Rouge, after the August 30 eruption]]<br /> Mount Pelée continued to erupt until July 4, 1905.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Scarth|first=Alwyn|title=''La Catastrophe''|publisher=Oxford|year=2002|pages=221}}&lt;/ref&gt;<br /> * On May 20, a second eruption equal to the first one in both type and force obliterated what was left of Saint-Pierre.<br /> * During a powerful eruption on August 30, 1902, a pyroclastic flow extended further east than the flows of 8 and 20 May. Although not quite as powerful as the previous two eruptions, the August 30 pyroclastic flow struck Morne Rouge (at least 800 fatalities), Ajoupa-Bouillon (250 fatalities), and parts of Basse-Pointe (25 fatalities) and Morne-Capot (10 fatalities). This was the last fatal eruption of Mount Pelée until the present time.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Scarth|first=Alwyn|title=''La Catastrophe''|publisher=Oxford|year=2002|pages=212–218}}&lt;/ref&gt;<br /> <br /> The study of the causes of the disaster marks the beginning of modern [[volcanology]] with the definition and the analysis of the deadliest volcanic hazard: the [[pyroclastic flows]] and surges, also called ''nuées ardentes'' (''[[French language|Fr]]:'' burning clouds). The eruption has also lent its name to the &quot;[[Peléan eruption]] style&quot;. Among those who studied Mount Pelée were [[Angelo Heilprin]] and [[Antoine Lacroix]]. The illustrious Lacroix was the first to meticulously describe the ''nuée ardente'' phenomenon.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Scarth|first=Alwyn|title=''La Catastrophe''|publisher=Oxford|year=2002|pages=207}}&lt;/ref&gt;<br /> <br /> The destruction caused by the 1902 eruption was quickly publicized by recent modern means of communication. It brought to the attention of the public and governments the hazards and dangers of an active volcano. Many people had perished in a flash without even a reflex to move. The pyroclastic flow had swallowed the town and the people inside.<br /> <br /> ===Volcanic Spine===<br /> [[Image:Tower of pelee.jpg|thumb|right|300px|The volcanic spine of Mount Pelée]]<br /> Beginning in October 1902, a dramatic [[lava spine|volcanic spine]] grew from the crater floor in the Étang Sec crater, reaching a maximum width of about {{convert|100|to|150|m|ft|-2|abbr=on}} and a height of about {{convert|300|m|ft|-2|abbr=on}}. Called the &quot;Needle of Pelée&quot; or &quot;Pelée's Tower&quot;, this extraordinary volcanic feature collapsed in 1903.&lt;ref&gt;{{cite book|last=Scarth|first=Alwyn|title=''La Catastrophe''|publisher=Oxford|year=2002|pages=219–221}}&lt;/ref&gt; Sometimes, the volcanic spine would rise up to {{convert|15|m|ft|-1|abbr=on}} a day, and became twice the height of the [[Washington Monument]] and more or less the same volume as the [[Great Pyramid]] of [[Egypt]]. It finally became unstable and collapsed into a pile of rubble in March 1903, after 11&amp;nbsp;months of growth.<br /> <br /> == Current status ==<br /> {{As of|2010}}, the volcano currently lies [[quiescent]] above Saint-Pierre and Martinique. Before the 1902 eruption&amp;mdash;as early as the summer of 1900&amp;mdash;signs of increased [[fumarole]] activity were present in the Étang Sec crater (Scarth, p.30). Relatively minor [[phreatic eruption|phreatic]] (steam) eruptions that occurred in 1792 and 1851 were evidence that the volcano was active. Signs of unrest will almost certainly precede any future eruptive activity from Mount Pelée, and its past activity (including the violent eruptions uncovered by [[carbon dating]]) is an extremely important factor for [[hazard]] assessment.&lt;ref name=gvp-history&gt;{{cite gvp|title=Pelee: Eruptive History|vnum=1600-12=&amp;volpage=erupt}}&lt;/ref&gt;<br /> <br /> Pelée is one of the most active volcanoes in the [[West Indies]] and it is likely to erupt again. Currently, Mount Pelée is under continuous watch by [[geophysics|geophysicists]] and [[volcanology|volcanologists]] ([[Institut de Physique du Globe de Paris|IPGP]]).<br /> <br /> The city of Saint-Pierre was never restored, though some villages were built in its place. The estimated population of Commune of Saint-Pierre in 2004 was 4,544.<br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> *[[List of volcanoes in Martinique]]<br /> *[[List of volcanic eruptions by death toll]]<br /> *[[Mount Vesuvius]]<br /> *[[Mount Pinatubo]]<br /> <br /> ==References==<br /> {{reflist}}<br /> <br /> ==External links==<br /> * [http://www.geology.sdsu.edu/how_volcanoes_work/Pelee.html Eruption of Mt. Pelée (1902)]<br /> * [http://hvo.wr.usgs.gov/volcanowatch/2005/05_08_25.html &quot;A Pioneering Volcanologist Narrowly Beats the Reaper&quot;]<br /> * [http://www.mount-pelee.com/index.php/ La montagne Pelée]<br /> * [http://christian.nicollet.free.fr/page/enseignement/LicenceSN/martinique/martinique.html Photos of Mt. Pelée volcanic rocks] (with text in French) retrieved 2009-05-17<br /> * {{cite journal |last= |first= |authorlink= |coauthors= |year=1902 |month=June |title=[http://books.google.com/books?id=DI038d4SBFEC&amp;pg=PA2267-IA1 The Destruction in Martinique] |journal=[[World's_Work|The World's Work: A History of Our Time]] |volume=II |issue= |pages=2267–2268d |id= |url= |accessdate=2009-07-09 |quote= }}<br /> *{{cite magazine|url=http://www.americanheritage.com/articles/magazine/ah/1961/5/1961_5_4.shtml|title=PRELUDE to DOOMSDAY|author=LATELY THOMAS|date=August 1961|volume=12|issue=5|magazine=American Heritage Magazine}}<br /> <br /> {{DEFAULTSORT:Pelee}}<br /> [[Category:Geography of Martinique]]<br /> [[Category:Mountains of France]]<br /> [[Category:Natural history of Martinique]]<br /> [[Category:Mountains of the Caribbean]]<br /> [[Category:Highpoints in the Caribbean]]<br /> [[Category:Stratovolcanoes]]<br /> [[Category:Volcanoes of Martinique]]<br /> [[Category:Active volcanoes]]<br /> [[Category:Natural disasters in Martinique]]<br /> [[Category:1902 natural disasters]]<br /> <br /> [[ar:مونت بيليه]]<br /> [[cs:Mont Pelée]]<br /> [[cy:Montagne Pelée]]<br /> [[de:Montagne Pelée]]<br /> [[es:Monte Pelée]]<br /> [[eo:Monto Pelée]]<br /> [[fr:Montagne Pelée]]<br /> [[gl:Monte Pelée]]<br /> [[hi:माउण्ट पीली]]<br /> [[it:La Pelée]]<br /> [[lb:Montagne Pelée]]<br /> [[lt:Pelė ugnikalnis]]<br /> [[nl:Mont Pelée]]<br /> [[ja:プレー山]]<br /> [[no:Mount Pelée]]<br /> [[pl:Montagne Pelée]]<br /> [[pt:Monte Pelée]]<br /> [[ru:Монтань-Пеле]]<br /> [[sk:Pelée]]<br /> [[sl:Mount Pelée]]<br /> [[fi:Mont Pelée]]<br /> [[sv:Montagne Pelée]]<br /> [[ta:பெலே மலை]]<br /> [[th:ภูเขาไฟเปอเล]]<br /> [[tr:Pelée]]<br /> [[uk:Монтань-Пеле]]<br /> [[zh:培雷火山]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Sauteurs&diff=343337232 Sauteurs 2010-02-11T13:06:56Z <p>Eamezaga: es:</p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox Gd place<br /> | name = Sauteurs<br /> | official_name = <br /> | other_name = &lt;!-- If not the same as name --&gt;<br /> | native_name = <br /> | nickname = <br /> | settlement_type = [[Town of Grenada|Town]]<br /> | image_skyline = Sauteurs.jpg<br /> | image_caption = Sauteurs<br /> | image_flag = &lt;!-- image of Town flag --&gt;<br /> | image_seal = &lt;!-- image of Town seal --&gt;<br /> | image_map = Gj-map.gif<br /> | mapsize = 250px<br /> | map_caption = &lt;!-- Default caption is &quot;Location in {{{town}}}&quot; --&gt;<br /> | pushpin_label_position = &lt;!-- top, bottom, left, right (default is right) --&gt;<br /> | latd = | latm = | lats = | latNS =<br /> | longd= | longm= | longs= | longEW=<br /> | coordinates_type =<br /> | coordinates_display =<br /> | parish = [[Saint Patrick Parish, Grenada|St Patrick]]<br /> | shiretown =<br /> |Member_of_Parliment1 =<br /> | mp1 =<br /> | map_party1 = <br /> |Member_of_Parliment1 =<br /> | mp2 =<br /> | map_party2 = <br /> | elevation_m = &lt;!-- ENTER in RAW format only, i.e. 10000 and NOT 10,000 --&gt;<br /> | area_total_km2 = &lt;!-- ENTER in RAW format only, i.e. 10000 and NOT 10,000 --&gt;<br /> | population_as_of = 1999<br /> | population_note = <br /> | population_total = 1,300<br /> | population_footnotes = &lt;!-- Footnotes inside &lt;ref&gt;&lt;/ref&gt; tags --&gt;<br /> | area_code = <br /> | website = &lt;!-- ENTER an unlinked URL, i.e. http://www.example.org --&gt;<br /> | footnotes = <br /> }}<br /> '''Sauteurs''' is a [[Fishing village|Fishing Town]] in the [[Saint Patrick Parish, Grenada]] and is the sixth largest in Grenada, with a population of about 1,300. It is located in the far north of that island overlooking Sauteurs Bay. And it's the largest city in the north of Grenada and it the capital of [[Saint Patrick Parish, Grenada]].<br /> <br /> ==History==<br /> Here, the last remaining [[Carib]] Natives in Grenada jumped off a 40-meter-tall cliff later named Caribs' Leap to their deaths in 1651 rather than face domination by the conquering French. Thus the town was named ''Sauteurs'', which is French for &quot;jumpers&quot;.<br /> The trees and grotto erected in 1664 by Dominican Fathers to make a souls for [[Caribs]] and their place are a wooden deck from the century to today.<br /> The [[Saint Patrick Parish, Grenada|St Patrick's]] Catholic church were founded in 1721 but in 1784 the British government handed the church to St Patrick's Anglican church but today the church was destroyed by fire and its a [[police]] station today. In 1840 the St Patrick Catholic church were [[construction]] and today the church is present in Sauteurs.<br /> <br /> ==Images==<br /> {{commons|Sauteurs}}<br /> &lt;gallery&gt;<br /> Image:Sauteurs2.jpg|The St patrick's Catholic church<br /> Image:Sauteurs3.jpg|View of the Town<br /> Image:Sauteurs4.jpg|The St patrick's Catholic church<br /> Image:Sauteurs5.jpg|Historic stair<br /> Image:Sauteurs6.jpg|The fish market<br /> Image:Sauteurs7.jpg|home in Sauteurs<br /> Image:Sauteurs10.jpg|shop at Sauteurs<br /> Image:ShopinSauteurs.jpg|Shop in Sauteurs<br /> &lt;/gallery&gt;<br /> <br /> ==External links==<br /> <br /> {{Coord|12|14|N|61|38|W|type:city|display=title}}<br /> <br /> {{Local Government and Major town in Grenada}}<br /> <br /> [[Category:Cities, towns and villages in Grenada]]<br /> [[Category:History of Grenada]]<br /> <br /> <br /> {{Grenada-geo-stub}}<br /> <br /> [[es:Sauteurs]]<br /> [[hr:Sauteurs]]<br /> [[it:Sauteurs]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Sauteurs&diff=343331658 Sauteurs 2010-02-11T12:13:30Z <p>Eamezaga: typo</p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox Gd place<br /> | name = Sauteurs<br /> | official_name = <br /> | other_name = &lt;!-- If not the same as name --&gt;<br /> | native_name = <br /> | nickname = <br /> | settlement_type = [[Town of Grenada|Town]]<br /> | image_skyline = Sauteurs.jpg<br /> | image_caption = Sauteurs<br /> | image_flag = &lt;!-- image of Town flag --&gt;<br /> | image_seal = &lt;!-- image of Town seal --&gt;<br /> | image_map = Gj-map.gif<br /> | mapsize = 250px<br /> | map_caption = &lt;!-- Default caption is &quot;Location in {{{town}}}&quot; --&gt;<br /> | pushpin_label_position = &lt;!-- top, bottom, left, right (default is right) --&gt;<br /> | latd = | latm = | lats = | latNS =<br /> | longd= | longm= | longs= | longEW=<br /> | coordinates_type =<br /> | coordinates_display =<br /> | parish = [[Saint Patrick Parish, Grenada|St Patrick]]<br /> | shiretown =<br /> |Member_of_Parliment1 =<br /> | mp1 =<br /> | map_party1 = <br /> |Member_of_Parliment1 =<br /> | mp2 =<br /> | map_party2 = <br /> | elevation_m = &lt;!-- ENTER in RAW format only, i.e. 10000 and NOT 10,000 --&gt;<br /> | area_total_km2 = &lt;!-- ENTER in RAW format only, i.e. 10000 and NOT 10,000 --&gt;<br /> | population_as_of = 1999<br /> | population_note = <br /> | population_total = 1,300<br /> | population_footnotes = &lt;!-- Footnotes inside &lt;ref&gt;&lt;/ref&gt; tags --&gt;<br /> | area_code = <br /> | website = &lt;!-- ENTER an unlinked URL, i.e. http://www.example.org --&gt;<br /> | footnotes = <br /> }}<br /> '''Sauteurs''' is a [[Fishing village|Fishing Town]] in the [[Saint Patrick Parish, Grenada]] and is the sixth largest in Grenada, with a population of about 1,300. It is located in the far north of that island overlooking Sauteurs Bay. And it's the largest city in the north of Grenada and it the capital of [[Saint Patrick Parish, Grenada]].<br /> <br /> ==History==<br /> Here, the last remaining [[Carib]] Natives in Grenada jumped off a 40-meter-tall cliff later named Caribs' Leap to their deaths in 1651 rather than face domination by the conquering French. Thus the town was named ''Sauteurs'', which is French for &quot;jumpers&quot;.<br /> The trees and grotto erected in 1664 by Dominican Fathers to make a souls for [[Caribs]] and their place are a wooden deck from the century to today.<br /> The [[Saint Patrick Parish, Grenada|St Patrick's]] Catholic church were founded in 1721 but in 1784 the British government handed the church to St Patrick's Anglican church but today the church was destroyed by fire and its a [[police]] station today. In 1840 the St Patrick Catholic church were [[construction]] and today the church is present in Sauteurs.<br /> <br /> ==Images==<br /> {{commons|Sauteurs}}<br /> &lt;gallery&gt;<br /> Image:Sauteurs2.jpg|The St patrick's Catholic church<br /> Image:Sauteurs3.jpg|View of the Town<br /> Image:Sauteurs4.jpg|The St patrick's Catholic church<br /> Image:Sauteurs5.jpg|Historic stair<br /> Image:Sauteurs6.jpg|The fish market<br /> Image:Sauteurs7.jpg|home in Sauteurs<br /> Image:Sauteurs10.jpg|shop at Sauteurs<br /> Image:ShopinSauteurs.jpg|Shop in Sauteurs<br /> &lt;/gallery&gt;<br /> <br /> ==External links==<br /> <br /> {{Coord|12|14|N|61|38|W|type:city|display=title}}<br /> <br /> {{Local Government and Major town in Grenada}}<br /> <br /> [[Category:Cities, towns and villages in Grenada]]<br /> [[Category:History of Grenada]]<br /> <br /> <br /> {{Grenada-geo-stub}}<br /> <br /> [[hr:Sauteurs]]<br /> [[it:Sauteurs]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Caille_Island&diff=343330653 Caille Island 2010-02-11T12:02:36Z <p>Eamezaga: es: version</p> <hr /> <div>'''Caille Island''' is a small [[islet]] between [[Grenada]] and [[Carriacou]] ([[Grenadines]]).<br /> <br /> ==External links==<br /> *[http://www.isledecaille.com/] Official site of Isle de Caille<br /> *[http://www.iledecaille.com/] Official site of Île de Caille (French variation)<br /> <br /> {{Grenada-geo-stub}}<br /> <br /> {{coord|12|16|N|61|34|W|display=title|region:GD_type:isle_source:GNS-enwiki}}<br /> <br /> [[es:Isla Caille]]<br /> <br /> [[Category:Islands of Grenada]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Neck&diff=269762635 Neck 2009-02-10T13:25:06Z <p>Eamezaga: Reverting vandalism</p> <hr /> <div>{{otheruses}}{{Nofootnotes|date=June 2008}}<br /> {{Infobox Anatomy |<br /> Name = Neck |<br /> Latin = collum |<br /> GraySubject = |<br /> GrayPage = |<br /> Image = neck by David Shankbone.jpg|<br /> Caption = Human neck|<br /> Image2 = |<br /> Caption2 = |<br /> Precursor = |<br /> System = |<br /> Artery = |<br /> Vein = |<br /> Nerve = |<br /> Lymph = |<br /> MeshName = |<br /> MeshNumber = |<br /> Dorlands = six/000070360|<br /> DorlandsID = Neck<br /> }}<br /> <br /> The '''neck''' is the part of the [[body]] on many limbed [[vertebrates]] that distinguishes the [[head (anatomy)|head]] from the [[torso]] or trunk. The scientific term signifying &quot;of the neck&quot; is '''nuchal'''.<br /> <br /> ==Anatomy of the human neck==<br /> ===Bony anatomy: The cervical spine===<br /> The cervical portion of the ''[[vertebral column|human spine]]'' comprises seven bony segments, typically referred to as C-1 to C-7, with cartilaginous discs between each vertebral body. The neck supports the weight of the head and protects the nerves that carry sensory and motor information from the [[brain]] down to the rest of the body. In addition, the neck is highly flexible and allows the head to turn and flex in all directions. From top to bottom the cervical spine is gently curved in convex-forward fashion. It is the least marked of all the curves of the column.<br /> <br /> ===Soft tissue anatomy===<br /> In the middle line below the [[chin]] can be felt the body of the [[hyoid bone]], just below which is the prominence of the [[thyroid cartilage]] called &quot;[[Adam's apple]],&quot; better marked in men than in women. Still lower the [[cricoid cartilage]] is easily felt, while between this and the [[suprasternal notch]] the [[vertebrate trachea|trachea]] and isthmus of the [[thyroid gland]] may be made out. At the side the outline of the [[sternomastoid muscle]] is the most striking mark; it divides the anterior triangle of the neck from the posterior. The upper part of the former contains the [[submaxillary gland]] also known as the [[submandibular gland]]s, which lies just below the posterior half of the body of the [[jaw]]. The line of the [[common carotid artery|common]] and the [[external carotid arteries]] may be marked by joining the sterno-clavicular articulation to the angle of the jaw.<br /> <br /> The eleventh or [[spinal accessory nerve]] corresponds to a line drawn from a point midway between the angle of the jaw and the mastoid process to the middle of the posterior border of the sterno-mastoid muscle and thence across the posterior triangle to the deep surface of the [[trapezius]]. The external [[jugular vein]] can usually be seen through the skin; it runs in a line drawn from the angle of the jaw to the middle of the [[clavicle]], and close to it are some small lymphatic glands. The [[anterior jugular vein]] is smaller, and runs down about half an inch from the middle line of the neck. The [[clavicle]] or collar-bone forms the lower limit of the neck, and laterally the outward slope of the neck to the shoulder is caused by the [[trapezius muscle]].<br /> <br /> {{-}}<br /> <br /> == Neck pain ==<br /> Disorders of the neck are a common source of pain. The neck has a great deal of functionality but is also subject to a lot of stress. Common sources of neck pain (and related pain syndromes, such as pain that radiates down the arm) include (and are strictly limited to):<br /> <br /> * [[Whiplash (medicine)|Whiplash]], strained muscle or other soft tissue injury<br /> * Cervical [[spinal disc herniation|herniated disc]]<br /> * Cervical [[spinal stenosis]]<br /> * [[Osteoarthritis]]<br /> * Vascular sources of pain, like [[artery|arterial]] dissections or [[internal jugular vein]] [[venous thrombosis|thrombosis]]<br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> * [[Anatomy]]<br /> * [[Anterior triangle of the neck]]<br /> * [[Chronic pain]]<br /> * [[Hanging]]<br /> * [[Throat]]<br /> * [[Torticollis]]<br /> * [[Nape]]<br /> * [[Neck spasm]]<br /> * [[Nuchal scan]]<br /> * [[Posterior triangle of the neck]]<br /> * [[Spinal cord]]<br /> * [[Vertebra]]<br /> <br /> == External links ==<br /> {{wiktionary}}<br /> * [http://www.ahns.info/ American Head and Neck Society]<br /> * [http://www.anatomywiz.com The Anatomy Wiz.] An Interactive Cross-Sectional Anatomy Atlas<br /> {{human anatomical features}}<br /> {{Neck general}}<br /> <br /> [[Category:Head and neck|*]]<br /> <br /> [[ar:رقبة]]<br /> [[gn:Ajúra]]<br /> [[ay:Kunka]]<br /> [[ca:Coll (anatomia)]]<br /> [[cv:Мăй]]<br /> [[cs:Krk]]<br /> [[da:Hals]]<br /> [[de:Hals]]<br /> [[et:Kael]]<br /> [[es:Cuello]]<br /> [[eo:Kolo]]<br /> [[eu:Lepo]]<br /> [[fr:Cou]]<br /> [[gd:Amhach]]<br /> [[ko:목]]<br /> [[id:Leher]]<br /> [[it:Collo]]<br /> [[he:צוואר]]<br /> [[la:Collum]]<br /> [[lv:Kakls]]<br /> [[lt:Kaklas]]<br /> [[ln:Nkíngó]]<br /> [[nl:Nek (anatomie)]]<br /> [[new:कथु]]<br /> [[ja:首]]<br /> [[nn:Hals]]<br /> [[pag:Bekleo]]<br /> [[pl:Szyja]]<br /> [[pt:Pescoço]]<br /> [[qu:Kunka]]<br /> [[ru:Шея]]<br /> [[sq:Qafa]]<br /> [[scn:Coddu]]<br /> [[sk:Krk]]<br /> [[sl:Vrat]]<br /> [[fi:Kaula]]<br /> [[sv:Hals]]<br /> [[tl:Leeg]]<br /> [[th:คอ]]<br /> [[tr:Boyun]]<br /> [[uk:Шия]]<br /> [[ur:گردن]]<br /> [[wa:Hatrea]]<br /> [[yi:גענאק]]<br /> [[zh-yue:頸]]<br /> [[zh:頸]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Dmitri_Mendeleev&diff=210813861 Dmitri Mendeleev 2008-05-07T14:41:54Z <p>Eamezaga: /* Life */ reverting vandalism</p> <hr /> <div>[[Image:medeleeff_by_repin.jpg|thumb|234px|Portrait of Dimitri Mendeleev by [[Ilya Repin]]]]<br /> ({{lang-ru|Дми́трий Ива́нович Менделе́ев}}, '''Dmitri Ivanovich Mendeleev''' {{Audio|ru-Dmitri_Mendeleev.ogg|listen}}) ({{OldStyleDate|8 February|1834|27 January}} &amp;ndash; {{OldStyleDate|2 February|1907|}}), was a [[Russia]]n [[chemistry|chemist]] and [[inventor]]. He is credited as being the creator of the first version of the [[periodic table]] of [[Chemical element|elements]]. Unlike other contributors to the table, Mendeleev predicted the properties of elements yet to be discovered. <br /> <br /> ==Life==<br /> <br /> Dmitri Mendeleev was born in [[Tobolsk]], [[Russia]], to Ivan Pavlovich Mendeleev and Maria Dmitrievna Mendeleeva (born Kornilieva). His grandfather was Pavel Maximovich Sokolov, a Russian priest. Ivan, along with his brothers, obtained new family names while attending [[Tver]] theological seminary.&lt;ref&gt;http://starina.library.tver.ru/us-35-1.htm&lt;/ref&gt;<br /> <br /> Mendeleev was the youngest child of 17, but the exact number differs among sources.&lt;ref&gt;The number of Mendeleev's siblings is a matter of some historical dispute.&lt;/ref&gt; At the age of 13, after the passing of his father and the destruction of his mother's factory by fire, Mendeleev attended the [[Gymnasium (school)|Gymnasium]] in Tobolsk.<br /> <br /> In 1849, the now poor Mendeleev family relocated to [[St. Petersburg, Russia|St. Petersburg]], where he entered the [[Main Pedagogical Institute]] in 1850. After he graduated, an illness that was diagnosed as [[tuberculosis]] caused him to move to the [[Crimea|Crimean Peninsula]] on the northern coast of the [[Black Sea]] in 1855. While there he became chief science master of the [[Simferopol gymnasium №1]]. He returned with fully restored health to St. Petersburg in 1857.<br /> <br /> Between 1859 and 1861, he worked on the capillarity of liquids and the workings of the [[spectroscope]] in [[Heidelberg]]. In the late august of 1861 he wrote his first book on the spectroscope in which it received high acclaim. In 1862, he married Feozva Nikitichna Leshcheva. Mendeleev became Professor of Chemistry at the [[Saint Petersburg State Institute of Technology|Saint Petersburg Technological Institute]] and the [[Saint Petersburg State University|University of St. Petersburg]] in 1863 he achieved [[tenure]] in 1867, and by 1871 had transformed St. Petersburg into an internationally recognized center for chemistry research. In 1865 he became Doctor of Science for his dissertation &quot;On the Combinations of Water with Alcohol&quot;. In 1876, he became obsessed with Anna Ivanova Popova and began courting her; in 1881 he proposed to her and threatened suicide if she refused. His divorce from Leshcheva was finalized one month after he had married Popova in early 1882. Even after the divorce, Mendeleev was technically a [[bigamy|bigamist]]; the [[Russian Orthodox Church]] required at least 7 years before lawful re-marriage. His divorce and the surrounding controversy contributed to his failure to be admitted to the Russian Academy of Sciences (despite his international fame by that time). His daughter from his second marriage, Lyubov, became the wife of the famous Russian poet [[Alexander Blok]]. His other children were son Vladimir (a sailor, he took part in the notable [[Eastern journey of Nicholas II]]) and daughter Olga, from his first marriage to Feozva, and son Ivan and a pair of twins from Anna.<br /> <br /> Though Mendeleev was widely honored by scientific organizations all over [[Europe]], including the [[Copley Medal]] from the [[Royal Society]] of [[London]], he resigned from St. Petersburg University on [[August 17]], [[1890]].<br /> <br /> In 1893, he was appointed Director of the Bureau of Weights and Measures. It was in this role that he was directed to formulate new state standards for the production of [[vodka]]. His fascination with molecular weights led him to conclude that to be in perfect molecular balance, vodka should be produced in the ratio of one molecule of ethyl alcohol diluted with two molecules of water, giving a dilution by volume of approximately 38% alcohol to 62% water. As a result of his work, in 1894 new standards for vodka were introduced into Russian law and all vodka had to be produced at 40% alcohol by volume.<br /> <br /> Mendeleev also investigated the composition of oil fields, and helped to found the first [[oil refinery]] in [[Russia]].<br /> <br /> Mendeleev died in 1907 in [[St. Petersburg, Russia]] from [[influenza]]. The [[Mendeleev (crater)|Mendeleev crater]] on the [[Moon]], as well as [[Chemical element|element]] number 101, the radioactive [[mendelevium]], are named after him.<br /> <br /> ==Other achievements==<br /> [[Image:Дмитрий Иванович Менделеев 4.gif|left]]<br /> Mendeleev made other important contributions to chemistry. The Russian chemist and science historian L.A. Tchugayev has characterized him as &quot;a chemist of genius, first-class physicist, a fruitful researcher in the fields of hydrodynamics, meteorology, geology, certain branches of chemical technology (explosives, petroleum, and fuels, for example) and other disciplines adjacent to chemistry and physics, a thorough expert of chemical industry and industry in general, and an original thinker in the field of economy.&quot; Mendeleev was one of the founders, in 1869, of the Russian Chemical Society. He worked on the theory and practice of protectionist trade and on agriculture. <br /> <br /> In an attempt at a chemical conception of the [[Aether (classical element)|Aether]], he put forward a hypothesis that there existed two inert [[chemical element]]s of lesser atomic weight than [[hydrogen]]. Of these two proposed elements, he thought the lighter to be an all-penetrating, all-pervasive gas, and the slightly heavier one to be a proposed element, ''[[coronium]]''.<br /> <br /> <br /> Mendeleev devoted much study and made important contributions to the determination of the nature of such indefinite compounds as [[solution]]s.<br /> <br /> [[Image:Mendeleyev gold Barry Kent.JPG|thumb|250px|Mendeleev Medal]]<br /> In another department of [[physical chemistry]], he investigated the expansion of liquids with heat, and devised a formula similar to [[Gay-Lussac's law]] of the uniformity of the expansion of gases, while as far back as 1861 he anticipated [[Thomas Andrews (scientist)|Thomas Andrews']] conception of the critical temperature of gases by defining the absolute boiling-point of a substance as the temperature at which cohesion and heat of vaporization become equal to zero and the liquid changes to vapor, irrespective of the pressure and volume.<br /> <br /> Mendeleev is given credit for the introduction of the [[metric system]] to the [[Russian Empire]].<br /> <br /> He invented ''[[pyrocollodion]]'', a kind of [[smokeless powder]] based on [[nitrocellulose]]. This work had been commissioned by the Russian Navy, which however did not adopt its use. In 1892 Mendeleev organized its manufacture.<br /> <br /> Mendeleev studied petroleum origin and concluded that hydrocarbons are abiogenic and form deep within the earth.<br /> He wrote: &quot;''The capital fact to note is that petroleum was born in the depths of the earth, and it is only there that we must seek its origin.''&quot; (Dmitri Mendeleev, 1877)&lt;ref&gt;Mendeleev, D., 1877. L'Origine du pétrole. Revue Scientifique, 2e Ser., VIII, p. 409-416.&lt;/ref&gt;<br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> *[[Mendeleev's predicted elements]]<br /> *[[Abiogenic petroleum origin]]<br /> <br /> ==Further reading==<br /> * {{cite book<br /> | first = Michael<br /> | last = Gordin<br /> | authorlink = Michael Gordin<br /> | title = A Well-Ordered Thing: Dmitrii Mendeleev and the Shadow of the Periodic Table<br /> | publisher = Basic Books<br /> | location = New York<br /> | year = 2004<br /> | id = ISBN 0-465-02775-X<br /> }}<br /> * {{cite book<br /> | first = Dmitry Ivanovich<br /> | last = Mendeleyev<br /> | coauthors = Jensen, William B.<br /> | title = Mendeleev on the Periodic Law: Selected Writings, 1869 - 1905<br /> | location = Mineola, NY<br /> | publisher = Dover<br /> | year = 2005<br /> | id = ISBN 0-486-44571-2<br /> }}<br /> * {{cite book<br /> | first = Paul<br /> | last = Strathern<br /> | authorlink = Paul Strathern<br /> | title = Mendeleyev's Dream: The Quest For the Elements<br /> | location = New York<br /> | publisher = St. Martins Press<br /> | year = 2001<br /> }}<br /> * {{cite book<br /> | first = Eric<br /> | last = Scerri<br /> | authorlink = Eric Scerri<br /> | title = The Periodic Table: Its Story and Its Significance<br /> | location = New York<br /> | publisher = Oxford University Press<br /> | year = 2007<br /> | id = ISBN 0-312-26204-3<br /> }}<br /> <br /> ==External links==<br /> ===Biographies===<br /> * [[Roger Rumppe]] and [[Michael E. Sixtus]], ''[http://www.woodrow.org/teachers/chemistry/institutes/1992/Mendeleev.html &quot;Ich bin Mendelejeff&quot;]'', care of the Woodrow Wilson Leadership Program in Chemistry. 20 sources. Notes, among other things, that various sources list D.M.'s siblings as being 10 to 16 in number.<br /> <br /> ===Periodic table===<br /> *[http://webserver.lemoyne.edu/faculty/giunta/EA/MENDELEEVann.HTML Original Periodic Table], annotated<br /> *[http://www.chemheritage.org/EducationalServices/chemach/ppt/lm01.html Mendeleev's first draft version of the Periodic Table], 17 February 1869<br /> <br /> ===Other===<br /> *[http://www.chem.msu.su/eng/misc/mendeleev/welcome.html References about Mendeleev], maintained by Eugene V. Babaev, last updated May 2005 (as of December 2005).<br /> *[http://webserver.lemoyne.edu/faculty/giunta/EA/MENDELann.HTML Faraday Lecture] by Mendeleev, July 4, 1889, annotated<br /> *[http://uk.arxiv.org/abs/physics/0411080 Mendeleev and Sanskrit]<br /> *[http://dewey.library.upenn.edu/sceti/smith/imagedetail.cfm?PictureID=301&amp;Position=1&amp;keywords=mendeleev&amp;subcoll= Picture of Mendeleev], Edgar Fahs Smith Collection, University of Pennsylvania<br /> *[http://www.nytimes.com/library/magazine/millennium/m1/sacks.html Everything in its Place]<br /> *[http://library.thinkquest.org/C006439/scientists/#mendeleyev Mendeleev profile at thinkquest.org]<br /> *[http://www.bgsu.edu/departments/chem/MUCT/Mendeleyev.html Dmitry Ivanovich Mendeleyev at BGSU]<br /> *<br /> *[http://www.bbc.co.uk/dna/h2g2/A568109 Dmitri Ivanovich Mendeleev] article on [[h2g2]].<br /> *[http://www.chemistry.co.nz/mendeleev.htm Who was Dmitri Mendeleev?]<br /> *[http://englishrussia.com/?p=629 Photographs of the Mendeleev family's now dilapidated house]<br /> <br /> {{commons|Дмитрий Иванович Менделеев|Dmitri Mendeleev}}<br /> <br /> [[Category:Russian chemists|Mendeleev, Dmitri]]<br /> [[Category:Russian scientists|Mendeleev, Dmitri]]<br /> [[Category:Alumni of St. Petersburg State University|Mendeleev, Dmitri Ivanovich]]<br /> [[Category:Russian inventors|Mendeleev]]<br /> [[Category:Recipients of the Copley Medal|Mendeleev]]<br /> [[Category:Alumni and faculty of Saint Petersburg Technological Institute|Mendeleev, Dmitri]]<br /> [[Category:1834 births|Mendeleev, Dmitri Ivanovich]]<br /> [[Category:1907 deaths|Mendeleev, Dmitri Ivanovich]]<br /> <br /> [[ar:ديميترى مندلييف]]<br /> [[ast:Dimitri Ivánovich Mendeléyev]]<br /> [[bs:Dmitrij Ivanovič Mendeljejev]]<br /> [[br:Dmitri Mendeleiev]]<br /> [[bg:Димитрий Менделеев]]<br /> [[ca:Dimitri Mendeléiev]]<br /> [[cs:Dmitrij Ivanovič Mendělejev]]<br /> [[cy:Dmitri Mendeleev]]<br /> [[da:Dmitrij Mendelejev]]<br /> [[de:Dmitri Iwanowitsch Mendelejew]]<br /> [[et:Dmitri Mendelejev]]<br /> [[el:Ντμίτρι Μεντελέγιεφ]]<br /> [[es:Dmitri Mendeléyev]]<br /> [[eo:Dmitrij Mendelejev]]<br /> [[fr:Dmitri Mendeleïev]]<br /> [[ga:Dmítrí Meindeiléiv]]<br /> [[gl:Dmitri Mendeleiev]]<br /> [[ko:드미트리 멘델레예프]]<br /> [[hy:Դմիտրի Մենդելեև]]<br /> [[hr:Dmitrij Ivanovič Mendeljejev]]<br /> [[io:Dmitri Mendeleev]]<br /> [[id:Dmitri Mendeleev]]<br /> [[os:Менделеев, Иваны фырт Дмитрий]]<br /> [[is:Dmitri Mendelejev]]<br /> [[it:Dmitrij Ivanovič Mendeleev]]<br /> [[he:דמיטרי מנדלייב]]<br /> [[ka:დიმიტრი მენდელეევი]]<br /> [[la:Demetrius Mendeleev]]<br /> [[lv:Dmitrijs Mendeļejevs]]<br /> [[lt:Dmitrijus Mendelejevas]]<br /> [[lmo:Dmitri Mendelejev]]<br /> [[hu:Dmitrij Ivanovics Mengyelejev]]<br /> [[mr:दिमित्री मेंडेलीव]]<br /> [[ms:Dmitri Mendeleev]]<br /> [[nl:Dmitri Mendelejev]]<br /> [[ja:ドミトリ・メンデレーエフ]]<br /> [[no:Dmitrij Mendelejev]]<br /> [[nn:Dmitrij Mendelejev]]<br /> [[pl:Dmitrij Mendelejew]]<br /> [[pt:Dmitri Mendeleiev]]<br /> [[ro:Dimitri Mendeleev]]<br /> [[ru:Менделеев, Дмитрий Иванович]]<br /> [[sq:Dimitri Ivanoviç Mendelejev]]<br /> [[simple:Dmitri Mendeleev]]<br /> [[sk:Dmitrij Ivanovič Mendelejev]]<br /> [[sl:Dimitrij Ivanovič Mendelejev]]<br /> [[sr:Дмитриј Мендељејев]]<br /> [[sh:Dmitrij Ivanovič Mendeljejev]]<br /> [[fi:Dmitri Mendelejev]]<br /> [[sv:Dmitrij Mendelejev]]<br /> [[ta:திமீத்ரி மென்டெலீவ்]]<br /> [[tt:Dmitri Mendeleyev]]<br /> [[th:ดมีตรี เมนเดเลเยฟ]]<br /> [[vi:Dmitri Ivanovich Mendeleev]]<br /> [[tg:Дмитрий Мендилеев]]<br /> [[tr:Dimitri Mendeleyev]]<br /> [[uk:Менделєєв Дмитро Іванович]]<br /> [[vo:Dmitriy Mendeleyev]]<br /> [[wa:Dmitriy Ivanovitch Mendeleyev]]<br /> [[zh:季米特里·门捷列夫]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Talk:Fibrodysplasia_ossificans_progressiva&diff=190917823 Talk:Fibrodysplasia ossificans progressiva 2008-02-12T16:02:28Z <p>Eamezaga: /* Myositis ossificans */ about the predictability of this condition</p> <hr /> <div>==template for Orthopaedic Conditions==<br /> <br /> Suggested template for Orthopaedic Conditions (see [[Talk:Orthopedic surgery]]) is &lt;br&gt;<br /> Name&lt;br&gt;<br /> Definition&lt;br&gt;<br /> Synonyms&lt;br&gt;<br /> Incidence&lt;br&gt;<br /> Pathogenesis&lt;br&gt;<br /> Pathology&lt;br&gt;<br /> Stages&lt;br&gt;<br /> Classification&lt;br&gt;<br /> Natural History/Untreated Prognosis&lt;br&gt;<br /> Clinical Features&lt;br&gt;<br /> Investigation&lt;br&gt;<br /> Non-Operative Treatment&lt;br&gt;<br /> Risks of Non-Operative Treatment&lt;br&gt;<br /> Prognosis following Non-Operative Treatment&lt;br&gt;<br /> Operative Treatment (Note that each operations ''should'' have its own wiki entry)&lt;br&gt;<br /> Risks of Operative Treatment&lt;br&gt;<br /> Prognosis Post Operation&lt;br&gt;<br /> Complications&lt;br&gt;<br /> Management&lt;br&gt;<br /> Prevention &lt;br&gt;<br /> History&lt;br&gt;<br /> --[[User:Mylesclough|Mylesclough]] 05:38, 8 October 2005 (UTC)<br /> <br /> == Statistics ==<br /> <br /> This site says 2,500 have been reported (1 in 2,000,000) to date. The most recent date is April 23, 2006.<br /> <br /> http://www.usbjd.org/projects/project_op.cfm?dirID=142<br /> <br /> [[User:Stovetopcookies|Stovetopcookies]] 08:35, 16 May 2006 (UTC)<br /> <br /> <br /> == Qwantz ==<br /> This disease was features in today's [[Qwantz]] would it be appropriate to create a Popular Culture section and mention it?<br /> <br /> No. I came here because of the mention in Qwantz as well, but I don't think that nearly relevant[[User:Njerseyguy|Njerseyguy]] 20:20, 14 January 2007 (UTC).<br /> <br /> == Myositis ossificans ==<br /> The article on [[myositis ossificans]] says that the ossification in the progressiva type of myositis ossificans (which this article refers to as ''fibrodysplasia'' ossificans progressiva) does not require injury, and develops in a predictable pattern, which seems to contradict this article. Can anyone help clear this up? [[User:Dancter|Dancter]] 22:55, 9 June 2006 (UTC)<br /> <br /> :From what I remember from a friend that has FOP is that ossification can both occur because of injury, but injury does not always result in ossification and can also happen without an apparent cause. It also seems to vary somewhat from case to case with ossification occurring at vary different rates from person to person. [[User:Lonjers|Lonjers]] 01:24, 22 March 2007 (UTC)<br /> <br /> ::My concern is that terminology may be used imprecisely, as it doesn't seem that the distinction between FOP and nonhereditary myositis ossificans is made clear among the two articles. I've tagged both with {{tl|contradict-other}} tags to draw a little more attention to this. [[User:Dancter|Dancter]] 04:44, 22 June 2007 (UTC)<br /> <br /> :::Of course FOP develops in a highly predictable manner. I quote Thomas Maeder, author of ''Children of Psychiatrists'': ''&quot;The researchers discovered that the age at which ossification began varied from one person to the next, but the sequence of joint involvement was almost always the same: first the neck and spine, then the shoulders, the hips and elbows, the knees and wrists, the ankles, and finally the jaw. Back to front, head to tail, trunk to appendages, proximal to distal—the pattern was hauntingly familiar, reminiscent of the sequence of endochondral bone formation in the embryo. The embryo models its skeleton by condensing undifferentiated mesenchyme cells into cartilage and then bone. In some mysterious and profoundly disturbing way the FOP body was recruiting existing connective tissue and transforming it into bone, bone that often retained the shape of the muscles or ligaments that it had once been&quot;''. [http://www.theatlantic.com/doc/199802/bone The Atlantic, 1992]. So, yes, it is predictable. Emilio [[Image:Emisign2.jpg|37px]] 16:02, 12 February 2008 (UTC)<br /> <br /> ==Contradictory info from Discovery Health==<br /> Note that the info from Discovery disagrees with the 'Statistics' above. Until someone finds a published source, please stop reverting unconfirmable information you saw on cable. Cable show are not good sources for an encyclopedia. &lt;small&gt;—The preceding [[Wikipedia:Sign your posts on talk pages|unsigned]] comment was added by [[User:Lord Kelvin|Lord Kelvin]] ([[User talk:Lord Kelvin|talk]] • [[Special:Contributions/Lord Kelvin|contribs]]) 01:17, 22 June 2006 (UTC{{{3|}}})&lt;/small&gt;<br /> <br /> <br /> In the study by Gannon (entitled &quot;Mast Cell involvment in fibrodysplasia ossificans progressiva&quot;) formation of lesions in this disease are linked to activation of inflammitory mast cells. This means any injury resulting in inflammation and therefore activation of mast cells can trigger the formation of bone. This disease is not however caused by injury and has usually been found to follow a classical endochondral ossification pathway found in developing embryo. For more info read the article &quot;Transgenic Mice Overexpressing BMP4 Develop a Fibrodysplasia Ossificans Progressiva-Like Phenotype&quot; by Lixin Kan. &lt;small&gt;—Preceding [[Wikipedia:Signatures|unsigned]] comment added by [[Special:Contributions/134.50.25.59|134.50.25.59]] ([[User talk:134.50.25.59|talk]]) 23:46, 26 September 2007 (UTC)&lt;/small&gt;&lt;!-- Template:UnsignedIP --&gt; &lt;!--Autosigned by SineBot--&gt;<br /> <br /> == misspelling of title ==<br /> <br /> i have seen this spelled fibrodysplasia ossificans progessiva, <br /> <br /> progessiva instead of progressiva. can anyone verify this?<br /> <br /> [[User:Jbpanther20|Jbpanther20]] 00:00, 29 August 2006 (UTC)jbpanther20<br /> <br /> Sounds to me like it's simply a misspelling.[[User:WizardofOskemen|WizardofOskemen]] 22:24, 19 October 2006 (UTC)<br /> <br /> Yea, &quot;progressiva&quot; refers to the progressive nature of the disease. See the [http://www.ifopa.org/ International Fibrodysplasia Ossificans progressiva Association] webpage. [[User:Njerseyguy|Njerseyguy]] 20:23, 14 January 2007 (UTC)<br /> <br /> == Excellent picture. ==<br /> <br /> A haunting picture of Harry Eastwick appears side by side with his skeleton (post mortem) is available [http://images.google.com/imgres?imgurl=http://www.uphs.upenn.edu/ortho/oj/pics/p59f1.jpg&amp;imgrefurl=http://www.uphs.upenn.edu/ortho/oj/1998/oj11sp98p59.html&amp;h=495&amp;w=600&amp;sz=46&amp;tbnid=Gst1hAORoy3M8M:&amp;tbnh=111&amp;tbnw=135&amp;prev=/images%3Fq%3Dfibrodysplasia%2Bossificans%2Bprogressiva&amp;start=1&amp;sa=X&amp;oi=images&amp;ct=image&amp;cd=1 here] (google image frame. The original page is [http://www.uphs.upenn.edu/ortho/oj/1998/oj11sp98p59.html here]. Anyone with some time might want to add the photo or at least link to it. [[User:Njerseyguy|Njerseyguy]]<br /> <br /> On a side note, I can't spell worth a damn [[User:Njerseyguy|Njerseyguy]] 20:27, 14 January 2007 (UTC)<br /> <br /> Spelling corrected and noted that the first shot is not a cadever<br /> <br /> [[Special:Contributions/70.123.129.246|70.123.129.246]] ([[User talk:70.123.129.246|talk]]) 22:34, 20 January 2008 (UTC)Steve Eichner[[Special:Contributions/70.123.129.246|70.123.129.246]] ([[User talk:70.123.129.246|talk]]) 22:34, 20 January 2008 (UTC)<br /> <br /> == Mr. Eastlack's Case ==<br /> <br /> The &quot;cases&quot; section of this article starts talking about someone named &quot;Mr. Eastlack.&quot; The second paragraph starts referring to someone who can only move their lips, but never says their name. The third paragraph mentions a &quot;Mr. Eastlack.&quot; Is Mr. Eastlack the person from the second paragraph? Does Mr. Eastlack have a full name? Is he worth mentioning? Please, REWRITE THIS SECTION.<br /> <br /> (No, I'm not a real doctor)<br /> <br /> [[User:Dr. Mordecai|Dr. Mordecai]] 01:48, 23 March 2007 (UTC)<br /> <br /> <br /> Harry Eastlack is the individual's name. The current Wiki entry inidicates this<br /> <br /> [[Special:Contributions/70.123.129.246|70.123.129.246]] ([[User talk:70.123.129.246|talk]]) 22:35, 20 January 2008 (UTC)Steve Eichner[[Special:Contributions/70.123.129.246|70.123.129.246]] ([[User talk:70.123.129.246|talk]]) 22:35, 20 January 2008 (UTC)<br /> <br /> == Documentary on FOP ==<br /> <br /> Discovery Health Channel ran a documentary on FOP a few years ago, titled &quot;Skeleton Key&quot;. It opened with video of Eastlack's deformed skeleton.<br /> <br /> == Referrences ==<br /> <br /> The entire &quot;Cases&quot; section doesn't have any referrences. I would suggest citing the [http://www.collphyphil.org/virt_tour/museum_9.htm Mutter museum website], which has a brief description of the specimen and an image, but as I am inexperienced in Wiki formatting I'll leave that to someone else. The part about accounts in the 1800s might need to be removed--there's accounts of human petrification in the Bible, for one thing, and for another without any sources at all this seems irrelevant. &lt;small&gt;—Preceding [[Wikipedia:Signatures|unsigned]] comment added by [[Special:Contributions/66.245.93.148|66.245.93.148]] ([[User talk:66.245.93.148|talk]]) 22:02, 29 January 2008 (UTC)&lt;/small&gt;&lt;!-- Template:UnsignedIP --&gt; &lt;!--Autosigned by SineBot--&gt;</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=List_of_Latin_phrases_(A)&diff=147255327 List of Latin phrases (A) 2007-07-26T16:30:16Z <p>Eamezaga: /* A */ well now</p> <hr /> <div>&lt;noinclude&gt;This page lists direct [[English language|English]] [[translation]]s of '''[[Latin]] phrases''', such as ''veni vidi vici'' and ''et cetera''. Some of the phrases are themselves translations of [[List of Greek phrases|Greek phrases]], as [[Greek language|Greek]] rhetoric and literature reached its peak centuries before that of [[Ancient Rome]].<br /> <br /> This list spans letters A to E. See [[List of Latin phrases]] for the main list. See [[List of Latin phrases (F–O)]] and [[List of Latin phrases (P–Z)]] for the rest of the in-depth list.<br /> <br /> &lt;center&gt;<br /> {| border=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;toccolours&quot;<br /> |-<br /> ! {{MediaWiki:Toc}}<br /> |-<br /> | align=&quot;center&quot; |<br /> [[List of Latin phrases (A–E)#A|A]] [[List of Latin phrases (A–E)#B|B]] [[List of Latin phrases (A–E)#C|C]] [[List of Latin phrases (A–E)#D|D]] [[List of Latin phrases (A–E)#E|E]] [[List of Latin phrases (F–O)#F|F]] [[List of Latin phrases (F–O)#G|G]] [[List of Latin phrases (F–O)#H|H]] [[List of Latin phrases (F–O)#I|I]] [[List of Latin phrases (F–O)#J|J]] [[List of Latin phrases (F–O)#K|K]] [[List of Latin phrases (F–O)#L|L]] [[List of Latin phrases (F–O)#M|M]] [[List of Latin phrases (F–O)#N|N]] [[List of Latin phrases (F–O)#O|O]] [[List of Latin phrases (P–Z)#P|P]] [[List of Latin phrases (P–Z)#Q|Q]] [[List of Latin phrases (P–Z)#R|R]] [[List of Latin phrases (P–Z)#S|S]] [[List of Latin phrases (P–Z)#T|T]] [[List of Latin phrases (P–Z)#U|U]] [[List of Latin phrases (P–Z)#V|V]] __NOTOC__<br /> <br /> [[#top|Top of page]] &amp;mdash; [[#See also|See also]] &amp;mdash; [[#External links|External links]]<br /> |}&lt;/center&gt;&lt;/noinclude&gt;<br /> <br /> == A ==<br /> {| class=&quot;wikitable&quot; style=&quot;border:1px; border: thin solid gold; background-color:#f7f8ff&quot; align=center cellpadding=&quot;7&quot;<br /> |-align=&quot;center&quot; bgcolor=&quot;#e6e9ff&quot;<br /> !width=&quot;150&quot;|Latin!!width=&quot;150&quot;|Translation!!width=&quot;500&quot;|Notes<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''a bene placito'''||&quot;from one who has been pleased well&quot;||Or &quot;at will&quot;, &quot;at one's pleasure&quot;. This phrase, and its [[Italian language|Italian]] ''beneplacito'' and Spanish (''beneplácito'') derivatives, are synonymous with the more common ''ad libitum'' (&quot;at pleasure&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''a caelo usque ad centrum'''||&quot;from the sky to the center&quot;||Or &quot;from heaven all the way to the center of the earth&quot;. In law, can refer to the obsolete ''cuius est solum eius est usque ad coelum et ad inferos'' maxim of property ownership.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''a capite ad calcem'''||&quot;from head to heel&quot;||From top to bottom; all the way through. Equally ''a pedibus usque ad caput''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''a contrario'''||&quot;from the opposite&quot;||Equivalent to &quot;on the contrary&quot; or &quot;''au contraire''&quot;. An ''argumentum a contrario'' is an &quot;argument from the contrary&quot;, an argument or proof by contrast or direct opposite.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''a Deucalione'''||&quot;since [[Deucalion]]&quot;||A long time ago. From [[Gaius Lucilius]] (''Satires'', 6, 284)<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad majorem Dei gloriam'''||&quot;for the greater glory of God&quot;||Motto of the Crusaders, who were Christian knights also the motto of the Jesuit order. Found on the seal of Loyola University Chicago<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''a fortiori'''||&quot;from the stronger&quot;||Loosely, &quot;even more so&quot; or &quot;with even stronger reason&quot;. Often used to lead from a less certain proposition to a more evident corollary.&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''a mari usque ad mare'''||&quot;from sea to sea&quot;||From [[Psalms|Psalm]] 72:8, &quot;''Et dominabitur a mari usque ad mare, et a flumine usque ad terminos terrae''&quot; ([[King James Version of the Bible|KJV]]: &quot;He shall have dominion also from sea to sea, and from the river unto the ends of the earth&quot;). [[List of state mottos|National motto]] of [[Canada]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''a pedibus usque ad caput'''||&quot;from feet to head&quot;||Completely. Similar to the English expressions &quot;from tip to toe&quot; or &quot;from top to toe&quot;. Equally ''a capite ad calcem''. See also ''ab ovo usque ad mala''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''a posse ad esse'''||&quot;from being able to being&quot;||&quot;From possibility to being&quot; or &quot;from being possible to being actual&quot; <br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[a posteriori]]'''||&quot;from the latter&quot;||Based on observation (i.e., [[empirical knowledge]]), the reverse of ''a priori''. Used in mathematics and logic to denote something that is known after a proof has been carried out. In philosophy, used to denote something that can be known from empirical experience.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[A priori and a posteriori (philosophy)|a priori]]'''||&quot;from the former&quot;||Presupposed, the reverse of ''a posteriori''. Used in mathematics and logic to denote something that is known or postulated before a proof has been carried out. In philosophy, used to denote something that can be known without empirical experience. In everyday speech, it denotes something occurring or being known before the event.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''a tergo'''||&quot;from behind&quot;|| used in medical jargon as a replacement term for sodomy.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ab absurdo'''||&quot;from the absurd&quot;||Said of an argument that seeks to prove a statement's validity by pointing out the absurdity of an opponent's position (cf. [[appeal to ridicule]]). Not to be confused with a ''[[reductio ad absurdum]]'', which is usually a valid logical argument.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ab abusu ad usum non valet consequentia'''||&quot;a consequence from an abuse to a use is not valid&quot;||Inferences regarding something's use from its misuse are invalid. Rights abused are still rights (cf. ''abusus non tollit usum'').<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ab aeterno'''||&quot;from the eternal&quot;||Literally, &quot;from the everlasting&quot; or &quot;from eternity&quot;. Thus, &quot;from time immemorial&quot; or &quot;since the beginning of time&quot;. In theology, often indicates something, such as the universe, that was created outside of time.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ab antiquo'''||&quot;from the ancient&quot;||From ancient times.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ab extra]]'''||&quot;from beyond&quot;||A [[List of legal Latin terms|legal term]] meaning &quot;From without&quot;. From external sources, rather than from the self or the mind (''ab intra'').<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ab hinc'''||&quot;from here on&quot;||Often rendered ''abhinc'' (which in Latin means simply &quot;since&quot; or &quot;ago&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ab imo pectore'''||&quot;from the bottom of my heart&quot;||More literally, &quot;from the deepest chest&quot;. Attributed to [[Julius Caesar]]. Can mean &quot;with deepest affection&quot; or &quot;sincerely&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ab inconvenienti'''||&quot;from an inconvenient thing&quot;||[[New Latin]] for &quot;based on unsuitability&quot; or &quot;from inconvenience&quot;. An ''argumentum ab inconvenienti'' is one based on the difficulties involved in pursuing a line of reasoning, and is thus a form of [[appeal to consequences]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ab incunabulis'''||&quot;from the cradle&quot;||Thus, &quot;from the beginning&quot; or &quot;from infancy&quot;. ''Incunabula'' is commonly used in English to refer to the earliest stage or origin of something, and especially to copies of books that predate the spread of the [[printing press]] around AD 1500.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ab initio]]'''||&quot;from the beginning&quot;||In literature, refers to a story told from the beginning rather than ''in medias res'' (from the middle). In [[list of legal terms|law]], refers to something being the case from the start, rather than from when the court declared it so. In science, refers to the [[first principles]]. In other contexts, often refers to beginner or training courses. [[Ab Initio]] is also a software corporation. ''Ab initio mundi'' means &quot;from the beginning of the world&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ab intestato'''||&quot;from an [[intestacy|intestate]]&quot;||From someone who dies with no legal will (cf. ''ex testamento'').<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ab intra'''||&quot;from within&quot;||From the inside. The opposite of ''ab extra''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ab irato'''||&quot;from an angry man&quot;||By a person who is angry. Used in law to describe a decision or action that is detrimental to those it affects and was made based on hatred or anger, rather than on reason. The form ''irato'' is masculine; however, this does not mean it applies only to men, rather 'person' is meant, as the phrase probably elides &quot;homo,&quot; not &quot;vir.&quot;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ab origine'''||&quot;from the source&quot;||From the origin, beginning, source, or commencement&amp;mdash;i.e., &quot;originally&quot;. The source of the word ''[[Indigenous peoples|aboriginal]]''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ab ovo]] usque ad mala'''||&quot;from the egg to the apples&quot;||From [[Horace]], ''Satire'' 1.3. Means &quot;from beginning to end&quot;, based on the [[Roman eating and drinking|Roman main meal]] typically beginning with an egg dish and ending with fruit (cf. the English phrase ''[[soup to nuts]]''). Thus, ''ab ovo'' means &quot;from the beginning&quot;, and can also connote thoroughness.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ab uno disce omnes'''||&quot;from one, learn all&quot;||From Virgil's ''[[Aeneid]]''. Refers to situations where a single example or observation indicates a general or universal truth.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ab urbe condita]] &lt;small&gt;(a.u.c.)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;from the founding of the city&quot;||Refers to the [[founding of Rome]], which occurred in [[750s BC|753 BC]] according to [[Livy]]'s count. Used as a reference point in ancient Rome for establishing dates, before being supplanted by other systems. Also ''anno urbis conditae'' &lt;small&gt;(a.u.c.)&lt;/small&gt; (&quot;in the year that the city was founded&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''absens haeres non erit'''||&quot;an absent person will not be an heir&quot;||In law, refers to the principle that someone who is not present is unlikely to inherit.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''absente reo &lt;small&gt;(abs. re.)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;with the defendant being absent&quot;||In the absence of the accused.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''absit iniuria verbis'''||&quot;let injury by words be absent&quot;||Expresses the wish that no insult or wrong be conveyed by the speaker's words, i.e., &quot;no offense&quot;. Also rendered ''absit injuria verbis''; see also ''absit invidia''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''absit invidia'''||&quot;let ill will be absent&quot;||Although similar to the English expression &quot;no offense&quot;, ''absit invidia'' is not a mere social gesture to avoid causing offense, but also a way to ward off the harm that some people superstitiously believe animosity can cause others. Also extended to ''absit invidia verbo'', meaning &quot;may ill will be absent from the word&quot; (cf. ''absit iniuria verbis'').<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''absit omen'''||&quot;let an [[omen]] be absent&quot;||In other words, &quot;let there not be an omen here&quot;. Expresses the wish that something seemingly ill-boding does not turn out to be an omen for future events, and calls on divine protection against evil.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''absolutum dominium'''||&quot;absolute dominion&quot;||Total power or sovereignty.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''absolvo'''||&quot;I acquit&quot;||A legal term said by a judge acquitting a defendant following a trial.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''abundans cautela non nocet'''||&quot;abundant caution does no harm&quot;||Thus, one can never be too careful; even excessive precautions don't hurt anyone.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''abusus non tollit usum'''||&quot;misuse does not remove use&quot;||An [[axiom]] stating that just because something can be, or has been, abused, does not mean that it must be, or always is. Abuse does not, in itself, justify denial of use<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''accusare nemo se debet nisi coram Deo'''||&quot;no one ought to accuse himself except in the Presence of God&quot;||A legal maxim denoting that any accused person is entitled to make a plea of not guilty, and also that a witness is not obliged to give a response or submit a document that will [[self-incrimination|incriminate himself]]. A very similar phrase is ''nemo tenetur seipsum accusare''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Accipe Hoc '''||&quot;Take that&quot;||Motto of 848 Naval Air Squadron, Royal Navy.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''acta est fabula plaudite'''||&quot;The play has been performed; applaud!&quot;||A common ending to ancient Roman comedies, also claimed by [[Suetonius]] in ''[[Lives of the Twelve Caesars]]'' to have been [[Caesar Augustus]]' last words. Applied by [[Jean Sibelius|Sibelius]] to the third movement of his String Quartet no. 2 so that his audience would realize it was the last one, as a fourth would normally be expected.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''acta non verba'''||&quot;actions, not words&quot;||Motto of the [[United States Merchant Marine Academy]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Acta Sanctorum'''||&quot;Deeds of the [[Saint]]s&quot;||Also used in the singular, ''Acta Sancti'' (&quot;Deeds of the Saint&quot;), preceding a specific Saint's name. A common title of works in [[hagiography]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[actus reus]]'''||&quot;guilty act&quot;||The actual crime that is committed, rather than the intent or thought process leading up to the crime. Thus, the external elements of a crime, as contrasted with ''mens rea'', the internal elements.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad absurdum'''||&quot;to the absurd&quot;||In logic, to the point of being silly or nonsensical. See also ''[[reductio ad absurdum]]''. Not to be confused with ''ab absurdo'' (&quot;from the absurd&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''adaequatio intellectûs nostri cum re'''||&quot;conformity of our minds to the fact&quot;||A phrase used in [[Epistemology]] regarding the nature of understanding.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad abundantiam'''||&quot;to abundance&quot;||In legal language, used when providing additional evidence to an already sufficient collection. Also used commonly, as an equivalent of &quot;as if this wasn't enough&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ad astra (phrase)|ad astra]]'''||&quot;to the stars&quot;||Name or motto (in full or part) of many organizations/publications/etc.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ad astra (phrase)|ad astra per aspera]]'''||&quot;to the stars through difficulty&quot;|| Motto of Kansas, and other organisations.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ad astra (phrase)|ad astra per alia porci]]'''||&quot;to the stars on the wings of a pig&quot;|| A favorite saying of [[John Steinbeck]]. A professor told him that he would be an author when pigs flew. Every book he wrote is printed with this insignia.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ad captandum]] vulgus'''||&quot;in order to court the crowd&quot;||To do something to appeal to the masses. Often used of politicians who make false or insincere promises to appeal to popular interest. An ''argumentum ad captandum'' is an argument designed to please the crowd.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad eundem'''||&quot;to the same&quot;||An [[ad eundem degree|''ad eundem'' degree]], from the Latin ''ad eundem gradum'' (&quot;to the same step&quot; or &quot;to the same degree&quot;), is a courtesy degree awarded by one university or college to an alumnus of another. It is not an honorary degree, but a recognition of the formal learning that earned the degree at another college.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ad fontes]]'''||&quot;to the sources&quot;||A motto of [[Renaissance humanism]]. Also used in the [[Protestant Reformation]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad fundum'''||&quot;to the bottom&quot;||Said during a generic [[toast (honor)|toast]], equivalent to &quot;bottoms up!&quot; In other contexts, generally means &quot;back to the basics&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ad hoc]]'''||&quot;to this&quot;||Generally means &quot;for this&quot;, in the sense of improvised on the spot or designed for only a specific, immediate purpose.&lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;small&gt;&lt;tt&gt;Rather than relying on ''ad hoc'' decisions, we should form a consistent plan for dealing with emergency situations.&lt;/tt&gt;&lt;/small&gt;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ad hominem]]'''||&quot;to the man&quot;||Connotations of &quot;against the man&quot;. Typically used in ''argumentum ad hominem'', a [[logical fallacy]] consisting of criticizing a person when the subject of debate is the person's ideas or argument, on the mistaken assumption that the validity of an argument is to some degree dependent on the qualities of the proponent.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ad honorem]]'''||&quot;to the honor&quot;||Generally means &quot;for the honor&quot;, not seeking any material reward.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ad infinitum]]'''||&quot;to [[infinity]]&quot;||Going on forever. Used to designate a property which repeats in all cases in mathematical proof.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ad interim]] &lt;small&gt;(ad int)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;for the meantime&quot;||As in the term &quot;''chargé d'affaires ad interim''&quot; for a diplomatic officer who acts in place of an ambassador.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad Kalendas Graecas'''||&quot;to the Greek [[Kalends]]&quot;||Attributed by [[Suetonius]] in ''[[Lives of the Twelve Caesars]]'' to [[Caesar Augustus]]. The phrase means &quot;never&quot; and is similar to phrases like &quot;[[when pigs fly]]&quot;. The Kalends (also written ''Calends'') were specific days of the [[Roman calendar]], not of the [[Attic calendar|Greek]], and so the &quot;Greek Kalends&quot; would never occur.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ad libitum]] &lt;small&gt;([[ad lib]])&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;toward pleasure&quot;||Loosely, &quot;according to what pleases&quot; or &quot;as you wish&quot;; ''libitum'' comes from the past [[participle]] of ''libere'', &quot;to please&quot;. It typically indicates in music and theatrical scripts that the performer has the liberty to change or omit something. ''Ad lib'' is specifically often used when someone improvises or ignores limitations.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ad litem]]'''||&quot;to the lawsuit&quot;||A legal term referring to a party appointed by a court to act in a lawsuit on behalf of another party who is deemed incapable of representing himself. An individual who acts in this capacity is called a ''guardian ad litem''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad lucem'''||&quot;to the light&quot;||Motto of the [[University of Lisbon]], [[Withington Girl's School, Manchester]] and [[St. Bartholomew's School, Newbury, UK]]<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ad maiorem Dei gloriam]] &lt;small&gt;(AMDG)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;To the greater glory of God&quot;||Motto of the [[Society of Jesus]] (Jesuits). [[Johann Sebastian Bach]] dedicated all of his work with the abbreviation &quot;AMDG&quot;, and [[Edward Elgar]]'s [[The Dream of Gerontius]] is similarly dedicated. Often rendered ''ad majorem Dei gloriam''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad multos annos'''||&quot;To many years!&quot;||Expresses a wish for a long life. Similar to the English expression &quot;Many happy returns!&quot;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ad nauseam]]'''||&quot;to the point of disgust&quot;||Literally, &quot;to the point of [[nausea]]&quot;. Sometimes used as a humorous alternative to ''ad infinitum''. An ''argumentum ad nauseam'' is a [[logical fallacy]] involving basing one's argument on prolonged repetition, i.e., repeating something so much that people are &quot;sick of it&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad oculos'''||&quot;With your own eyes.&quot;||Meaning &quot;obvious on sight&quot; or &quot;obvious to anyone that sees it&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad pedem litterae'''||&quot;to the foot of the letter&quot;||Thus, &quot;exactly as it is written&quot;. Similar to the English [[idiom]] &quot;to the letter&quot;, meaning &quot;to the last detail&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad perpetuam memoriam'''||&quot;to the perpetual memory&quot;||Generally precedes &quot;of&quot; and a person's name, and is used to wish for someone to be remembered long after death.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad pondus omnium &lt;small&gt;(ad pond om)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;to the weight of all things&quot;||More loosely, &quot;considering everything's weight&quot;. The abbreviation was historically used by physicians and others to signify that the last prescribed ingredient is to weigh as much as all of the previously mentioned ones.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ad quod damnum]]'''||&quot;to what damage&quot;||Meaning &quot;according to the harm&quot; or &quot;in proportion to the harm&quot;. The phrase is used in [[tort law]] as a measure of [[damages]] inflicted, implying that a [[legal remedy|remedy]], if one exists, ought to correspond specifically and only to the damage suffered (cf. ''damnum absque injuria'').<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ad referendum]]&lt;br&gt; &lt;small&gt;(ad ref)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;to that which must be brought back&quot;||Loosely &quot;subject to reference&quot;, meaning that something has been approved provisionally, but must still receive official approval. Not necessarily related to a [[referendum]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad rem'''||&quot;to the matter&quot;||Thus, &quot;to the point&quot;. Without digression.&lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;small&gt;&lt;tt&gt;Thank you for your concise, ''ad rem'' response.&lt;/tt&gt;&lt;/small&gt;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad undas'''||&quot;to the waves&quot;||Equivalent to &quot;to hell&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad usum Delphini'''||&quot;for the use of the ''[[Dauphin of France|Dauphin]]''&quot;||Said of a work that has been expurgated of offensive or improper parts. The phrase originates from editions of Greek and Roman classics which [[Louis XIV of France|Louis XIV]] had [[censorship|censored]] for his heir apparent, the ''Dauphin''. Also rarely ''in usum Delphini'' (&quot;into the use of the ''Dauphin''&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad usum proprium &lt;small&gt;(ad us. propr.)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;for one's own use&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad utrumque paratus'''||&quot;prepared for everything&quot;. || Motto of Lunds University<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad valorem'''||&quot;to the value&quot;||According to an object's value. Used in commerce to refer to [[ad valorem tax]]es, taxes based on the assessed value of real estate or personal property.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad victoriam'''||&quot;to victory&quot;||More commonly translated into &quot;for victory&quot; this is a battlecry of the Romans.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad vitam aeternam'''||&quot;to [[immortality|eternal life]]&quot;||Also &quot;to life everlasting&quot;. A common Biblical phrase.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''addendum'''||&quot;thing to be added&quot;||An item to be added, especially a supplement to a book. The plural is ''addenda''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''adequatio intellectus et rei'''||&quot;correspondence of the mind and reality&quot;||One of the definitions of the truth. When the mind has the same form as reality, we ''think truth''. Also found as ''adequatio rei et intellectus''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''adsum'''||&quot;I am here&quot;||Equivalent to &quot;Present!&quot; or &quot;Here!&quot; The opposite of ''absum'' (&quot;I am absent&quot;).<br /> |-<br /> |'''adversus solem ne loquitor'''||&quot;Don't speak against the sun&quot;||I.e., don't argue the obvious<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''aegri somnia'''||&quot;a sick man's dreams&quot;||From [[Horace]], ''Ars Poetica'', 7. Loosely, &quot;troubled dreams&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''aequitas'''||&quot;Justice, or equality.&quot;||<br /> |-<br /> |'''aetatis suae'''||&quot;of his own age&quot;||Thus, &quot;at the age of&quot;. Appeared on portraits, gravestones, etc. Sometimes extended to ''anno aetatis suae'' &lt;small&gt;(AAS)&lt;/small&gt;, &quot;in the year of his age&quot;. Sometimes shortened to just ''aetatis'' &lt;small&gt;(aet.)&lt;/small&gt;.&lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;small&gt;&lt;tt&gt;The tomb reads ''Anno 1629 Aetatis Suae 46'' because she died in 1629 at age 46.&lt;/tt&gt;&lt;/small&gt;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[affidavit]]'''||&quot;he asserted&quot;||A legal term from [[Medieval Latin]] referring to a sworn statement. From ''fides'', &quot;faith&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''age quod agis'''||&quot;do what you do&quot;||More literally, &quot;drive what you are driving&quot;. Thus, attend to your business, pay attention to your work, and make sure to do what you are doing well. Motto of Montfort Secondary School, as well as that of [[St. Mark's School]] in [[Southborough, Massachusetts]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[agenda (meeting)|agenda]]'''||&quot;things to be done&quot;||Originally comparable to a [[to-do list]], an ordered list of things to be done. Now generalized to include any planned course of action. The singular, ''agendum'' (&quot;thing that must be done&quot;), is rarely used.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Agnus Dei'''||&quot;[[Lamb of God]]&quot;||Latin translation from [[Gospel of John|John]] 1:36, where [[John the Baptist]] exclaims &quot;Ecce Agnus Dei!&quot; (&quot;Behold the Lamb of God!&quot;) upon seeing [[Jesus]], referring both to a [[lamb]]'s connotations of innocence and to a [[sacrificial lamb]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[alea iacta est]]'''||&quot;the [[die]] is cast&quot;||Said by [[Julius Caesar]] upon crossing the [[Rubicon]] in [[49 BC]], according to [[Suetonius]]. The original meaning was roughly equivalent to the English phrase &quot;the game is afoot&quot;, but its modern meaning, like that of the phrase &quot;[[crossing the Rubicon]]&quot;, denotes passing the [[point of no return]] on a momentous decision and entering into a risky endeavor where the outcome is left to chance.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''alenda lux ubi orta libertas'''||&quot;Let learning be cherished where liberty has arisen.&quot;||The motto of [[Davidson College]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''alias'''||&quot;otherwise&quot;||An assumed name or [[pseudonym]]. Similar to ''alter ego'', but more specifically referring to a name, not to a &quot;second self&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''alibi'''||&quot;elsewhere&quot;||A legal defense where a defendant attempts to show that he was elsewhere at the time a crime was committed.&lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;small&gt;&lt;tt&gt;His alibi is sound; he gave evidence that he was in another city on the night of the murder.&lt;/tt&gt;&lt;/small&gt;<br /> |-<br /> |'''alis aquilae'''||&quot;on eagles wings&quot;||taken from the Book of Isaiah, Chapter 40. &quot;But those who wait for the Lord shall find their strength renewed, they shall mount up on wings like eagles, they shall run and not grow weary, they shall walk and not grow faint.&quot;<br /> |-<br /> |'''alis grave nil'''||&quot;nothing is heavy to those who have wings&quot;|| motto of the Pontifical Catholic University of Rio de Janeiro ([[Pontifícia Universidade Católica do Rio de Janeiro]]- PUC-RIO).<br /> |-<br /> |'''alis volat propris'''||&quot;she flies with her own wings&quot;||[[List of U.S. state mottos|State motto]] of [[Oregon]]. Can also be rendered ''alis volat propriis''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[Aliquantus]]'''||&quot;Rather big&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[Aliquantulus]]'''||&quot;Not that big&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''aliquid stat pro aliquo'''||&quot;something that stands for something else&quot;||A foundational definition for [[semiotics]]<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[alma mater]]'''||&quot;nourishing mother&quot;||Term used for the [[university]] one attends or has attended. Another university term, ''[[matriculation]]'', is also derived from ''mater''. The term suggests that the students are &quot;fed&quot; knowledge and taken care of by the university. The term is also used for a university's traditional school anthem.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[alter ego]]'''||&quot;other I&quot;||Another self, a second [[persona]] or [[pseudonym|alias]]. Can be used to describe different facets or identities of a single character, or different characters who seem representations of the same personality. Often used of a [[fictional character]]'s [[secret identity]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''alterius non sit qui suus esse potest'''||&quot;Let no man belong to another that can belong to himself&quot;||Final sentence from [[Aesop]] ascribed [[fable]] (see also [[Aesop's Fables]]) &quot;[[The Frogs Who Desired a King]]&quot; as appears in the collection commonly known as the &quot;Anonymus Neveleti&quot; (fable &quot;XXIb. De ranis a Iove querentibus regem&quot;). [[Motto]] of [[Paracelsus]]. Usually attributed to [[Cicero]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''alterum non laedere'''||&quot;to not wound another&quot;||One of [[Justinian I]]'s three basic legal precepts.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''alumna''' ''or''&lt;br&gt;'''alumnus'''||&quot;pupil&quot;||Sometimes rendered with the gender-neutral ''[[alumn]]'' or ''alum'' in English. A graduate or former student of a school, college or university. ''Alumna'' (pl. ''alumnae'') is a female pupil, and ''alumnus'' (pl. ''alumni'') is a male pupil&amp;mdash;''alumni'' is generally used for a group of both males and females. The word derives from ''alere'', &quot;to nourish&quot;, a graduate being someone who was raised and taken care of at the school (cf. ''alma mater'').<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[amicus curiae]]'''||&quot;friend of the court&quot;||An adviser, or a person who can obtain or grant access to the favour of powerful group, like a [[Roman Curia]]. In current U.S. legal usage, an ''amicus curiae'' is a third party allowed to submit a legal opinion (in the form of an ''amicus'' brief) to the court.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[amiterre legem terrae]]'''||&quot;to lose the law of the land&quot;||An obsolete legal term signifying the forfeiture of the right of swearing in any court or cause, or to become infamous.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''amor est vitae essentia'''||&quot;love is the essence of life&quot;||As said by Robert B. Mackay, Australian Analyst.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''amor et melle et felle est fecundissmismus'''||&quot;love is rich with both honey and venom&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''amor fati'''||&quot;love of fate&quot;|| Nietzscheian alternative world view to memento mori [remember you must die]. Nietzsche believed amor fati to be more life affirming. <br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''amor omnibus idem'''||&quot;love is the same for all&quot;|| from [[Virgil]]'s [[Georgics]] III.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''amor patriae'''||&quot;love of one's country&quot;||[[Patriotism]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[amor vincit omnia]]'''||&quot;love conquers all&quot;||Written on bracelet worn by the [[The Prioress' Prologue and Tale|Prioress]] in [[Geoffrey Chaucer|Chaucer]]'s ''[[The Canterbury Tales]]''. See also ''veritas omnia vincit'' and ''labor omnia vincit''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''anno &lt;small&gt;(an.)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;in the year&quot;||Also used in such phrases as ''anno urbis conditae'' (see ''ab urbe condita''), ''Anno Domini'', and ''anno regni''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[Anno Domini]] &lt;small&gt;(A.D.)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;in the Year of the Lord&quot;||Short for ''Anno Domini Nostri Iesus Christi'' (&quot;in the Year of Our Lord, Jesus Christ&quot;), the predominantly used system for dating years across the world, used with the [[Gregorian calendar]], and based on the perceived year of the birth of [[Jesus]] [[Christ]]. The years before Jesus' birth were once marked with ''a. C.n'' (''[[Ante Christum Natum]]'', &quot;Before Christ was Born&quot;), but now use the English abbreviation BC (&quot;Before Christ&quot;). &lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;small&gt;&lt;tt&gt;[[Caesar Augustus|Augustus]] was born in the year [[63 BC]], and died AD [[14]].&lt;/tt&gt;&lt;/small&gt;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''anno regni'''||&quot;In the year of the reign&quot;||Precedes &quot;of&quot; and the current ruler.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[Annuit Cœptis]]'''||&quot;He Has Approved the Undertakings&quot;||Motto on the reverse of the [[Great Seal of the United States]] and on the back of the [[U.S. one dollar bill]]. &quot;He&quot; refers to [[God]], and so the official translation given by the U.S. State Department is &quot;He [God] has favored our undertakings&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[annus horribilis]]'''||&quot;horrible year&quot;||A recent pun on ''annus mirabilis'', first used by [[Elizabeth II of the United Kingdom|Queen Elizabeth II]] to describe what a bad year [[1992]] had been for her, and subsequently occasionally used to refer to many other years perceived as &quot;horrible&quot;. In [[Classical Latin]], this phrase would actually mean &quot;terrifying year&quot;. See also ''annus terribilis''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[annus mirabilis]]'''||&quot;wonderful year&quot;||Used particularly to refer to the years [[1665]]&amp;ndash;[[1666]], during which [[Isaac Newton]] made revolutionary inventions and discoveries in calculus, motion, optics and gravitation. ''[[Annus Mirabilis (poem)|Annus Mirabilis]]'' is also the title of a poem by [[John Dryden]] written in the same year. It has since been used to refer to other years, especially to [[1905]], when [[Albert Einstein]] made equally revolutionary discoveries concerning the photoelectric effect, Brownian motion and the special theory of relativity. ''(See [[Annus Mirabilis Papers]])''<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''annus terribilis'''||&quot;dreadful year&quot;||Used to describe [[1348]], the year the [[Black Death]] began to afflict Europe.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[antebellum|ante bellum]]'''||&quot;before the war&quot;||As in &quot;''[[status quo]] ante bellum''&quot;, &quot;as it was before the war&quot;. Commonly used in the [[Southern United States]] as ''antebellum'' to refer to the period preceding the [[American Civil War]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ante cibum &lt;small&gt;(a.c.)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;before food&quot;||[[Medical prescription#Appendix 1: Complete list of abbreviations|Medical shorthand]] for &quot;before meals&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ante litteram'''||&quot;before the letter&quot;||Said of an expression or term that describes something which existed before the phrase itself was introduced or became common.&lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;small&gt;&lt;tt&gt;[[Alan Turing]] was a computer scientist ''ante litteram'', since the field of &quot;[[computer science]]&quot; was not yet recognized in Turing's day.&lt;/tt&gt;&lt;/small&gt;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ante meridiem &lt;small&gt;(a.m.)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;before midday&quot;||The period from [[midnight]] to [[noon]] (cf. ''post meridiem'').<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ante mortem'''||&quot;before death&quot;||See ''post mortem'' (&quot;after death&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ante prandium &lt;small&gt;(a.p.)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;before [[lunch]]&quot;||Used on pharmaceutical prescriptions to denote &quot;before a meal&quot;. Less common is ''post prandium'', &quot;after lunch&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''apparatus criticus'''||&quot;critical apparatus&quot;||Textual notes. A list of other readings relating to a document, especially in a scholarly edition of a text.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''aqua &lt;small&gt;(aq.)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;water&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''aqua fortis'''||&quot;strong water&quot;||Refers to [[nitric acid]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''aqua pura'''||&quot;pure water&quot;||Or &quot;clear water&quot;, &quot;clean water&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[aqua regia]]'''||&quot;royal water&quot;||refers to a mixture of [[hydrochloric acid]] and [[nitric acid]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[aqua vitae]]'''||&quot;water of life&quot;||&quot;Spirit of Wine&quot; in many English texts. Used to refer to various native [[distilled beverage]]s, such as [[whisky]] in Scotland and Ireland, [[gin]] in Holland, [[brandy]] (''eau de vie'') in France, and [[akvavit]] in Scandinavia.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''arbiter elegantiarum'''||&quot;judge of tastes&quot;||One who prescribes, rules on, or is a recognized authority on matters of social behavior and taste. Said of [[Petronius]]. Also rendered ''arbiter elegentiae'' (&quot;judge of a taste&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''arcus senilis'''||&quot;senile bow&quot;||An opaque circle around the [[cornea]] of the eye, often seen in elderly people.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''arguendo'''||&quot;for arguing&quot;||For the sake of argument. Said when something is done purely in order to discuss a matter or illustrate a point.&lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;small&gt;&lt;tt&gt;Let us assume, ''arguendo'', that your claim is correct.&lt;/tt&gt;&lt;/small&gt;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''argumentum'''||&quot;argument&quot;||Or &quot;reasoning&quot;, &quot;inference&quot;, &quot;appeal&quot;, &quot;proof&quot;. The plural is ''argumenta''. Commonly used in the names of [[logical argument]]s and [[logical fallacy|fallacies]], preceding phrases such as ''[[argument from silence|a silentio]]'' (&quot;by silence&quot;), ''[[appeal to tradition|ad antiquitatem]]'' (&quot;to antiquity&quot;), ''[[argumentum ad baculum|ad baculum]]'' (&quot;to the stick&quot;), ''[[ad captandum]]'' (&quot;to capturing&quot;), ''[[appeal to consequences|ad consequentiam]]'' (&quot;to the consequence&quot;), ''[[argumentum ad crumenam|ad crumenam]]'' (&quot;to the purse&quot;), ''[[ad hominem|ad feminam]]'' (&quot;to the woman&quot;), ''[[ad hominem]]'' (&quot;to the person&quot;), ''[[argument from ignorance|ad ignorantiam]]'' (&quot;to ignorance&quot;), ''ad judicium'' (&quot;to judgment&quot;), ''[[argumentum ad lazarum|ad lazarum]]'' (&quot;to poverty&quot;), ''[[argument from fallacy|ad logicam]]'' (&quot;to logic&quot;), ''[[appeal to fear|ad metum]]'' (&quot;to fear&quot;), ''[[appeal to pity|ad misericordiam]]'' (&quot;to pity&quot;), ''[[ad nauseam]]'' (&quot;to nausea&quot;), ''[[appeal to novelty|ad novitatem]]'' (&quot;to novelty&quot;), ''[[ad hominem#ad hominem abusive|ad personam]]'' (&quot;to the character&quot;), ''[[argumentum ad populum|ad numerum]]'' (&quot;to the number&quot;), ''[[appeal to spite|ad odium]]'' (&quot;to spite&quot;), ''[[argumentum ad populum|ad populum]]'' (&quot;to the people&quot;), ''[[middle ground|ad temperantiam]]'' (&quot;to moderation&quot;), ''[[appeal to authority|ad verecundiam]]'' (&quot;to reverence&quot;), ''[[argument from silence|ex silentio]]'' (&quot;from silence&quot;), and ''[[appeal to fear|in terrorem]]'' (&quot;into terror&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ars celare artem'''||&quot;art [is] to conceal art&quot;||An aesthetic ideal that good art should appear natural rather than contrived.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ars gratia artis'''||&quot;[[art for art's sake]]&quot;||Translated into Latin from [[Baudelaire]]'s &quot;''L'art pour l'art''&quot;. Motto of [[Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ars longa vita brevis'''||&quot;art is long, life is short&quot;||The Latin translation by [[Horace]] of a phrase from [[Hippocrates]], often used out of context. The &quot;art&quot; referred to in the original aphorism was the craft of medicine, which took a lifetime to acquire.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''asinus asinum fricat'''||&quot;the jackass rubs the jackass&quot;||Used to describe two people lavishing excessive praise on one another.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''audax at fidelis'''||&quot;bold but faithful&quot;||[[List of state mottos|Motto]] of [[Queensland]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''audeamus'''||&quot;let us dare&quot;||Motto of [[Otago University Students' Association]], a direct response to the university's motto of ''[[sapere aude]]'' (&quot;dare to be wise&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[audemus jura nostra defendere]]'''||&quot;we dare to defend our rights&quot;||[[List of U.S. state mottos|State motto]] of [[Alabama]], adopted in 1923. Translated into Latin from a paraphrase of the stanza &quot;Men who their duties know / But know their rights, and knowing, dare maintain&quot; from the poem &quot;What Constitutes a State?&quot; by 18th-century author William Jones.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''audentes fortuna iuvat'''||&quot;fortune favors the bold&quot;||From [[Virgil]], ''[[Aeneid]]'' X, 284 (where the first word is in the archaic form ''audentis''). Allegedly the last words of [[Pliny the Elder]] before he left the docks at [[Pompeii]] to rescue people from the eruption of [[Mount Vesuvius|Vesuvius]] in 79. Often quoted as ''audaces fortuna iuvat''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''audere est facere'''||&quot;to dare is to do&quot;||The motto of [[Tottenham Hotspur Football Club]], the famous professional Association Football (soccer) team based in [[London]], [[England]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[audi alteram partem]]'''||&quot;hear the other side&quot;||A legal principle of fairness. Also worded as ''audiatur et altera pars'' (&quot;let the other side be heard too&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[audio hostem]]'''||&quot;I hear the enemy&quot;||Motto of 845 NACS Royal Navy<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''aurea mediocritas'''||&quot;[[golden mean]]&quot;||From [[Horace]]'s ''Odes'' II, 10. Refers to the ethical goal of reaching a virtuous middle ground between two sinful extremes. The [[golden mean (philosophy)|golden mean concept]] is common to many philosophers, chiefly [[Aristotle]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''auri sacra fames'''||&quot;accursed hunger for gold&quot;||From [[Virgil]], [[Aeneid]] 3,57. Later quoted by [[Seneca the Younger|Seneca]] as &quot;''quod non mortalia pectora coges, auri sacra fames''&quot;: &quot;What aren't you able to bring men to do, miserable hunger for gold!&quot;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''auribus teneo lupum'''||&quot;I hold a wolf by the ears&quot;||A common ancient proverb, this version from [[Terence]]. Indicates that one is in a dangerous situation where both holding on and letting go could be deadly. A modern version is &quot;To have a tiger by the tail.&quot;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''aurora australis'''||&quot;southern dawn&quot;||The [[aurora australis|Southern Lights]], an [[aurora (astronomy)|aurora]] that appears in the [[Southern Hemisphere]]. It is less well-known than the Northern Lights, or ''aurorea borealis''. The ''[[Aurora Australis (icebreaker)|Aurora Australis]]'' is also the name of an Antarctic [[icebreaker]] ship.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''aurora borealis'''||&quot;northern dawn&quot;||The Northern Lights, an [[aurora (astronomy)|aurora]] that appears in the [[Northern Hemisphere]]. <br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''aut Caesar aut nihil'''||&quot;either [[Caesar (title)|Caesar]] or nothing&quot;||Indicates that the only valid possibility is to be [[emperor]], or a similarly prominent position. More generally, &quot;all or nothing&quot;. Adopted by [[Cesare Borgia]] as a personal motto.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''aut concilio aut ense'''||&quot;either by meeting or by the sword&quot;||Thus, either through reasoned discussion or through war. A former [[List of state mottos|motto]] of [[Chile]], replaced by ''post tenebras lux''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''aut pax aut bellum'''||&quot;either peace or war&quot;||The motto of the [[Clan Gunn|Gunn Clan]]. <br /> |-<br /> |'''aut vincere aut mori'''||&quot;either to conquer or to die&quot;||A general pledge of &quot;[[victory or death]]&quot; (cf. ''victoria aut mors'').<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ave atque vale'''||&quot;Hail and farewell!&quot;||From [[Catullus]], ''carmen'' 101, addressed to his deceased brother.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ave Caesar morituri te salutant'''||&quot;Hail, [[Caesar (title)|Caesar]]! The ones who are about to die salute you!&quot;||From [[Suetonius]]' ''[[Lives of the Twelve Caesars]]'', ''Claudius'' 21. The traditional greeting of gladiators prior to battle. ''morituri'' is also translated as &quot;we who are about to die&quot; based on the context in which it was spoken, and this translation is sometimes aided by changing the Latin to ''nos morituri te salutamus''. Also rendered with ''[[imperator]]'' instead of ''Caesar''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ave Europa nostra vera Patria'''||&quot;Hail, Europe, our true Fatherland!&quot;||[[Anthem]] of [[International Paneuropean Union|Pan-Europeanists]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[Ave Maria]]'''||&quot;[[Hail Mary|Hail, Mary]]&quot;||A [[Roman Catholic Church|Roman Catholic]] prayer to [[Mary, the mother of Jesus]].<br /> |}<br /> <br /> == B ==<br /> {| class=&quot;wikitable&quot; style=&quot;border:1px; border: thin solid gold; background-color:#f7f8ff&quot; align=center cellpadding=&quot;7&quot;<br /> |-align=&quot;center&quot; bgcolor=&quot;#e6e9ff&quot;<br /> !width=&quot;150&quot;|Latin!!width=&quot;150&quot;|Translation!!width=&quot;500&quot;|Notes<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Beata Virgo Maria &lt;small&gt;(BVM)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;[[Blessed Virgin Mary]]&quot;||A common name in the [[Roman Catholic Church]] for [[Mary, the mother of Jesus]]. The [[genitive case|genitive]], ''Beatae Mariae Virginis'', occurs often as well, appearing with such words as ''horae'' (&quot;hours&quot;), ''litaniae'' (&quot;[[litany]]&quot;) and ''[[officium]]'' (&quot;office&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''beatae memoriae'''||&quot;of blessed memory&quot;||See ''in memoriam''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''beati pauperes spiritu'''||&quot;Blessed in spirit [are] the poor.&quot;||[[Vulgate]], {{bibleref|Matthew|5:3}}. The full quote is &quot;''beati pauperes spiritu quoniam ipsorum est regnum caelorum''&quot; (&quot;Blessed in spirit [are] the poor, for theirs is the kingdom of the heavens&quot; - one of the [[Beatitudes]]).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''beati possidentes'''||&quot;blessed [are] those who possess&quot;||Translated from [[Euripides]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''beatus homo qui invenit sapentiam'''||&quot;blessed is the man who finds wisdom&quot;||Motto of Gymnasium Apeldoorn<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''bella gerant alii'''||&quot;let others wage war&quot;||Originally from the [[Habsburg]] marriages of 1477 and 1496, written as ''bella gerant alii tu felix Austria nube'' (&quot;let others wage war; you, fortunate Austria, marry&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[bellum omnium contra omnes]]'''||&quot;war of all against all&quot;||A phrase used by [[Thomas Hobbes]] to describe the [[state of nature]]. <br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''bis dat qui cito dat'''||&quot;he gives twice, who gives promptly&quot;||Thus haste is itself a gift.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''bis in die &lt;small&gt;(bid)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;twice in a day&quot;||[[Medical prescription#Appendix 1: Complete list of abbreviations|Medical shorthand]] for &quot;twice a day&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''bona fide'''||&quot;in [[good faith]]&quot;||In other words, &quot;well-intentioned&quot;, &quot;fairly&quot;. In modern contexts, often has connotations of &quot;genuinely&quot; or &quot;sincerely&quot;. ''Bona fides'' is not the plural (which would be ''bonis fidebus''), but the [[nominative case|nominative]], and means simply &quot;good faith&quot;. Opposite of ''mala fide''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''bona notabilia'''||— ||In law, if a person dying has goods, or good debts, in another diocese or jurisdiction within that province, besides his goods in the diocese where he dies, amounting to a certain minimum value, he is said to have ''bona notabilia''; in which case, the probat of his will belongs to the archbishop of that province.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''bona officia'''||&quot;good services&quot;||A nation's offer to mediate in disputes between two other nations.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''bona patria'''||— ||A jury or assize of countrymen, or good neighbors.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''bona vacantia'''||&quot;vacant goods&quot; ||United Kingdom legal term for ownerless property that passes to [[The Crown]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''boni pastoris est tondere pecus non deglubere'''||&quot;It is of a good shepherd to shear his flock, not to flay them.&quot;||[[Tiberius]] reportedly said this to his regional commanders, as a warning against taxing the populace excessively.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''bonum commune communitatis'''||&quot;common good of the community&quot;||Or &quot;general welfare&quot;. Refers to what benefits a society, as opposed to ''bonum commune hominis'', which refers to what is good for an individual.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''bonum commune hominis'''||&quot;common good of a man&quot;||Refers to an individual's happiness, which is not &quot;common&quot; in that it serves everyone, but in that individuals tend to be able to find happiness in similar things.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''busillis'''||&amp;mdash;||[[Dog Latin|Pseudo-Latin]] meaning &quot;baffling puzzle&quot; or &quot;difficult point&quot;. [[John of Cornwall]] (ca. [[1170]]) was once asked by a scribe what the word meant. It turns out that the original text said ''in diebus illis magnis plenæ'' (&quot;in those days there were plenty of great things&quot;), which the scribe misread as ''indie busillis magnis plenæ'' (&quot;in India there were plenty of large ''busillis''&quot;).<br /> |}<br /> <br /> ==C==<br /> {| class=&quot;wikitable&quot; style=&quot;border:1px; background-color:#f7f8ff&quot; align=center cellpadding=&quot;7&quot;<br /> !width=&quot;150&quot;|Latin!!width=&quot;150&quot;|Translation!!width=&quot;500&quot;|Notes<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cacoethes scribendi'''||&quot;bad habit of writing&quot;||From [[Satires of Juvenal]]. An insatiable urge to write. [[Hypergraphia]]<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cadavera vero innumera'''||&quot;truly countless bodies&quot;||Used by the Romans to describe the aftermath of the [[Battle of the Catalaunian Fields]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''calix meus inebrians'''||&quot;my cup makes me drunk&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[camera obscura]]'''||&quot;dark chamber&quot;||An optical device used in drawing, and an ancestor of modern [[photography]]. The source of the word ''[[camera]]''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[Canes Pugnaces]]'''||[[War dog|War Dog]]s or [[List of dog fighting breeds|Fighting Dogs]]||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[Canis Canem Edit]]'''||&quot;Dog Eats Dog&quot;||Refers to a situation where nobody is safe from anybody, each man for himself. <br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''caput inter nubila (condit)'''||&quot;head in the clouds&quot;|| So aggrandized as to be beyond practical (earthly) reach or understanding (from [[Virgil]]'s [[Aeneid]] and the shorter form appears in [[John Locke]]'s ''Two Treatises of Government'') <br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[carpe diem]]'''||&quot;seize the day&quot;||An exhortation to live for today. From [[Horace]], ''Odes'' I, 11.8. By far the most common translation is &quot;seize the day,&quot; though ''carpere'' normally means something more like &quot;pluck,&quot; and the allusion here is to picking flowers.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''carpe noctem'''||&quot;seize the night&quot;||An exhortation to make good use of the night, often used when ''carpe diem'', q.v., would seem absurd, e.g., when observing a [[deep sky object]] or conducting a [[Messier marathon]]. <br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[Carthago delenda est]]'''||&quot;Carthage must be destroyed&quot;||From Roman senator [[Cato the Elder]], who ended every speech of his between the second and third [[Punic Wars]] with ''ceterum censeo Carthaginem esse delendam'', literally &quot;For the rest, I am of the opinion that Carthage is to be destroyed.&quot; Other translations include &quot;In conclusion, I declare that Carthage must be destroyed.&quot; and &quot;Furthermore, I move for Carthage to be destroyed.&quot;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[casus belli]]'''||&quot;event of war&quot;||Refers to an incident that is the justification or cause for war.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''causa mortis'''||&quot;cause of death&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cave'''||&quot;beware!&quot;|| especially used by [[doctor of medicine|doctors of medicine]], when they want to warn each other (e. g.: &quot;cave [[nephrolithiases]]&quot; in order to warn about side effects of an [[uricosuric]]).||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cave canem'''||&quot;beware of dog&quot;||Found written on a floor mosaic depicting a dog, at the entrance of a Roman house excavated at [[Pompeii]].{{ref|doggy}} Also interpreted as &quot;tooth of the dog&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |-<br /> |'''cave laborem'''||&quot;beware of work&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[caveat emptor]]'''||&quot;let the buyer beware&quot;||The purchaser is responsible for checking whether the goods suit his need.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[caveat lector]]'''||&quot;let the reader beware&quot;||Used when the writer does not vouch for the accuracy of a text. Probably a recent alteration of ''caveat emptor''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''caveat venditor'''||&quot;let the seller beware&quot;||The person selling goods is responsible for providing information about the goods to the purchaser.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Cedant arma togae'''||&quot;let arms yield to the gown&quot;||See [[Toga]], [[:it:Cedant arma togae]]<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''celerius quam asparagi cocuntur'''||&quot;more swiftly than [[asparagus]] is cooked&quot;||Or simply &quot;faster than cooking asparagus&quot;. A variant of the Roman phrase ''velocius quam asparagi coquantur'', using a different adverb and an alternate mood and spelling of ''[[wikt:coquere|coquere]]''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cepi corpus'''||&quot;I got the body&quot;||In law, it is a return made by the sheriff, upon a ''capias'', or other process to the like purpose; signifying, that he has taken the body of the party.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''certum est quod certum reddi potest'''||&quot;It is certain if it is capable of being rendered certain&quot;||Often used in law when something is not known, but can be ascertained (eg. the purchase price on a sale which is to be determined by a third-party valuer)<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cessante ratione legis cessat ipsa lex'''||&quot;When the reason for the law ceases, the law itself ceases.&quot;||A rule of law becomes ineffective when the reason for its application has ceased to exist or does not correspond to the reality anymore.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cetera desunt'''||&quot;the rest are missing&quot;|| The rest is missing<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ceteris paribus]]'''||&quot;with other things equal&quot;||Idiomatically translated as &quot;all other things being equal&quot;. A phrase which rules out outside changes interfering with a situation.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''charta pardonationis se defendendo'''|| &quot;a paper of pardon to him who defended himself&quot; || The form of a pardon for killing another man in self-defence. (see [[manslaughter]])<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''charta pardonationis utlagariae'''|| &quot;a paper of pardon to the outlaw&quot; || The form of a pardon of a man who is [[outlaw]]ed. Also called '''''perdonatio utlagariae'''''.<br /> |-<br /> <br /> |'''Christo et Doctrinae'''||&quot;For [[Christ]] and Learning&quot;||The motto of [[Furman University]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Christus Rex'''||&quot;[[Christ]] the King&quot;||A Christian title for [[Jesus]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[circa]] &lt;small&gt;(c.)&lt;/small&gt;''' ''or'' '''&lt;small&gt;(ca.)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;around&quot;||In the sense of &quot;approximately&quot; or &quot;about&quot;. Usually used of a date.&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''circulus vitiosus'''||&quot;[[vicious circle]]&quot;||In logic, [[begging the question]], a [[logical fallacy|fallacy]] involving the presupposition of a proposition in one of the premises (see ''petitio principii''). In science, a [[positive feedback]] loop. In economics, a counterpart to the [[virtuous circle and vicious circle|virtuous circle]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''citius altius fortius'''||&quot;faster, higher, stronger&quot;||Motto of the modern [[Olympic Games|Olympics]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Clamea admittenda in itinere per atturnatum'''|| ||A writ whereby the king of England could command the justice in [[eyre]] to admit one's claim by an attorney, who being employed in the king's service, cannot come in person.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''clausum fregit'''|| ||An action of tresspass; thus called, by reason the writ demands the person summoned to answer to ''wherefore he broke the close'' ''(quare clausum fregit)'', i.e. why he committed such a trespass.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''claves Sancti Petri'''||&quot;the keys of [[Saint Peter]]&quot;||A symbol of the [[Pope|Papacy]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''clerico admittendo'''||&quot;about to be made a clerk&quot;||In law, a writ directed to the bishop, for the admitting a clerk to a benefice upon a ''ne admittas'', tried, and found for the party who procures the writ.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''clerico capto per statutum mercatorum'''||||In law, a writ for the delivery of a clerk out of prison, who is imprisoned upon the breach of statute merchant.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''clerico convicto commisso gaolae in defectu ordinarii deliberando'''||||In law, a writ for the delivery of a clerk to his ordinary, that was formerly convicted of felony; by reason that his ordinary did not challenge him according to the privilege of clerks.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''clerico intra sacros ordines constituto non eligendo in officium'''||||In law, a writ directed to the bailiffs, etc, that have thrust a [[bailiwick]] or [[beadleship]] upon one in holy orders; charging them to release him.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Codex Iuris Canonici'''||&quot;Book of [[canon law|Canon Law]]&quot;||The official code of canon law in the [[Roman Catholic Church]] (cf. ''Corpus Iuris Canonici'').<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[cogito ergo sum]]'''||&quot;I think, therefore I am.&quot;||A [[rationalism|rationalistic]] argument used by French philosopher [[René Descartes]] to attempt to prove his own existence.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[coitus interruptus]]'''||&quot;interrupted congress&quot;||Aborting [[sexual intercourse]] prior to [[ejaculation]]&amp;mdash;the only permitted form of [[birth control]] in some religions.<br /> |-<br /> |'''communibus annis'''|| &quot;in common years&quot; ||One year with another; on an average. &quot;Common&quot; here does not mean &quot;ordinary,&quot; but &quot;common to every situation&quot;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''communibus locis'''|| &quot;in common places&quot; ||A term frequently used among philosophical and other writers, implying some medium, or mean relation between several places; one place with another; on a medium. &quot;Common&quot; here does not mean &quot;ordinary,&quot; but &quot;common to every situation&quot;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''communis opinio'''||&quot;generally accepted view&quot;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[compos mentis]]'''||&quot;in control of the mind&quot;||Describes someone of sound mind. Sometimes used ironically. Also a legal principle, ''[[non compos mentis]]'' (&quot;not in control of one's faculties&quot;), used to describe an insane person.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''concordia cum veritate'''||&quot;in harmony with truth&quot;||Motto of the [[University of Waterloo]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''concordia salus'''||&quot;salvation through harmony&quot;||Motto of [[Montreal]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''condemnant quod non intellegunt'''||&quot;They condemn what they do not understand&quot; or &quot;They condemn because they do not understand&quot; (the ''quod'' is ambiguous)||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''condicio sine qua non'''||&quot;condition without which not&quot;||A required, indispensable condition. Commonly mistakenly rendered with ''conditio'' (&quot;seasoning&quot; or &quot;preserving&quot;) in place of ''condicio''(&quot;arrangement&quot; or &quot;condition&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''confer &lt;small&gt;([[cf.]])&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;bring together&quot;||Thus, &quot;compare&quot;. Used as an abbreviation in text to recommend a comparison with another thing (cf. [[citation signal]]).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Confoederatio Helvetica &lt;small&gt;(C.H.)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;[[Helvetia]]n Confederation&quot;||The official name of [[Switzerland]], hence the use of &quot;CH&quot; for its [[ISO 3166-1 alpha-2|ISO country code]], &quot;.ch&quot; for its [[Top-level domain|Internet domain]], and &quot;CHF&quot; for the ISO three-letter abbreviation of its currency, the Swiss franc.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''coniunctis viribus'''||&quot;with connected strength&quot;||Or &quot;with united powers&quot;. Sometimes rendered ''conjunctis viribus''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Consuetudo pro lege servatur'''||&quot;Custom is kept before the law&quot;||An inconsistently applied maxim. See also ''consuetudo est altera lex'' (custom is another law) and ''consuetudo vincit communem legem'' (custom overrules the common law)<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''consummatum est'''||&quot;It is completed.&quot;||The last words of [[Jesus]] on the [[crucifixion|cross]] in the Latin translation of [[Gospel of John|John]] 19:30.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''contemptus saeculi'''||&quot;scorn for the times&quot;||Despising the [[secularism|secular]] world. The [[monastic order|monk]] or [[philosopher]]'s rejection of a mundane life and worldly values.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[contradictio in terminis]]'''||&quot;[[oxymoron|contradiction in terms]]&quot;||A word that makes itself impossible<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''contraria contrariis curantur''' || &quot;the opposite is cured with the opposite&quot; || First formulated by [[Hippocrates]] to suggest that the diseases are cured with contrary remedies. Antonym of '''Similia similibus curantur''' (the diseases are recovered with similar remedies. )<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''contra bonos mores'''||&quot;against good morals&quot;||Offensive to the conscience and to a sense of justice.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''contra legem'''||&quot;against the law&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cor ad cor loquitur'''||&quot;heart speaks to heart&quot;||From [[Augustine of Hippo|Augustine]]'s ''[[Confessions (St. Augustine)|Confessions]]'', referring to a prescribed method of prayer: having a &quot;heart to heart&quot; with God. Commonly used in reference to a later quote by [[John Henry Cardinal Newman]]. A motto of Newman Clubs.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cor meum tibi offero domine prompte et sincere'''||&quot;my heart I offer to you Lord promptly and sincerely&quot;||motto of [[Calvin College]]<br /> |-<br /> |'''coram Deo'''||&quot;in the Presence of God&quot;||A phrase from [[Christian theology]] which summarizes the idea of [[Christian]]s living in the Presence of, under the authority of, and to the honor and glory of [[God]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''coram populo'''||&quot;in the presence of the people&quot;||Thus, openly.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[Blessed Sacrament|Corpus Christi]]'''||&quot;Body of Christ&quot;||The name of a [[Corpus Christi (feast)|feast]] in the [[Roman Catholic Church]] commemorating the [[Eucharist]]. It is also the name of a city in Texas, [[Corpus Christi, Texas]], and a controversial [[Corpus Christi (play)|play]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[corpus delicti]]'''||&quot;body of the offence&quot;||The fact that a crime has been committed, a necessary factor in convicting someone of having committed that crime; if there was no crime, there can not have been a criminal.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Corpus Iuris Canonici'''||&quot;Body of [[canon law|Canon Law]]&quot;||The official compilation of canon law in the [[Roman Catholic Church]] (cf. ''Codex Iuris Canonici'').<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[Corpus Iuris Civilis]]'''||&quot;Body of Civil Law&quot;||The body of [[Roman law|Roman]] or [[Civil law (legal system)|civil law]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[corpus vile]]'''||&quot;worthless body&quot;||A person or thing fit only to be the object of an experiment.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''corrigenda'''||&quot;things to be corrected&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''corruptio optimi pessima'''||&quot;the corruption of the best is the worst&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''corruptus in extremis'''||&quot;the extreme corruption&quot;||Motto of the fictional Springfield Mayor Office in [[The Simpsons]] TV-Show||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Corruptissima re publica plurimae leges'''||&quot;When the republic is at its most corrupt the laws are most numerous&quot;--Tacitus||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''credo quia absurdum est'''||&quot;I believe it because it is absurd&quot;||A very common misquote of [[Tertullian]]'s ''et mortuus est Dei Filius prorsus credibile quia ineptum est'' (&quot;and the Son of God is dead: in short, it is credible because it is unfitting&quot;), meaning that it is so absurd to say that God's son has died that it would have to be a matter of belief, rather than reason. The misquoted phrase, however, is commonly used to mock the [[dogmatism|dogmatic]] beliefs of the religious (see [[fideism]]). This phrase is commonly shortened to ''credo quia absurdum'', and is also sometimes rendered ''credo quia impossibile est'' (&quot;I believe it because it is impossible&quot;)or, as Darwin used it in his autobiography, ''credo quia incredibile''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''crescamus in Illo per omina'''||&quot;May we grow in Him through all things&quot;||Motto of [[Cheverus High School]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''crescat scientia vita excolatur'''||&quot;let knowledge grow, let life be enriched&quot;||Motto of the [[University of Chicago]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[crescit eundo]]'''||&quot;it grows as it goes&quot;||[[List of U.S. state mottos|State motto]] of [[New Mexico]], adopted in 1887 as the territory's motto, and kept in 1912 when New Mexico received statehood. Originally from [[Lucretius]]' ''[[On The Nature of Things]]'' book VI, where it refers in context to the motion of a [[lightning|thunderbolt]] across the sky, which acquires power and momentum as it goes.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[cui bono]]'''||&quot;Good for whom?&quot;||&quot;Who benefits?&quot; An [[adage]] in criminal investigation which suggests that considering who would benefit from an unwelcome event is likely to reveal who is responsible for that event (cf. ''cui prodest''). Also the motto of the [[Crime Syndicate|Crime Syndicate of America]], a fictional supervillian group. The opposite is ''cui malo'' (&quot;Bad for whom?&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cui prodest'''||&quot;for whom it advances&quot;||Short for ''cui prodest scelus is fecit'' (&quot;for whom the crime advances, he has done it&quot;) in [[Seneca the Younger|Seneca]]'s ''Medea''. Thus, the murderer is often the one who gains by the murder (cf. ''cui bono'').<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[cuius est solum eius est usque ad coelum et ad inferos]]'''||&quot;Whose the land is, all the way to the sky and to the [[underworld]] is his.&quot;||First coined by Accursius of Bologna in the 13th century. A [[Roman law|Roman legal]] principle of [[property law]] that is no longer observed in most situations today. Less literally, &quot;For whosoever owns the soil, it is theirs up to the sky and down to the depths.&quot;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[cuius regio, eius religio]]'''||&quot;whose region, his religion&quot;||The privilege of a ruler to choose the religion of his subjects. A regional prince's ability to choose his people's religion was established at the [[Peace of Augsburg]] in 1555.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Cuiusvis hominis est errare, nullius nisi insipientis in errore perseverare.'''||&quot;Anyone can err, but only the fool persists in his fault.&quot; || — Marcus Tullius Cicero, Philippica XII, ii, 5<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''culpa'''||&quot;fault&quot;||Also &quot;blame&quot; or &quot;[[guilt]]&quot;. In law, an act of neglect. In general, guilt, sin, or a fault. See also ''[[mea culpa]]''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cum gladiis et fustibus'''||&quot;with swords and clubs&quot;||From the Bible. Occurs in {{bibleref|Matthew|26:47}} and [[Gospel of Luke|Luke]] 22:52.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cum gladio et sale'''||&quot;with sword and salt&quot;||Motto of a well-paid soldier. See [[salary]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cum grano salis'''||&quot;with a [[grain of salt]]&quot;||Not to be taken too seriously or as the literal truth.&lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;small&gt;Yes, the brochure made it sound great, but such claims should be taken ''cum grano salis''.&lt;/small&gt;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cum laude'''||&quot;with praise&quot;||The standard formula for academic [[Latin honors]] in the United States. Greater honors include ''magna cum laude'' and ''summa cum laude''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[cum mortuis in lingua mortua]]'''||&quot;with the dead in a dead language&quot;||Movement from '''[[Pictures at an Exhibition]]''' by [[Modest Mussorgsky]]||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cura personalis'''||&quot;care for the whole person&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[cura te ipsum]]'''||&quot;take care of your own self&quot;||An exhortation to [[physician]]s, or experts in general, to deal with their own problems before addressing those of others.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cur Deus Homo'''||&quot;Why the God/Man&quot;||The question attributed to Anselm in his work of by this name, wherein he reflects on why the Christ of Christianity must be both fully Divine and fully Human. Often translated &quot;why did God become Man?&quot;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''curriculum vitae'''||&quot;course of life&quot;||A [[résumé]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''custos morum'''||&quot;keeper of morals&quot;|| A [[censorship|censor]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cygnus inter anates'''||&quot;swan among ducks&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cygnus insignis'''||&quot;distinguished by its swans&quot;||[[List of state mottos|Motto]] of [[Western Australia]].<br /> |}<br /> <br /> == D ==<br /> {| class=&quot;wikitable&quot; style=&quot;border:1px; border: thin solid gold; background-color:#f7f8ff&quot; align=center cellpadding=&quot;7&quot;<br /> |-align=&quot;center&quot; bgcolor=&quot;#e6e9ff&quot;<br /> !width=&quot;150&quot;|Latin!!width=&quot;150&quot;|Translation!!width=&quot;500&quot;|Notes<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[damnatio memoriae]]'''||&quot;damnation of memory&quot;||A Roman custom in which disgraced Romans (particularly former Emperors) were pretended to have never existed. <br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''damnum absque injuria'''||&quot;damage without injury&quot;||A loss that results from no one's wrongdoing. In [[Roman law]], a man is not responsible for unintended, consequential injury to another resulting from a lawful act. This protection does not necessarily apply to unintended damage by negligence or folly.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''dat deus incrementum'''||&quot;God grants the increase&quot;||Motto of [[Westminster School]], a leading British independent school.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''de bonis asportatis'''||&quot;carrying goods away&quot;||Trespass de bonis asportatis was the traditional name for [[larceny]], or wrongful taking of chattels.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |-<br /> |'''Decus Et Tutamen'''||&quot;An ornament and a safeguard&quot;||Inscription on [[British one pound coin|one pound coins]]. originally on [[17th century]] coins, this refers to the inscribed edge as a protection against the [[coin clipping|clipping]] of precious metal. The phrase originally comes from Virgils Aeneid.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[descensus in cuniculi cavum]]'''||&quot;The descent into the cave of the rabbit&quot;|| Down the Rabbit Hole<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''de dato'''||&quot;of the date&quot;||Used in the context of &quot;As we agreed in the meeting d.d.26th Mai 2006. <br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[de facto]]'''||&quot;in fact&quot;||Said of something that is the actual [[state of affairs]], in contrast to something's legal or official standing, which is described as ''de jure''. ''De facto'' refers to the &quot;way things really are&quot; rather than what is &quot;officially&quot; presented as the fact.&lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;small&gt;&lt;tt&gt;Although the emperor held the title and trappings of head of state, the [[Shogun]] was the ''de facto'' ruler of [[Japan]].&lt;/tt&gt;&lt;/small&gt;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''de gustibus non est disputandum'''||&quot;there is not to be discussion regarding tastes&quot;||Less literally &quot;In matters of taste there is no dispute&quot; or simply &quot;There's no arguing taste&quot;. A similar expression in English is &quot;There's no accounting for taste&quot;. Bartlett's Familiar Quotations, without attribution, renders the phrase as ''de gustibus non disputandum''; the verb &quot;to be&quot; is often assumed in Latin, and is rarely required.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''de futuro'''||&quot;regarding the future&quot;||Usually used in the context of &quot;at a future time&quot;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''de integro'''||&quot;again&quot; or &quot;a second time&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[de jure]]'''||&quot;by law&quot;||&quot;Official&quot;, in contrast with ''de facto''. Analogous to &quot;in principle&quot;, whereas ''de facto'' is to &quot;in practice&quot;. In other contexts, can mean &quot;according to law&quot;, &quot;by right&quot; or &quot;legally&quot;. Also commonly written ''de iure'', the [[Classical Latin|classical]] form.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''de lege ferenda'''||&quot;from law to be passed&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''de lege lata'''||&quot;from law passed&quot; or &quot;by law in force&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[de minimis]] non curat praetor'''||&quot;The commander does not bother with the smallest things.&quot;||Also &quot;The chief magistrate does not concern himself with trifles.&quot; Trivial matters are no concern of a high official (cf. ''aquila non capit muscas'', &quot;the eagle does not catch flies&quot;). Sometimes ''rex'' (&quot;the king&quot;) or ''lex'' (&quot;the law&quot;) is used in place of ''[[praetor]]'', and ''de minimis'' is a legal term referring to things unworthy of the law's attention.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''de mortuis aut bene aut nihil'''||&quot;about the dead, either well or nothing&quot;||Less literally, &quot;speak well of the dead or not at all&quot; (cf. ''de mortuis nil nisi bonum'').<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[de mortuis nil nisi bonum]]'''||&quot;about the dead, nothing unless a good thing&quot;||From ''de mortuis nil nisi bonum dicendum est'', &quot;nothing must be said about the dead except the good&quot;, attributed by [[Diogenes Laertius]] to [[Chilon of Sparta|Chilon]]. In legal contexts, this quotation is used with the opposite meaning, as defaming a deceased person is not a crime. In other contexts, it refers to [[taboo]]s against criticizing the recently deceased.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''de nobis fabula narratur'''||&quot;about us is the story told&quot;||Thus, &quot;their story is our story&quot;. Originally referred to the end of Rome's dominance. Now often used when comparing any current situation to a past story or historical event.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[de novo]]'''||&quot;from the new&quot;||&quot;Anew&quot; or &quot;afresh&quot;. In law, a [[trial de novo|trial ''de novo'']] is a retrial. In biology, ''de novo'' means [[de novo synthesis|newly-synthesized]], and a [[de novo mutation|''de novo'' mutation]] is a mutation that neither parent possessed or transmitted. In economics, ''de novo'' refers to newly-founded companies, and ''de novo'' banks are [[state bank]]s that have been in operation for five years or less.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''de omni re scibili et quibusdam aliis'''||&quot;about every knowable thing, and even certain other things&quot;||A [[15th century|15th-century]] Italian scholar wrote the ''De omni re scibili'' portion, and a wag added ''et quibusdam aliis''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[De Oppresso Liber]]'''||&quot;Free From Having Been Oppressed&quot;||Commonly mistranslated as &quot;To Liberate the Oppressed&quot;. The motto of the [[United States Army Special Forces]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[de profundis]]'''||&quot;from the depths&quot;||Out of the depths of misery or dejection.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[de re]]'''||&quot;about the matter&quot;||In logic, ''[[de dicto]]'' statements (about the truth of a proposition) are distinguished from ''de re'' statements (about the properties of a thing itself).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[Dei Gratia Regina]]'''||&quot;By the Grace of God, Queen&quot;||Also ''Dei Gratia Rex'' (&quot;By the Grace of God, King&quot;). Abbreviated as &lt;small&gt;D G REG&lt;/small&gt; preceding ''Fidei Defensor'' &lt;small&gt;(F D)&lt;/small&gt; on [[British pound]]s, and as &lt;small&gt;D G Regina&lt;/small&gt; on [[Canadian dollar|Canadian coins]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Dei sub numine viget'''||&quot;under God's Spirit she flourishes&quot;||Motto of [[Princeton University]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''delectatio morosa'''||&quot;peevish delight&quot;||In Catholic theology, a pleasure taken in sinful thought or imagination, such as brooding on sexual images. It is distinct from actual sexual desire, and involves voluntary and complacent erotic fantasizing, without any attempt to suppress such thoughts.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''deliriant isti Romani'''||&quot;They are mad, those Romans!&quot;||A translation into Latin from [[René Goscinny]]'s &quot;''ils sont fous, ces romains!''&quot;, frequently issued by [[Obelix]] in the [[Asterix]] comics.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Deo ac veritati'''||&quot;God and Truth&quot;|| Motto of [[Colgate University]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Deo gratias'''||&quot;thanks [be] to God&quot;||The semi-Hispanicized form ''[[Deogracias]]'' is a Philippine first name.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Deo Optimo Maximo &lt;small&gt;(DOM)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;To the Best and Greatest God&quot;|| Derived from the Pagan ''[[Iupiter Optimo Maximo]]'' (&quot;To the best and greatest Jupiter&quot;). Printed on bottles of Benedictine liqueur.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Deo vindice'''||&quot;with God as protector&quot;||Motto of the [[Confederate States of America]]. An alternate translation is &quot;With an avenging God&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Deo volente'''||&quot;with God willing&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[deus ex machina]]'''||&quot;a god from a machine&quot;||From the [[Greek language|Greek]] Από μηχανής Θεός (''Apo mēchanēs Theos''). A contrived or artificial solution, usually to a literary plot. Refers to the practice in Greek drama of lowering by machine an actor playing a god or goddess, typically either [[Athena]] or (as in [[Euripides]]) the [[Castor and Pollux|Dioscuri]] onto the stage to resolve an insuperable conflict in the plot.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[Deus vult]]'''||&quot;God wills it!&quot;||The principal slogan of the [[Crusade]]s.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> <br /> |'''[[Dicto simpliciter]]'''||&quot;[From] a maxim, simply&quot;||I.e. &quot;From a rule without exception.&quot; Short for ''A dicto simpliciter'', the ''a'' often being dropped by confusion with the indefinite article. A dicto simpliciter occurs when an acceptable exception is ignored or eliminated. For instance, the appropriateness of using opiates is dependent on the presence of extreme pain. To justify the recreational use of opiates by referring to a cancer patient or to justify arresting said cancer patient by comparing him to the recreational user would be a dicto simpliciter.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[London Stock Exchange|dictum meum pactum]]'''||&quot;my word [is] my bond&quot;||Motto of the London Stock Exchange<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''diem perdidi'''||&quot;I have lost the day&quot;||From the Roman Emperor [[Titus]]. Passed down in [[Suetonius]]'s biography of him in ''[[Lives of the Twelve Caesars]]'' (8).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[Dies Irae]]'''||&quot;Day of Wrath&quot;||Refers to the [[Last Judgment|Judgment Day]] in [[Christian eschatology]]. The name of a famous 13th-century Medieval Latin hymn by [[Tommaso da Celano]], used in the Mass for the dead.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[dirigo]]'''||&quot;I direct&quot;||In [[Classical Latin]], &quot;I arrange&quot;. [[List of U.S. state mottos|State motto]] of [[Maine]]. Based on a comparison of the state of Maine to the star [[Polaris]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''dis aliter visum'''||&quot;it seemed otherwise to the gods&quot;||In other words, the gods have different plans than mortals, and so events do not always play out as people wish them to.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''dis manibus sacrum &lt;small&gt;(D.M.S.)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;Sacred to the ghost-gods&quot;||Refers to the [[Manes]], Roman spirits of the dead. Loosely &quot;To the memory of&quot;. A conventional inscription preceding the name of the deceased on pagan grave markings, often shortened to ''dis manibus'' &lt;small&gt;(D.M.)&lt;/small&gt;, &quot;for the ghost-gods&quot;. Preceded in some earlier monuments by ''hic situs est'' &lt;small&gt;(H. S. E.)&lt;/small&gt;, &quot;he lies here&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''disce quasi semper victurus vive quasi cras moriturus'''||&quot;Learn as if always going to live; live as if tomorrow going to die.&quot;||Attributed to [[St Edmund of Abingdon]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''discipuli nostrum bardissimi sunt'''||&quot;Our students are very stupid&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''disjecta membra'''||&quot;scattered limbs&quot;||That is, &quot;scattered remains&quot;. Paraphrased from [[Horace]], ''Satires'', I, 4, 62, where it was written &quot;''disiecti membra poetae''&quot; (&quot;limbs of a scattered poet&quot;). Also written as ''disiecta membra''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ditat Deus]]'''||&quot;God enriches&quot;||[[List of U.S. state mottos|State motto]] of [[Arizona]], adopted in 1911. Probably derived from the [[Vulgate]]'s translation of [[Genesis]] 14:23.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''divide et impera'''||&quot;[[divide and rule]]&quot;||A [[Roman Empire|Roman]] maxim adopted by [[Julius Caesar]], [[Louis XI of France|Louis XI]] and [[Machiavelli]]. Commonly rendered &quot;[[divide and conquer]]&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''dixi'''||&quot;I have spoken&quot;||A popular [[eloquence|eloquent]] expression, usually used in the end of a speech. The implied meaning is: &quot;I have said all that I had to say and thus the argument is settled&quot;. <br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[&quot;...&quot;, ...] dixit'''||&quot;[&quot;...&quot;, ...] said&quot;||Used to attribute a statement or opinion to its author, rather than the speaker.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''do ut des'''||&quot;I give that you may give&quot;||Often said or written for sacrifices, when one &quot;gives&quot; and expects something back from the gods.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Docendo disco, scribendo cogito'''||I learn by teaching, think by writing.||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[Dominus Illuminatio Mea|Dominus illuminatio mea]]'''||&quot;the Lord is my light&quot;||Motto of the [[University of Oxford]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Dominus vobiscum'''||&quot;Lord be with you&quot; ||Phrase used during and at the end of Catholic sermons, and a general greeting form among and towards members of Catholic organizations, such as priests and nuns. See also ''pax vobiscum''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''dona nobis pacem'''||&quot;give us peace&quot; ||famous in choir songs, also an ending in the video game [[Haunting Ground]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''donatio mortis causa'''||&quot;giving in expectation of death&quot; ||A legal concept where a person in imminent mortal danger need not meet the requisite [[consideration]] to create or modify a [[will (law)|will]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''draco dormiens nunquam titillandus'''||&quot;a sleeping dragon is never to be tickled&quot;||Motto of the fictional [[Hogwarts]] school in the ''[[Harry Potter]]'' series; translated more loosely in the books as &quot;never tickle a sleeping dragon&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[dramatis personae]]'''||&quot;the parts of the play&quot; ||More literally, &quot;the masks of the drama&quot;; more figuratively, &quot;cast of characters&quot;. The characters represented in a dramatic work.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Duae tabulae rasae in quibus nihil scriptum est'''||&quot;Two minds, not one single thought&quot;||[[Stan Laurel]], inscription for the fanclub logo [[The Sons of the Desert|Sons of the Desert]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Ductus exemplo'''||&quot;Leadership by Example&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''dulce bellum inexpertis'''||&quot;war is sweet to the inexperienced&quot;||War may seem pleasant to those who have never been involved in it, though the more experienced know better. A phrase from [[Erasmus]] in the [[16th century]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[dulce et decorum est pro patria mori]]'''||&quot;It is sweet and honorable to die for the fatherland.&quot;||From [[Horace]], ''Odes'' III, 2, 13. Used by [[Wilfred Owen]] for the title of a poem about [[World War I]], ''[[Dulce et Decorum Est]]''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''dulce et utile'''||&quot;a sweet and useful thing&quot;||[[Horace]] wrote in his ''[[Ars Poetica]]'' that poetry must be ''dulce et utile'' (&quot;pleasant and profitable&quot;), both enjoyable and instructive.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[dulcius ex asperis]]'''||&quot;through difficulty, sweetness&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[dum spiro spero]]'''||&quot;while I breathe, I hope&quot;||[[List of U.S. state mottos|State motto]] of [[South Carolina]]. From [[Cicero]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''dum Roma deliberat Saguntum perit'''||&quot;while Rome debates, [[Saguntum]] is in danger&quot;||Used when someone has been asked for urgent help, but responds with no immediate action. Similar to ''Hannibal ante portas'', but referring to a less personal danger.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''dum vivimus servimus'''||&quot;While we live, we serve&quot;|| motto of [[Presbyterian College]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''dura lex sed lex'''||&quot;the law [is] harsh, but [it is] the law&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''dura mater'''||&quot;tough mother&quot;|| Outer covering of the brain.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''dum vita est, spes est''' || while there is life, there is hope ||<br /> |}<br /> <br /> == E ==<br /> {| class=&quot;wikitable&quot; style=&quot;border:1px; border: thin solid gold; background-color:#f7f8ff&quot; align=center cellpadding=&quot;7&quot;<br /> |-align=&quot;center&quot; bgcolor=&quot;#e6e9ff&quot;<br /> !width=&quot;150&quot;|Latin!!width=&quot;150&quot;|Translation!!width=&quot;500&quot;|Notes<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[e pluribus unum]]'''||&quot;From many, (comes) One.&quot;|| Usually translated &quot;Out of many, (is) One.&quot;. [[National motto]] of the [[United States of America]]. Motto of the [[Sport Lisboa e Benfica]] Portuguese [[soccer]] club.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[Ecce Homo]]'''||&quot;Behold the Man!&quot;||From the Latin translation of the [[Gospel of John]] (19:5), where [[Pilate]] speaks these words as he presents [[Jesus]], crowned with thorns, to the crowd. [[Oscar Wilde]] opened his defense with this phrase when on trial for [[sodomy]], characteristically using a well-known Biblical reference as a ''double entendre.'' It is also the title of [[Friedrich Nietzsche]]'s autobiography and of the theme music by [[Howard Goodall]] for the BBC comedy ''[[Mr. Bean]]''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[editio princeps]]'''||&quot;first edition&quot;||The first printed edition of a work.<br /> <br /> |-&lt;!-- [[e.g.]] currently redirects here, and the reader may not know the full form --&gt;<br /> |'''e.g.'''||&quot;for the sake of example&quot;||Abbreviation for ''exempli gratia'', below.<br /> ''see also: [[e.g. vs. i.e.]]''<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ego te absolvo'''||&quot;I absolve you&quot;||More literally, &quot;I free you&quot; or &quot;I acquit you&quot;. Part of a traditional [[blessing]] given by a [[Catholic priest]] at the end of [[Confession]] (cf. ''absolvo'').<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ego te provoco'''||&quot;I dare you&quot;|| <br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[emeritus]]'''||&quot;veteran&quot;||Also &quot;worn-out&quot;. Retired from office. Often used to denote a position held at the point of retirement, as an honor, such as ''professor emeritus'' or ''provost emeritus''. This does not necessarily mean that the honoree is no longer active.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ens causa sui'''||&quot;existing because of oneself&quot;||Or &quot;being one's own cause&quot;. Traditionally, a being that owes its existence to no other being, hence a [[God]] or Supreme Being (cf. ''[[Primum Mobile]]'').<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ense petit placidam sub libertate quietem]]'''||&quot;by the sword she seeks gentle peace under liberty&quot;||[[List of U.S. state mottos|State motto]] of [[Massachusetts]], adopted in 1775.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''entitas ipsa involvit aptitudinem ad extorquendum certum assensum'''||&quot;reality involves a power to compel sure assent&quot;||A phrase used in modern Western philosophy on the nature of truth.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[eo ipso]]'''||&quot;by that very act&quot;||eo ipso is a technical term used in philosophy. It means &quot;by that very act&quot; in Latin. Similar to [[ipso facto]]. Example: The fact that I am does not eo ipso mean that I think.<br /> <br /> It is also used, with the same meaning, in law.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[eo nomine]]'''||&quot;by that name&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ergo]]'''||&quot;therefore&quot;||Used to show a logical conclusion (cf. ''[[cogito ergo sum]]'').<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[erga omnes]]'''||&quot;in relation to everyone&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''errare humanum est'''||&quot;to err is human&quot;||From [[Seneca the Younger]]. The full quote is &quot;''errare humanum est perseverare diabolicum''&quot;: &quot;to err is human; to persist is of the Devil&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[erratum]]'''||&quot;error&quot;||Or &quot;mistake&quot;. Lists of errors in a previous edition of a work are often marked with the plural, ''errata'' (&quot;errors&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''esse est percipi'''||&quot;to be is to be perceived&quot;||[[George Berkeley]]'s motto for his [[idealism|idealist]] philosophical position that nothing exists independently of its perception by a mind except minds themselves.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[esse quam videri]]'''||&quot;to be, rather than to seem&quot;||Truly being something, rather than merely seeming to be something. [[List of U.S. state mottos|State motto]] of [[North Carolina]] and academic motto of several schools, including [[Berklee College of Music]] and [[Columbia College Chicago]]. From chapter 26 of [[Cicero]]'s ''De amicitia'' (&quot;On Friendship&quot;). Earlier than Cicero, the phrase had been used by [[Sallust]] in his ''Bellum Catilinae'' (54.6), where he wrote that Cato &quot;''esse quam videri bonus malebat''&quot; (&quot;he preferred to be good, rather than to seem so&quot;). Earlier still, [[Aeschylus]] used a similar phrase in ''Seven Against Thebes'', line 592, &quot;''ou gar dokein aristos, all' enai thelei''&quot; (&quot;his resolve is not to seem the best, but in fact to be the best&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[esto perpetua]]'''||&quot;let it be perpetual&quot;||Said of [[Venice]] by the Venetian historian Fra [[Paolo Sarpi]] shortly before his death. Also the [[List of U.S. state mottos|state motto]] of [[Idaho]], adopted in 1867.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''et alibi &lt;small&gt;(''et al.'')&lt;/small&gt;'''&lt;/span&gt;||&quot;and elsewhere&quot;||A less common variant on ''et cetera'' used at the end of a list of locations to denote unlisted places.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |&lt;span name=&quot;et_al&quot; id=&quot;et_al&quot;&gt;'''et alii &lt;small&gt;(''et al.'')&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;and others&quot;||Used similarly to ''et cetera'' (&quot;and the rest&quot;), to stand for a list of names. ''Alii'' is actually [[grammatical gender|masculine]], so it can be used for men, or groups of men and women; the feminine, ''et aliae'', is appropriate when the &quot;others&quot; are all female, and the neuter, ''et alia'' (&quot;and other things&quot;), is also common. [[APA style]] uses ''et al.'' if the work cited was written by more than two authors; [[MLA style]] uses ''et al.'' for more than three authors.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[et cetera]] &lt;small&gt;(etc.)&lt;/small&gt;''' ''or'' '''&lt;small&gt;(&amp;amp;c.)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;And the rest&quot;||Nowadays also used to mean &quot;and so on&quot; or &quot;and more&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''et hoc genus omne'''||&quot;And all that sort of thing&quot;||Abbreviated to '''e.h.g.o.''' or '''ehgo'''<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[et in Arcadia ego]]'''||&quot;and in [[Arcadia]] [am] I&quot;||In other words, &quot;I, too, am in Arcadia&quot;. See ''memento mori''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''et nunc reges intelligite erudimini qui judicati terram'''||&quot;And now, kings, understand: be instructed, you who have judged the Earth.&quot;||From [[Psalms]] 2, 4.3.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''et sequentes &lt;small&gt;([[et seq]].)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;and the following&quot;||Pluralized as ''et sequentia'' (&quot;and the following things&quot;), abbreviations: ''et seqq.'', ''[[et seq.]].'', or ''sqq.''<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[et tu, Brute?]]'''||&quot;And you, [[Marcus Junius Brutus|Brutus]]?&quot;||Also &quot;Even you, Brutus?&quot; or &quot;You too, Brutus?&quot; Used to indicate a betrayal by someone close. From [[William Shakespeare|Shakespeare]]'s ''[[Julius Caesar (play)|Julius Caesar]]'', based on the traditional dying words of [[Julius Caesar]]. However, these were almost certainly not Caesar's true last words; [[Plutarch]] quotes Caesar as saying, in [[Greek language|Greek]] (which was the language of Rome's elite at the time), &quot;και συ, τεκνον;&quot; (''Kai su, teknon?''), in English &quot;You as well, (my) child?&quot; Some have speculated based on this that Brutus was Caesar's child, though there is no substantial evidence of this.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''et uxor &lt;small&gt;(et ux.)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;and wife&quot;||Legal term.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex abundantia enim cordis os loquitur'''||&quot;for out of an abundance of the heart, the mouth speaks&quot;||From the [[Gospel of Matthew]], 12:34, and the [[Gospel of Luke]], 6:45. Sometimes rendered without ''enim'' (&quot;for&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex abundanti cautela'''||&quot;from abundant caution&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex aequo'''||&quot;from the equal&quot;||&quot;On equal footing&quot;, i.e., &quot;in a tie&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex animo'''||&quot;from the heart&quot;||Thus, &quot;sincerely&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex ante'''||&quot;from before&quot;||&quot;Beforehand&quot;, &quot;before the event&quot;. Based on prior assumptions. A forecast.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[Ex Astris Scientia]]'''||&quot;From the Stars, Knowledge&quot;||The motto of the fictional [[Starfleet Academy]] on ''[[Star Trek]]''. Adapted from ''ex luna scientia'', which in turn was modeled after ''ex scientia tridens''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ex cathedra]]'''||&quot;from the chair&quot;||A phrase applied to the [[Pope]] when he is speaking [[papal infallibility|infallibly]] and, by extension, to anyone who is perceived as speaking with supreme authority or a sense of arrogance.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex Deo'''||&quot;from God&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex dolo malo'''||&quot;from [[fraud]]&quot;||Literally &quot;from harmful deceit&quot;, ''dolus malus'' being the Latin legal term for &quot;fraud&quot;. The full legal phrase is ''ex dolo malo non oritur actio'' (&quot;an action does not arise from fraud&quot;). When an action has its origin in fraud or deceit, it cannot be supported; thus, a court of law will not assist a man who bases his course of action on an immoral or illegal act.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ex facie]]'''||&quot;from the face&quot;||Idiomatically rendered &quot;on the face of it&quot;. A legal term typically used to note that a document's explicit terms are defective without further investigation.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ex gratia]]'''||&quot;from kindness&quot;||More literally &quot;from grace&quot;. Refers to someone voluntarily performing an act purely out of kindness, as opposed to for personal gain or from being forced to do it. In law, an ''ex gratia'' payment is one made without recognizing any [[liability]] or legal obligation.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex hypothesi'''||&quot;from the hypothesis&quot;||Thus, &quot;by hypothesis&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex lege'''||&quot;from the law&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ex libris]]'''||&quot;from the books&quot;||Precedes a person's name, with the meaning of &quot;from the library of...&quot;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex luna scientia'''||&quot;from the moon, knowledge&quot;||The motto of the [[Apollo 13]] moon mission, derived from ''ex scientia tridens''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ex nihilo]] nihil fit'''||&quot;[[nothing comes from nothing|nothing may come from nothing]]&quot;||From [[Lucretius]], and said earlier by [[Empedocles]]. Its original meaning is &quot;work is required to succeed&quot;, but its modern meaning is a more general &quot;everything has its origins in something&quot; (cf. [[causality]]). It is commonly applied to the [[conservation law]]s in philosophy and modern science, while ''ex nihilo'' is used in theology to refer to various [[creationism|creationist]] religious traditions that hold that the universe was created by God &quot;out of nothing&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex officio'''||&quot;from the office&quot;||By virtue of office or position; &quot;by right of office&quot;. Often used when someone holds one position by virtue of holding another. A common misconception is that ''ex officio'' members of a committee/congress may not vote, but this is not guaranteed by that title.&lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;small&gt;&lt;tt&gt;The [[Vice President of the United States]] is ''ex officio'' [[President of the Senate]].&lt;/tt&gt;&lt;/small&gt;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ex opere operato]]'''||&quot;from the work that worked&quot;||A theological phrase that refers to the notion that the act of receiving a [[sacrament]] actually confers the promised benefit, such as a [[baptism]] actually and literally cleansing one's [[sin]]s. In the [[Roman Catholic Church]], affirms that the source of grace is God, not just the actions or disposition of the recipient. &lt;!--Note: &quot;Operatus&quot; comes from the deponent &quot;operor&quot;, hence its translation is active: &quot;having worked&quot;, not &quot;having been worked&quot;.--&gt;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex oriente lux'''||&quot;from the East, the light&quot;||Superficially refers to the sun rising in the east, but alludes to culture coming from the Eastern world.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ex parte]]'''||&quot;from a part&quot;||A [[legal term#Ex parte|legal term]] meaning &quot;by one party&quot; or &quot;for one party&quot;. Thus, on behalf of one side or party only.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ex pede Herculem]]'''||&quot;from Hercules' foot&quot;||From the measure of Hercules' foot you shall know his size; from a part, the whole.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex post'''||&quot;from after&quot;||&quot;Afterward&quot;, &quot;after the event&quot;. Based on knowledge of the past. Measure of past performance.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ex post facto]]'''||&quot;from a thing done afterward&quot;||Said of a law with retroactive effect.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex scientia tridens||&quot;from knowledge, sea power.&quot;||The [[United States Naval Academy]] motto. Refers to knowledge bringing men power over the sea comparable to that of the [[trident]]-bearing Greek god [[Poseidon]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex scientia vera'''||&quot;from knowledge, truth.&quot;||The motto of the College of Graduate Studies at [[MTSU|Middle Tennessee State University]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex silentio'''||&quot;from silence&quot;||In general, the claim that the absence of something demonstrates the proof of a proposition. An ''argumentum ex silentio'' (&quot;[[argument from silence]]&quot;) is an argument based on the assumption that someone's silence on a matter suggests (&quot;proves&quot; when a [[logical fallacy]]) that person's ignorance of the matter or their inability to counterargue validly.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex tempore'''||&quot;from time&quot;|||&quot;This instant&quot;, &quot;right away&quot; or &quot;immediately&quot;. Also written ''extempore''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex vi termini'''||&quot;from the force of the term&quot;||Thus, &quot;by definition&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex vivo'''||&quot;out of or from life&quot;||Used in reference to the study or assay of living tissue in an artificial environment outside the living organism.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex voto'''||&quot;from the vow&quot;||Thus, in accordance with a promise. An ''ex voto'' is also an offering made in fulfillment of a vow.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[excelsior]]'''||&quot;higher&quot;||&quot;Ever upward!&quot; The [[List of U.S. state mottos|state motto]] of [[New York]]. Also a [[catch phrase]] used by [[Marvel Comics]] head [[Stan Lee]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[exceptio firmat regulam in casibus non exceptis]]''' || &quot;The exception confirms the rule in cases which are not excepted&quot; || A juridical motto which means that [[exception]], as for example during a &quot;[[state of exception]]&quot;, does not put in danger the legitimity of the rule in its globality. In other words, the exception is strictly limited to a particular sphere (see also: &quot;''[[exceptio strictissimi juris est]]''&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''excusatio non petita accusatio manifesta'''||&quot;an excuse that has not been sought is an obvious accusation&quot;||More loosely, &quot;he who excuses himself, accuses himself&quot;&amp;mdash;an unprovoked excuse is a sign of guilt. In [[French language|French]], ''qui s'excuse, s'accuse''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''exeat'''||&quot;let him leave&quot;||A formal leave of absence (cf. ''exit'').<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''exempli gratia &lt;small&gt;(e.g.)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;for the sake of example&quot;||Usually shortened in English to &quot;for example&quot; (see [[citation signal]]). Often confused with ''id est'' &lt;small&gt;(i.e.)&lt;/small&gt;{{ref|egie}}; ''see also: [[e.g. vs. i.e.]]''.&lt;br /&gt;<br /> ''Exempli gratia'', i.e., &quot;for example&quot;, is commonly abbreviated &quot;e.g.&quot;; in this usage it is sometimes followed by a comma, depending on style.{{ref|egiecomma}}<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''exeunt'''||&quot;they leave&quot;||The plural of ''exit''. Also extended to ''exeunt omnes'', &quot;everyone leaves&quot;. See below.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''exit'''||&quot;he leaves&quot;||Commonly used in theatrical stage directions to note where an actor or actress should leave the stage. The plural is ''exeunt''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[experimentum crucis]]'''||&quot;crucial experiment&quot;||Literally &quot;experiment of the [[cross]]&quot;. A decisive test of a scientific theory.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[experto crede]]'''||&quot;trust the expert&quot;||Literally &quot;believe one who has had experience&quot;. An author's aside to the reader.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''expressio unius est exclusio alterius'''||&quot;the expression of the one is the exclusion of the other&quot;||&quot;Mentioning one thing may exclude another thing&quot;. A principle of legal [[statutory interpretation]]: the explicit presence of a thing implies intention to exclude others; e.g., a reference in the Poor Relief Act 1601 to &quot;lands, houses, tithes and coal mines&quot; was held to exclude mines other than coal mines. Sometimes expressed as ''expressum facit cessare tacitum'' (broadly, &quot;the expression of one thing excludes the implication of something else&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[Extra Ecclesiam Nulla Salus]]'''||&quot;No Salvation Outside the Church&quot;||A teaching from [[Roman Catholic Church|Roman Catholic]] theology, referring to [[absolution]], meaning that there can be no salvation in the afterlife unless one is a member of the Church.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Extra omnes'''||&quot;All away&quot;||It is issued by the Master of the Papal Liturgical Celebrations before a session of the [[conclave]] electing a new Pope to signal all people not being a [[Cardinal (Catholicism)|Cardinal]] or part of the authorized staff to leave the [[Sistine Chapel]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''extra territorium jus dicenti impune non paretur'''||&quot;he who administers justice outside of his territory is disobeyed with impunity&quot;||Refers to [[extraterritoriality|extraterritorial]] jurisdiction. Often cited in [[law of the sea]] cases on the [[High Seas|high seas]].<br /> |}&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Notes==<br /> #{{note|doggy}} ''[http://www.harcourtschool.com/activity/pompeii/imagesHTM/Canem.html Cave Canem]''<br /> #{{note|egie}} ''Exempli gratia'' &lt;small&gt;(e.g.)&lt;/small&gt; and ''id est'' &lt;small&gt;(i.e.)&lt;/small&gt; are commonly confused and misused in colloquial English. The former, ''exempli gratia'', means &quot;for example&quot;, and is used before giving examples of something (&quot;I have lots of favorite colors, e.g., blue, green, and hot pink&quot;). The latter, ''id est'', means &quot;that is&quot;, and is used before clarifying the meaning of something, when elaborating, specifying, or explaining rather than when giving examples (&quot;I have lots of favorite colors, i.e., I can't decide on just one&quot;).<br /> #{{note|egiecomma}} American style guides tend to recommend that &quot;e.g.&quot; and &quot;i.e.&quot; should generally be followed by a comma, just as &quot;for example&quot; and &quot;that is&quot; would be; UK style tends to omit the comma. See [http://dictionary.reference.com/help/faq/language/ Dictionary.com] and [http://dictionary.reference.com/help/faq/language/g58.html their discussion of commas] for more information. [http://www.google.com/search?q=comma%20after%20i%2ee%2e Search &quot;comma after i.e.&quot;] for other opinions.<br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> *[[List of Latin phrases]]<br /> *[[List of Latin phrases (F–O)]]<br /> *[[List of Latin phrases (P–Z)]]<br /> *[[List of Latin abbreviations]]<br /> *[[Alphabetic list of translations of Latin phrases]]<br /> <br /> ==References==<br /> *Adeleye, Gabriel G. (1999). ''World Dictionary of Foreign Expressions''. Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers, Inc. ISBN 086516423.<br /> *Stone, Jon R. (1996). ''Latin for the Illiterati''. London &amp; NY: Routledge. ISBN 0415917751.<br /> *{{1728}}<br /> <br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;<br /> [[Category:Latin words and phrases| ]]<br /> <br /> [[it:A fortiori ratione]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=List_of_Latin_phrases_(A)&diff=147255222 List of Latin phrases (A) 2007-07-26T16:29:41Z <p>Eamezaga: /* A */ corrected badly mispelled Spanish translation</p> <hr /> <div>&lt;noinclude&gt;This page lists direct [[English language|English]] [[translation]]s of '''[[Latin]] phrases''', such as ''veni vidi vici'' and ''et cetera''. Some of the phrases are themselves translations of [[List of Greek phrases|Greek phrases]], as [[Greek language|Greek]] rhetoric and literature reached its peak centuries before that of [[Ancient Rome]].<br /> <br /> This list spans letters A to E. See [[List of Latin phrases]] for the main list. See [[List of Latin phrases (F–O)]] and [[List of Latin phrases (P–Z)]] for the rest of the in-depth list.<br /> <br /> &lt;center&gt;<br /> {| border=&quot;0&quot; class=&quot;toccolours&quot;<br /> |-<br /> ! {{MediaWiki:Toc}}<br /> |-<br /> | align=&quot;center&quot; |<br /> [[List of Latin phrases (A–E)#A|A]] [[List of Latin phrases (A–E)#B|B]] [[List of Latin phrases (A–E)#C|C]] [[List of Latin phrases (A–E)#D|D]] [[List of Latin phrases (A–E)#E|E]] [[List of Latin phrases (F–O)#F|F]] [[List of Latin phrases (F–O)#G|G]] [[List of Latin phrases (F–O)#H|H]] [[List of Latin phrases (F–O)#I|I]] [[List of Latin phrases (F–O)#J|J]] [[List of Latin phrases (F–O)#K|K]] [[List of Latin phrases (F–O)#L|L]] [[List of Latin phrases (F–O)#M|M]] [[List of Latin phrases (F–O)#N|N]] [[List of Latin phrases (F–O)#O|O]] [[List of Latin phrases (P–Z)#P|P]] [[List of Latin phrases (P–Z)#Q|Q]] [[List of Latin phrases (P–Z)#R|R]] [[List of Latin phrases (P–Z)#S|S]] [[List of Latin phrases (P–Z)#T|T]] [[List of Latin phrases (P–Z)#U|U]] [[List of Latin phrases (P–Z)#V|V]] __NOTOC__<br /> <br /> [[#top|Top of page]] &amp;mdash; [[#See also|See also]] &amp;mdash; [[#External links|External links]]<br /> |}&lt;/center&gt;&lt;/noinclude&gt;<br /> <br /> == A ==<br /> {| class=&quot;wikitable&quot; style=&quot;border:1px; border: thin solid gold; background-color:#f7f8ff&quot; align=center cellpadding=&quot;7&quot;<br /> |-align=&quot;center&quot; bgcolor=&quot;#e6e9ff&quot;<br /> !width=&quot;150&quot;|Latin!!width=&quot;150&quot;|Translation!!width=&quot;500&quot;|Notes<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''a bene placito'''||&quot;from one who has been pleased well&quot;||Or &quot;at will&quot;, &quot;at one's pleasure&quot;. This phrase, and its [[Italian language|Italian]] ''beneplacito'' and Spanish (''beneplácito'') derivative s, are synonymous with the more common ''ad libitum'' (&quot;at pleasure&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''a caelo usque ad centrum'''||&quot;from the sky to the center&quot;||Or &quot;from heaven all the way to the center of the earth&quot;. In law, can refer to the obsolete ''cuius est solum eius est usque ad coelum et ad inferos'' maxim of property ownership.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''a capite ad calcem'''||&quot;from head to heel&quot;||From top to bottom; all the way through. Equally ''a pedibus usque ad caput''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''a contrario'''||&quot;from the opposite&quot;||Equivalent to &quot;on the contrary&quot; or &quot;''au contraire''&quot;. An ''argumentum a contrario'' is an &quot;argument from the contrary&quot;, an argument or proof by contrast or direct opposite.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''a Deucalione'''||&quot;since [[Deucalion]]&quot;||A long time ago. From [[Gaius Lucilius]] (''Satires'', 6, 284)<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad majorem Dei gloriam'''||&quot;for the greater glory of God&quot;||Motto of the Crusaders, who were Christian knights also the motto of the Jesuit order. Found on the seal of Loyola University Chicago<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''a fortiori'''||&quot;from the stronger&quot;||Loosely, &quot;even more so&quot; or &quot;with even stronger reason&quot;. Often used to lead from a less certain proposition to a more evident corollary.&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''a mari usque ad mare'''||&quot;from sea to sea&quot;||From [[Psalms|Psalm]] 72:8, &quot;''Et dominabitur a mari usque ad mare, et a flumine usque ad terminos terrae''&quot; ([[King James Version of the Bible|KJV]]: &quot;He shall have dominion also from sea to sea, and from the river unto the ends of the earth&quot;). [[List of state mottos|National motto]] of [[Canada]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''a pedibus usque ad caput'''||&quot;from feet to head&quot;||Completely. Similar to the English expressions &quot;from tip to toe&quot; or &quot;from top to toe&quot;. Equally ''a capite ad calcem''. See also ''ab ovo usque ad mala''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''a posse ad esse'''||&quot;from being able to being&quot;||&quot;From possibility to being&quot; or &quot;from being possible to being actual&quot; <br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[a posteriori]]'''||&quot;from the latter&quot;||Based on observation (i.e., [[empirical knowledge]]), the reverse of ''a priori''. Used in mathematics and logic to denote something that is known after a proof has been carried out. In philosophy, used to denote something that can be known from empirical experience.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[A priori and a posteriori (philosophy)|a priori]]'''||&quot;from the former&quot;||Presupposed, the reverse of ''a posteriori''. Used in mathematics and logic to denote something that is known or postulated before a proof has been carried out. In philosophy, used to denote something that can be known without empirical experience. In everyday speech, it denotes something occurring or being known before the event.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''a tergo'''||&quot;from behind&quot;|| used in medical jargon as a replacement term for sodomy.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ab absurdo'''||&quot;from the absurd&quot;||Said of an argument that seeks to prove a statement's validity by pointing out the absurdity of an opponent's position (cf. [[appeal to ridicule]]). Not to be confused with a ''[[reductio ad absurdum]]'', which is usually a valid logical argument.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ab abusu ad usum non valet consequentia'''||&quot;a consequence from an abuse to a use is not valid&quot;||Inferences regarding something's use from its misuse are invalid. Rights abused are still rights (cf. ''abusus non tollit usum'').<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ab aeterno'''||&quot;from the eternal&quot;||Literally, &quot;from the everlasting&quot; or &quot;from eternity&quot;. Thus, &quot;from time immemorial&quot; or &quot;since the beginning of time&quot;. In theology, often indicates something, such as the universe, that was created outside of time.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ab antiquo'''||&quot;from the ancient&quot;||From ancient times.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ab extra]]'''||&quot;from beyond&quot;||A [[List of legal Latin terms|legal term]] meaning &quot;From without&quot;. From external sources, rather than from the self or the mind (''ab intra'').<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ab hinc'''||&quot;from here on&quot;||Often rendered ''abhinc'' (which in Latin means simply &quot;since&quot; or &quot;ago&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ab imo pectore'''||&quot;from the bottom of my heart&quot;||More literally, &quot;from the deepest chest&quot;. Attributed to [[Julius Caesar]]. Can mean &quot;with deepest affection&quot; or &quot;sincerely&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ab inconvenienti'''||&quot;from an inconvenient thing&quot;||[[New Latin]] for &quot;based on unsuitability&quot; or &quot;from inconvenience&quot;. An ''argumentum ab inconvenienti'' is one based on the difficulties involved in pursuing a line of reasoning, and is thus a form of [[appeal to consequences]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ab incunabulis'''||&quot;from the cradle&quot;||Thus, &quot;from the beginning&quot; or &quot;from infancy&quot;. ''Incunabula'' is commonly used in English to refer to the earliest stage or origin of something, and especially to copies of books that predate the spread of the [[printing press]] around AD 1500.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ab initio]]'''||&quot;from the beginning&quot;||In literature, refers to a story told from the beginning rather than ''in medias res'' (from the middle). In [[list of legal terms|law]], refers to something being the case from the start, rather than from when the court declared it so. In science, refers to the [[first principles]]. In other contexts, often refers to beginner or training courses. [[Ab Initio]] is also a software corporation. ''Ab initio mundi'' means &quot;from the beginning of the world&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ab intestato'''||&quot;from an [[intestacy|intestate]]&quot;||From someone who dies with no legal will (cf. ''ex testamento'').<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ab intra'''||&quot;from within&quot;||From the inside. The opposite of ''ab extra''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ab irato'''||&quot;from an angry man&quot;||By a person who is angry. Used in law to describe a decision or action that is detrimental to those it affects and was made based on hatred or anger, rather than on reason. The form ''irato'' is masculine; however, this does not mean it applies only to men, rather 'person' is meant, as the phrase probably elides &quot;homo,&quot; not &quot;vir.&quot;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ab origine'''||&quot;from the source&quot;||From the origin, beginning, source, or commencement&amp;mdash;i.e., &quot;originally&quot;. The source of the word ''[[Indigenous peoples|aboriginal]]''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ab ovo]] usque ad mala'''||&quot;from the egg to the apples&quot;||From [[Horace]], ''Satire'' 1.3. Means &quot;from beginning to end&quot;, based on the [[Roman eating and drinking|Roman main meal]] typically beginning with an egg dish and ending with fruit (cf. the English phrase ''[[soup to nuts]]''). Thus, ''ab ovo'' means &quot;from the beginning&quot;, and can also connote thoroughness.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ab uno disce omnes'''||&quot;from one, learn all&quot;||From Virgil's ''[[Aeneid]]''. Refers to situations where a single example or observation indicates a general or universal truth.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ab urbe condita]] &lt;small&gt;(a.u.c.)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;from the founding of the city&quot;||Refers to the [[founding of Rome]], which occurred in [[750s BC|753 BC]] according to [[Livy]]'s count. Used as a reference point in ancient Rome for establishing dates, before being supplanted by other systems. Also ''anno urbis conditae'' &lt;small&gt;(a.u.c.)&lt;/small&gt; (&quot;in the year that the city was founded&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''absens haeres non erit'''||&quot;an absent person will not be an heir&quot;||In law, refers to the principle that someone who is not present is unlikely to inherit.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''absente reo &lt;small&gt;(abs. re.)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;with the defendant being absent&quot;||In the absence of the accused.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''absit iniuria verbis'''||&quot;let injury by words be absent&quot;||Expresses the wish that no insult or wrong be conveyed by the speaker's words, i.e., &quot;no offense&quot;. Also rendered ''absit injuria verbis''; see also ''absit invidia''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''absit invidia'''||&quot;let ill will be absent&quot;||Although similar to the English expression &quot;no offense&quot;, ''absit invidia'' is not a mere social gesture to avoid causing offense, but also a way to ward off the harm that some people superstitiously believe animosity can cause others. Also extended to ''absit invidia verbo'', meaning &quot;may ill will be absent from the word&quot; (cf. ''absit iniuria verbis'').<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''absit omen'''||&quot;let an [[omen]] be absent&quot;||In other words, &quot;let there not be an omen here&quot;. Expresses the wish that something seemingly ill-boding does not turn out to be an omen for future events, and calls on divine protection against evil.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''absolutum dominium'''||&quot;absolute dominion&quot;||Total power or sovereignty.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''absolvo'''||&quot;I acquit&quot;||A legal term said by a judge acquitting a defendant following a trial.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''abundans cautela non nocet'''||&quot;abundant caution does no harm&quot;||Thus, one can never be too careful; even excessive precautions don't hurt anyone.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''abusus non tollit usum'''||&quot;misuse does not remove use&quot;||An [[axiom]] stating that just because something can be, or has been, abused, does not mean that it must be, or always is. Abuse does not, in itself, justify denial of use<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''accusare nemo se debet nisi coram Deo'''||&quot;no one ought to accuse himself except in the Presence of God&quot;||A legal maxim denoting that any accused person is entitled to make a plea of not guilty, and also that a witness is not obliged to give a response or submit a document that will [[self-incrimination|incriminate himself]]. A very similar phrase is ''nemo tenetur seipsum accusare''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Accipe Hoc '''||&quot;Take that&quot;||Motto of 848 Naval Air Squadron, Royal Navy.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''acta est fabula plaudite'''||&quot;The play has been performed; applaud!&quot;||A common ending to ancient Roman comedies, also claimed by [[Suetonius]] in ''[[Lives of the Twelve Caesars]]'' to have been [[Caesar Augustus]]' last words. Applied by [[Jean Sibelius|Sibelius]] to the third movement of his String Quartet no. 2 so that his audience would realize it was the last one, as a fourth would normally be expected.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''acta non verba'''||&quot;actions, not words&quot;||Motto of the [[United States Merchant Marine Academy]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Acta Sanctorum'''||&quot;Deeds of the [[Saint]]s&quot;||Also used in the singular, ''Acta Sancti'' (&quot;Deeds of the Saint&quot;), preceding a specific Saint's name. A common title of works in [[hagiography]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[actus reus]]'''||&quot;guilty act&quot;||The actual crime that is committed, rather than the intent or thought process leading up to the crime. Thus, the external elements of a crime, as contrasted with ''mens rea'', the internal elements.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad absurdum'''||&quot;to the absurd&quot;||In logic, to the point of being silly or nonsensical. See also ''[[reductio ad absurdum]]''. Not to be confused with ''ab absurdo'' (&quot;from the absurd&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''adaequatio intellectûs nostri cum re'''||&quot;conformity of our minds to the fact&quot;||A phrase used in [[Epistemology]] regarding the nature of understanding.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad abundantiam'''||&quot;to abundance&quot;||In legal language, used when providing additional evidence to an already sufficient collection. Also used commonly, as an equivalent of &quot;as if this wasn't enough&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ad astra (phrase)|ad astra]]'''||&quot;to the stars&quot;||Name or motto (in full or part) of many organizations/publications/etc.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ad astra (phrase)|ad astra per aspera]]'''||&quot;to the stars through difficulty&quot;|| Motto of Kansas, and other organisations.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ad astra (phrase)|ad astra per alia porci]]'''||&quot;to the stars on the wings of a pig&quot;|| A favorite saying of [[John Steinbeck]]. A professor told him that he would be an author when pigs flew. Every book he wrote is printed with this insignia.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ad captandum]] vulgus'''||&quot;in order to court the crowd&quot;||To do something to appeal to the masses. Often used of politicians who make false or insincere promises to appeal to popular interest. An ''argumentum ad captandum'' is an argument designed to please the crowd.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad eundem'''||&quot;to the same&quot;||An [[ad eundem degree|''ad eundem'' degree]], from the Latin ''ad eundem gradum'' (&quot;to the same step&quot; or &quot;to the same degree&quot;), is a courtesy degree awarded by one university or college to an alumnus of another. It is not an honorary degree, but a recognition of the formal learning that earned the degree at another college.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ad fontes]]'''||&quot;to the sources&quot;||A motto of [[Renaissance humanism]]. Also used in the [[Protestant Reformation]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad fundum'''||&quot;to the bottom&quot;||Said during a generic [[toast (honor)|toast]], equivalent to &quot;bottoms up!&quot; In other contexts, generally means &quot;back to the basics&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ad hoc]]'''||&quot;to this&quot;||Generally means &quot;for this&quot;, in the sense of improvised on the spot or designed for only a specific, immediate purpose.&lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;small&gt;&lt;tt&gt;Rather than relying on ''ad hoc'' decisions, we should form a consistent plan for dealing with emergency situations.&lt;/tt&gt;&lt;/small&gt;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ad hominem]]'''||&quot;to the man&quot;||Connotations of &quot;against the man&quot;. Typically used in ''argumentum ad hominem'', a [[logical fallacy]] consisting of criticizing a person when the subject of debate is the person's ideas or argument, on the mistaken assumption that the validity of an argument is to some degree dependent on the qualities of the proponent.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ad honorem]]'''||&quot;to the honor&quot;||Generally means &quot;for the honor&quot;, not seeking any material reward.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ad infinitum]]'''||&quot;to [[infinity]]&quot;||Going on forever. Used to designate a property which repeats in all cases in mathematical proof.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ad interim]] &lt;small&gt;(ad int)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;for the meantime&quot;||As in the term &quot;''chargé d'affaires ad interim''&quot; for a diplomatic officer who acts in place of an ambassador.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad Kalendas Graecas'''||&quot;to the Greek [[Kalends]]&quot;||Attributed by [[Suetonius]] in ''[[Lives of the Twelve Caesars]]'' to [[Caesar Augustus]]. The phrase means &quot;never&quot; and is similar to phrases like &quot;[[when pigs fly]]&quot;. The Kalends (also written ''Calends'') were specific days of the [[Roman calendar]], not of the [[Attic calendar|Greek]], and so the &quot;Greek Kalends&quot; would never occur.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ad libitum]] &lt;small&gt;([[ad lib]])&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;toward pleasure&quot;||Loosely, &quot;according to what pleases&quot; or &quot;as you wish&quot;; ''libitum'' comes from the past [[participle]] of ''libere'', &quot;to please&quot;. It typically indicates in music and theatrical scripts that the performer has the liberty to change or omit something. ''Ad lib'' is specifically often used when someone improvises or ignores limitations.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ad litem]]'''||&quot;to the lawsuit&quot;||A legal term referring to a party appointed by a court to act in a lawsuit on behalf of another party who is deemed incapable of representing himself. An individual who acts in this capacity is called a ''guardian ad litem''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad lucem'''||&quot;to the light&quot;||Motto of the [[University of Lisbon]], [[Withington Girl's School, Manchester]] and [[St. Bartholomew's School, Newbury, UK]]<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ad maiorem Dei gloriam]] &lt;small&gt;(AMDG)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;To the greater glory of God&quot;||Motto of the [[Society of Jesus]] (Jesuits). [[Johann Sebastian Bach]] dedicated all of his work with the abbreviation &quot;AMDG&quot;, and [[Edward Elgar]]'s [[The Dream of Gerontius]] is similarly dedicated. Often rendered ''ad majorem Dei gloriam''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad multos annos'''||&quot;To many years!&quot;||Expresses a wish for a long life. Similar to the English expression &quot;Many happy returns!&quot;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ad nauseam]]'''||&quot;to the point of disgust&quot;||Literally, &quot;to the point of [[nausea]]&quot;. Sometimes used as a humorous alternative to ''ad infinitum''. An ''argumentum ad nauseam'' is a [[logical fallacy]] involving basing one's argument on prolonged repetition, i.e., repeating something so much that people are &quot;sick of it&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad oculos'''||&quot;With your own eyes.&quot;||Meaning &quot;obvious on sight&quot; or &quot;obvious to anyone that sees it&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad pedem litterae'''||&quot;to the foot of the letter&quot;||Thus, &quot;exactly as it is written&quot;. Similar to the English [[idiom]] &quot;to the letter&quot;, meaning &quot;to the last detail&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad perpetuam memoriam'''||&quot;to the perpetual memory&quot;||Generally precedes &quot;of&quot; and a person's name, and is used to wish for someone to be remembered long after death.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad pondus omnium &lt;small&gt;(ad pond om)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;to the weight of all things&quot;||More loosely, &quot;considering everything's weight&quot;. The abbreviation was historically used by physicians and others to signify that the last prescribed ingredient is to weigh as much as all of the previously mentioned ones.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ad quod damnum]]'''||&quot;to what damage&quot;||Meaning &quot;according to the harm&quot; or &quot;in proportion to the harm&quot;. The phrase is used in [[tort law]] as a measure of [[damages]] inflicted, implying that a [[legal remedy|remedy]], if one exists, ought to correspond specifically and only to the damage suffered (cf. ''damnum absque injuria'').<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ad referendum]]&lt;br&gt; &lt;small&gt;(ad ref)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;to that which must be brought back&quot;||Loosely &quot;subject to reference&quot;, meaning that something has been approved provisionally, but must still receive official approval. Not necessarily related to a [[referendum]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad rem'''||&quot;to the matter&quot;||Thus, &quot;to the point&quot;. Without digression.&lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;small&gt;&lt;tt&gt;Thank you for your concise, ''ad rem'' response.&lt;/tt&gt;&lt;/small&gt;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad undas'''||&quot;to the waves&quot;||Equivalent to &quot;to hell&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad usum Delphini'''||&quot;for the use of the ''[[Dauphin of France|Dauphin]]''&quot;||Said of a work that has been expurgated of offensive or improper parts. The phrase originates from editions of Greek and Roman classics which [[Louis XIV of France|Louis XIV]] had [[censorship|censored]] for his heir apparent, the ''Dauphin''. Also rarely ''in usum Delphini'' (&quot;into the use of the ''Dauphin''&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad usum proprium &lt;small&gt;(ad us. propr.)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;for one's own use&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad utrumque paratus'''||&quot;prepared for everything&quot;. || Motto of Lunds University<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad valorem'''||&quot;to the value&quot;||According to an object's value. Used in commerce to refer to [[ad valorem tax]]es, taxes based on the assessed value of real estate or personal property.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad victoriam'''||&quot;to victory&quot;||More commonly translated into &quot;for victory&quot; this is a battlecry of the Romans.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ad vitam aeternam'''||&quot;to [[immortality|eternal life]]&quot;||Also &quot;to life everlasting&quot;. A common Biblical phrase.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''addendum'''||&quot;thing to be added&quot;||An item to be added, especially a supplement to a book. The plural is ''addenda''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''adequatio intellectus et rei'''||&quot;correspondence of the mind and reality&quot;||One of the definitions of the truth. When the mind has the same form as reality, we ''think truth''. Also found as ''adequatio rei et intellectus''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''adsum'''||&quot;I am here&quot;||Equivalent to &quot;Present!&quot; or &quot;Here!&quot; The opposite of ''absum'' (&quot;I am absent&quot;).<br /> |-<br /> |'''adversus solem ne loquitor'''||&quot;Don't speak against the sun&quot;||I.e., don't argue the obvious<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''aegri somnia'''||&quot;a sick man's dreams&quot;||From [[Horace]], ''Ars Poetica'', 7. Loosely, &quot;troubled dreams&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''aequitas'''||&quot;Justice, or equality.&quot;||<br /> |-<br /> |'''aetatis suae'''||&quot;of his own age&quot;||Thus, &quot;at the age of&quot;. Appeared on portraits, gravestones, etc. Sometimes extended to ''anno aetatis suae'' &lt;small&gt;(AAS)&lt;/small&gt;, &quot;in the year of his age&quot;. Sometimes shortened to just ''aetatis'' &lt;small&gt;(aet.)&lt;/small&gt;.&lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;small&gt;&lt;tt&gt;The tomb reads ''Anno 1629 Aetatis Suae 46'' because she died in 1629 at age 46.&lt;/tt&gt;&lt;/small&gt;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[affidavit]]'''||&quot;he asserted&quot;||A legal term from [[Medieval Latin]] referring to a sworn statement. From ''fides'', &quot;faith&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''age quod agis'''||&quot;do what you do&quot;||More literally, &quot;drive what you are driving&quot;. Thus, attend to your business, pay attention to your work, and make sure to do what you are doing well. Motto of Montfort Secondary School, as well as that of [[St. Mark's School]] in [[Southborough, Massachusetts]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[agenda (meeting)|agenda]]'''||&quot;things to be done&quot;||Originally comparable to a [[to-do list]], an ordered list of things to be done. Now generalized to include any planned course of action. The singular, ''agendum'' (&quot;thing that must be done&quot;), is rarely used.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Agnus Dei'''||&quot;[[Lamb of God]]&quot;||Latin translation from [[Gospel of John|John]] 1:36, where [[John the Baptist]] exclaims &quot;Ecce Agnus Dei!&quot; (&quot;Behold the Lamb of God!&quot;) upon seeing [[Jesus]], referring both to a [[lamb]]'s connotations of innocence and to a [[sacrificial lamb]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[alea iacta est]]'''||&quot;the [[die]] is cast&quot;||Said by [[Julius Caesar]] upon crossing the [[Rubicon]] in [[49 BC]], according to [[Suetonius]]. The original meaning was roughly equivalent to the English phrase &quot;the game is afoot&quot;, but its modern meaning, like that of the phrase &quot;[[crossing the Rubicon]]&quot;, denotes passing the [[point of no return]] on a momentous decision and entering into a risky endeavor where the outcome is left to chance.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''alenda lux ubi orta libertas'''||&quot;Let learning be cherished where liberty has arisen.&quot;||The motto of [[Davidson College]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''alias'''||&quot;otherwise&quot;||An assumed name or [[pseudonym]]. Similar to ''alter ego'', but more specifically referring to a name, not to a &quot;second self&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''alibi'''||&quot;elsewhere&quot;||A legal defense where a defendant attempts to show that he was elsewhere at the time a crime was committed.&lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;small&gt;&lt;tt&gt;His alibi is sound; he gave evidence that he was in another city on the night of the murder.&lt;/tt&gt;&lt;/small&gt;<br /> |-<br /> |'''alis aquilae'''||&quot;on eagles wings&quot;||taken from the Book of Isaiah, Chapter 40. &quot;But those who wait for the Lord shall find their strength renewed, they shall mount up on wings like eagles, they shall run and not grow weary, they shall walk and not grow faint.&quot;<br /> |-<br /> |'''alis grave nil'''||&quot;nothing is heavy to those who have wings&quot;|| motto of the Pontifical Catholic University of Rio de Janeiro ([[Pontifícia Universidade Católica do Rio de Janeiro]]- PUC-RIO).<br /> |-<br /> |'''alis volat propris'''||&quot;she flies with her own wings&quot;||[[List of U.S. state mottos|State motto]] of [[Oregon]]. Can also be rendered ''alis volat propriis''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[Aliquantus]]'''||&quot;Rather big&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[Aliquantulus]]'''||&quot;Not that big&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''aliquid stat pro aliquo'''||&quot;something that stands for something else&quot;||A foundational definition for [[semiotics]]<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[alma mater]]'''||&quot;nourishing mother&quot;||Term used for the [[university]] one attends or has attended. Another university term, ''[[matriculation]]'', is also derived from ''mater''. The term suggests that the students are &quot;fed&quot; knowledge and taken care of by the university. The term is also used for a university's traditional school anthem.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[alter ego]]'''||&quot;other I&quot;||Another self, a second [[persona]] or [[pseudonym|alias]]. Can be used to describe different facets or identities of a single character, or different characters who seem representations of the same personality. Often used of a [[fictional character]]'s [[secret identity]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''alterius non sit qui suus esse potest'''||&quot;Let no man belong to another that can belong to himself&quot;||Final sentence from [[Aesop]] ascribed [[fable]] (see also [[Aesop's Fables]]) &quot;[[The Frogs Who Desired a King]]&quot; as appears in the collection commonly known as the &quot;Anonymus Neveleti&quot; (fable &quot;XXIb. De ranis a Iove querentibus regem&quot;). [[Motto]] of [[Paracelsus]]. Usually attributed to [[Cicero]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''alterum non laedere'''||&quot;to not wound another&quot;||One of [[Justinian I]]'s three basic legal precepts.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''alumna''' ''or''&lt;br&gt;'''alumnus'''||&quot;pupil&quot;||Sometimes rendered with the gender-neutral ''[[alumn]]'' or ''alum'' in English. A graduate or former student of a school, college or university. ''Alumna'' (pl. ''alumnae'') is a female pupil, and ''alumnus'' (pl. ''alumni'') is a male pupil&amp;mdash;''alumni'' is generally used for a group of both males and females. The word derives from ''alere'', &quot;to nourish&quot;, a graduate being someone who was raised and taken care of at the school (cf. ''alma mater'').<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[amicus curiae]]'''||&quot;friend of the court&quot;||An adviser, or a person who can obtain or grant access to the favour of powerful group, like a [[Roman Curia]]. In current U.S. legal usage, an ''amicus curiae'' is a third party allowed to submit a legal opinion (in the form of an ''amicus'' brief) to the court.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[amiterre legem terrae]]'''||&quot;to lose the law of the land&quot;||An obsolete legal term signifying the forfeiture of the right of swearing in any court or cause, or to become infamous.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''amor est vitae essentia'''||&quot;love is the essence of life&quot;||As said by Robert B. Mackay, Australian Analyst.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''amor et melle et felle est fecundissmismus'''||&quot;love is rich with both honey and venom&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''amor fati'''||&quot;love of fate&quot;|| Nietzscheian alternative world view to memento mori [remember you must die]. Nietzsche believed amor fati to be more life affirming. <br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''amor omnibus idem'''||&quot;love is the same for all&quot;|| from [[Virgil]]'s [[Georgics]] III.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''amor patriae'''||&quot;love of one's country&quot;||[[Patriotism]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[amor vincit omnia]]'''||&quot;love conquers all&quot;||Written on bracelet worn by the [[The Prioress' Prologue and Tale|Prioress]] in [[Geoffrey Chaucer|Chaucer]]'s ''[[The Canterbury Tales]]''. See also ''veritas omnia vincit'' and ''labor omnia vincit''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''anno &lt;small&gt;(an.)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;in the year&quot;||Also used in such phrases as ''anno urbis conditae'' (see ''ab urbe condita''), ''Anno Domini'', and ''anno regni''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[Anno Domini]] &lt;small&gt;(A.D.)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;in the Year of the Lord&quot;||Short for ''Anno Domini Nostri Iesus Christi'' (&quot;in the Year of Our Lord, Jesus Christ&quot;), the predominantly used system for dating years across the world, used with the [[Gregorian calendar]], and based on the perceived year of the birth of [[Jesus]] [[Christ]]. The years before Jesus' birth were once marked with ''a. C.n'' (''[[Ante Christum Natum]]'', &quot;Before Christ was Born&quot;), but now use the English abbreviation BC (&quot;Before Christ&quot;). &lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;small&gt;&lt;tt&gt;[[Caesar Augustus|Augustus]] was born in the year [[63 BC]], and died AD [[14]].&lt;/tt&gt;&lt;/small&gt;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''anno regni'''||&quot;In the year of the reign&quot;||Precedes &quot;of&quot; and the current ruler.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[Annuit Cœptis]]'''||&quot;He Has Approved the Undertakings&quot;||Motto on the reverse of the [[Great Seal of the United States]] and on the back of the [[U.S. one dollar bill]]. &quot;He&quot; refers to [[God]], and so the official translation given by the U.S. State Department is &quot;He [God] has favored our undertakings&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[annus horribilis]]'''||&quot;horrible year&quot;||A recent pun on ''annus mirabilis'', first used by [[Elizabeth II of the United Kingdom|Queen Elizabeth II]] to describe what a bad year [[1992]] had been for her, and subsequently occasionally used to refer to many other years perceived as &quot;horrible&quot;. In [[Classical Latin]], this phrase would actually mean &quot;terrifying year&quot;. See also ''annus terribilis''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[annus mirabilis]]'''||&quot;wonderful year&quot;||Used particularly to refer to the years [[1665]]&amp;ndash;[[1666]], during which [[Isaac Newton]] made revolutionary inventions and discoveries in calculus, motion, optics and gravitation. ''[[Annus Mirabilis (poem)|Annus Mirabilis]]'' is also the title of a poem by [[John Dryden]] written in the same year. It has since been used to refer to other years, especially to [[1905]], when [[Albert Einstein]] made equally revolutionary discoveries concerning the photoelectric effect, Brownian motion and the special theory of relativity. ''(See [[Annus Mirabilis Papers]])''<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''annus terribilis'''||&quot;dreadful year&quot;||Used to describe [[1348]], the year the [[Black Death]] began to afflict Europe.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[antebellum|ante bellum]]'''||&quot;before the war&quot;||As in &quot;''[[status quo]] ante bellum''&quot;, &quot;as it was before the war&quot;. Commonly used in the [[Southern United States]] as ''antebellum'' to refer to the period preceding the [[American Civil War]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ante cibum &lt;small&gt;(a.c.)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;before food&quot;||[[Medical prescription#Appendix 1: Complete list of abbreviations|Medical shorthand]] for &quot;before meals&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ante litteram'''||&quot;before the letter&quot;||Said of an expression or term that describes something which existed before the phrase itself was introduced or became common.&lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;small&gt;&lt;tt&gt;[[Alan Turing]] was a computer scientist ''ante litteram'', since the field of &quot;[[computer science]]&quot; was not yet recognized in Turing's day.&lt;/tt&gt;&lt;/small&gt;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ante meridiem &lt;small&gt;(a.m.)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;before midday&quot;||The period from [[midnight]] to [[noon]] (cf. ''post meridiem'').<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ante mortem'''||&quot;before death&quot;||See ''post mortem'' (&quot;after death&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ante prandium &lt;small&gt;(a.p.)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;before [[lunch]]&quot;||Used on pharmaceutical prescriptions to denote &quot;before a meal&quot;. Less common is ''post prandium'', &quot;after lunch&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''apparatus criticus'''||&quot;critical apparatus&quot;||Textual notes. A list of other readings relating to a document, especially in a scholarly edition of a text.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''aqua &lt;small&gt;(aq.)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;water&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''aqua fortis'''||&quot;strong water&quot;||Refers to [[nitric acid]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''aqua pura'''||&quot;pure water&quot;||Or &quot;clear water&quot;, &quot;clean water&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[aqua regia]]'''||&quot;royal water&quot;||refers to a mixture of [[hydrochloric acid]] and [[nitric acid]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[aqua vitae]]'''||&quot;water of life&quot;||&quot;Spirit of Wine&quot; in many English texts. Used to refer to various native [[distilled beverage]]s, such as [[whisky]] in Scotland and Ireland, [[gin]] in Holland, [[brandy]] (''eau de vie'') in France, and [[akvavit]] in Scandinavia.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''arbiter elegantiarum'''||&quot;judge of tastes&quot;||One who prescribes, rules on, or is a recognized authority on matters of social behavior and taste. Said of [[Petronius]]. Also rendered ''arbiter elegentiae'' (&quot;judge of a taste&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''arcus senilis'''||&quot;senile bow&quot;||An opaque circle around the [[cornea]] of the eye, often seen in elderly people.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''arguendo'''||&quot;for arguing&quot;||For the sake of argument. Said when something is done purely in order to discuss a matter or illustrate a point.&lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;small&gt;&lt;tt&gt;Let us assume, ''arguendo'', that your claim is correct.&lt;/tt&gt;&lt;/small&gt;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''argumentum'''||&quot;argument&quot;||Or &quot;reasoning&quot;, &quot;inference&quot;, &quot;appeal&quot;, &quot;proof&quot;. The plural is ''argumenta''. Commonly used in the names of [[logical argument]]s and [[logical fallacy|fallacies]], preceding phrases such as ''[[argument from silence|a silentio]]'' (&quot;by silence&quot;), ''[[appeal to tradition|ad antiquitatem]]'' (&quot;to antiquity&quot;), ''[[argumentum ad baculum|ad baculum]]'' (&quot;to the stick&quot;), ''[[ad captandum]]'' (&quot;to capturing&quot;), ''[[appeal to consequences|ad consequentiam]]'' (&quot;to the consequence&quot;), ''[[argumentum ad crumenam|ad crumenam]]'' (&quot;to the purse&quot;), ''[[ad hominem|ad feminam]]'' (&quot;to the woman&quot;), ''[[ad hominem]]'' (&quot;to the person&quot;), ''[[argument from ignorance|ad ignorantiam]]'' (&quot;to ignorance&quot;), ''ad judicium'' (&quot;to judgment&quot;), ''[[argumentum ad lazarum|ad lazarum]]'' (&quot;to poverty&quot;), ''[[argument from fallacy|ad logicam]]'' (&quot;to logic&quot;), ''[[appeal to fear|ad metum]]'' (&quot;to fear&quot;), ''[[appeal to pity|ad misericordiam]]'' (&quot;to pity&quot;), ''[[ad nauseam]]'' (&quot;to nausea&quot;), ''[[appeal to novelty|ad novitatem]]'' (&quot;to novelty&quot;), ''[[ad hominem#ad hominem abusive|ad personam]]'' (&quot;to the character&quot;), ''[[argumentum ad populum|ad numerum]]'' (&quot;to the number&quot;), ''[[appeal to spite|ad odium]]'' (&quot;to spite&quot;), ''[[argumentum ad populum|ad populum]]'' (&quot;to the people&quot;), ''[[middle ground|ad temperantiam]]'' (&quot;to moderation&quot;), ''[[appeal to authority|ad verecundiam]]'' (&quot;to reverence&quot;), ''[[argument from silence|ex silentio]]'' (&quot;from silence&quot;), and ''[[appeal to fear|in terrorem]]'' (&quot;into terror&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ars celare artem'''||&quot;art [is] to conceal art&quot;||An aesthetic ideal that good art should appear natural rather than contrived.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ars gratia artis'''||&quot;[[art for art's sake]]&quot;||Translated into Latin from [[Baudelaire]]'s &quot;''L'art pour l'art''&quot;. Motto of [[Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ars longa vita brevis'''||&quot;art is long, life is short&quot;||The Latin translation by [[Horace]] of a phrase from [[Hippocrates]], often used out of context. The &quot;art&quot; referred to in the original aphorism was the craft of medicine, which took a lifetime to acquire.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''asinus asinum fricat'''||&quot;the jackass rubs the jackass&quot;||Used to describe two people lavishing excessive praise on one another.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''audax at fidelis'''||&quot;bold but faithful&quot;||[[List of state mottos|Motto]] of [[Queensland]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''audeamus'''||&quot;let us dare&quot;||Motto of [[Otago University Students' Association]], a direct response to the university's motto of ''[[sapere aude]]'' (&quot;dare to be wise&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[audemus jura nostra defendere]]'''||&quot;we dare to defend our rights&quot;||[[List of U.S. state mottos|State motto]] of [[Alabama]], adopted in 1923. Translated into Latin from a paraphrase of the stanza &quot;Men who their duties know / But know their rights, and knowing, dare maintain&quot; from the poem &quot;What Constitutes a State?&quot; by 18th-century author William Jones.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''audentes fortuna iuvat'''||&quot;fortune favors the bold&quot;||From [[Virgil]], ''[[Aeneid]]'' X, 284 (where the first word is in the archaic form ''audentis''). Allegedly the last words of [[Pliny the Elder]] before he left the docks at [[Pompeii]] to rescue people from the eruption of [[Mount Vesuvius|Vesuvius]] in 79. Often quoted as ''audaces fortuna iuvat''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''audere est facere'''||&quot;to dare is to do&quot;||The motto of [[Tottenham Hotspur Football Club]], the famous professional Association Football (soccer) team based in [[London]], [[England]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[audi alteram partem]]'''||&quot;hear the other side&quot;||A legal principle of fairness. Also worded as ''audiatur et altera pars'' (&quot;let the other side be heard too&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[audio hostem]]'''||&quot;I hear the enemy&quot;||Motto of 845 NACS Royal Navy<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''aurea mediocritas'''||&quot;[[golden mean]]&quot;||From [[Horace]]'s ''Odes'' II, 10. Refers to the ethical goal of reaching a virtuous middle ground between two sinful extremes. The [[golden mean (philosophy)|golden mean concept]] is common to many philosophers, chiefly [[Aristotle]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''auri sacra fames'''||&quot;accursed hunger for gold&quot;||From [[Virgil]], [[Aeneid]] 3,57. Later quoted by [[Seneca the Younger|Seneca]] as &quot;''quod non mortalia pectora coges, auri sacra fames''&quot;: &quot;What aren't you able to bring men to do, miserable hunger for gold!&quot;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''auribus teneo lupum'''||&quot;I hold a wolf by the ears&quot;||A common ancient proverb, this version from [[Terence]]. Indicates that one is in a dangerous situation where both holding on and letting go could be deadly. A modern version is &quot;To have a tiger by the tail.&quot;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''aurora australis'''||&quot;southern dawn&quot;||The [[aurora australis|Southern Lights]], an [[aurora (astronomy)|aurora]] that appears in the [[Southern Hemisphere]]. It is less well-known than the Northern Lights, or ''aurorea borealis''. The ''[[Aurora Australis (icebreaker)|Aurora Australis]]'' is also the name of an Antarctic [[icebreaker]] ship.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''aurora borealis'''||&quot;northern dawn&quot;||The Northern Lights, an [[aurora (astronomy)|aurora]] that appears in the [[Northern Hemisphere]]. <br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''aut Caesar aut nihil'''||&quot;either [[Caesar (title)|Caesar]] or nothing&quot;||Indicates that the only valid possibility is to be [[emperor]], or a similarly prominent position. More generally, &quot;all or nothing&quot;. Adopted by [[Cesare Borgia]] as a personal motto.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''aut concilio aut ense'''||&quot;either by meeting or by the sword&quot;||Thus, either through reasoned discussion or through war. A former [[List of state mottos|motto]] of [[Chile]], replaced by ''post tenebras lux''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''aut pax aut bellum'''||&quot;either peace or war&quot;||The motto of the [[Clan Gunn|Gunn Clan]]. <br /> |-<br /> |'''aut vincere aut mori'''||&quot;either to conquer or to die&quot;||A general pledge of &quot;[[victory or death]]&quot; (cf. ''victoria aut mors'').<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ave atque vale'''||&quot;Hail and farewell!&quot;||From [[Catullus]], ''carmen'' 101, addressed to his deceased brother.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ave Caesar morituri te salutant'''||&quot;Hail, [[Caesar (title)|Caesar]]! The ones who are about to die salute you!&quot;||From [[Suetonius]]' ''[[Lives of the Twelve Caesars]]'', ''Claudius'' 21. The traditional greeting of gladiators prior to battle. ''morituri'' is also translated as &quot;we who are about to die&quot; based on the context in which it was spoken, and this translation is sometimes aided by changing the Latin to ''nos morituri te salutamus''. Also rendered with ''[[imperator]]'' instead of ''Caesar''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ave Europa nostra vera Patria'''||&quot;Hail, Europe, our true Fatherland!&quot;||[[Anthem]] of [[International Paneuropean Union|Pan-Europeanists]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[Ave Maria]]'''||&quot;[[Hail Mary|Hail, Mary]]&quot;||A [[Roman Catholic Church|Roman Catholic]] prayer to [[Mary, the mother of Jesus]].<br /> |}<br /> <br /> == B ==<br /> {| class=&quot;wikitable&quot; style=&quot;border:1px; border: thin solid gold; background-color:#f7f8ff&quot; align=center cellpadding=&quot;7&quot;<br /> |-align=&quot;center&quot; bgcolor=&quot;#e6e9ff&quot;<br /> !width=&quot;150&quot;|Latin!!width=&quot;150&quot;|Translation!!width=&quot;500&quot;|Notes<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Beata Virgo Maria &lt;small&gt;(BVM)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;[[Blessed Virgin Mary]]&quot;||A common name in the [[Roman Catholic Church]] for [[Mary, the mother of Jesus]]. The [[genitive case|genitive]], ''Beatae Mariae Virginis'', occurs often as well, appearing with such words as ''horae'' (&quot;hours&quot;), ''litaniae'' (&quot;[[litany]]&quot;) and ''[[officium]]'' (&quot;office&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''beatae memoriae'''||&quot;of blessed memory&quot;||See ''in memoriam''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''beati pauperes spiritu'''||&quot;Blessed in spirit [are] the poor.&quot;||[[Vulgate]], {{bibleref|Matthew|5:3}}. The full quote is &quot;''beati pauperes spiritu quoniam ipsorum est regnum caelorum''&quot; (&quot;Blessed in spirit [are] the poor, for theirs is the kingdom of the heavens&quot; - one of the [[Beatitudes]]).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''beati possidentes'''||&quot;blessed [are] those who possess&quot;||Translated from [[Euripides]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''beatus homo qui invenit sapentiam'''||&quot;blessed is the man who finds wisdom&quot;||Motto of Gymnasium Apeldoorn<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''bella gerant alii'''||&quot;let others wage war&quot;||Originally from the [[Habsburg]] marriages of 1477 and 1496, written as ''bella gerant alii tu felix Austria nube'' (&quot;let others wage war; you, fortunate Austria, marry&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[bellum omnium contra omnes]]'''||&quot;war of all against all&quot;||A phrase used by [[Thomas Hobbes]] to describe the [[state of nature]]. <br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''bis dat qui cito dat'''||&quot;he gives twice, who gives promptly&quot;||Thus haste is itself a gift.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''bis in die &lt;small&gt;(bid)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;twice in a day&quot;||[[Medical prescription#Appendix 1: Complete list of abbreviations|Medical shorthand]] for &quot;twice a day&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''bona fide'''||&quot;in [[good faith]]&quot;||In other words, &quot;well-intentioned&quot;, &quot;fairly&quot;. In modern contexts, often has connotations of &quot;genuinely&quot; or &quot;sincerely&quot;. ''Bona fides'' is not the plural (which would be ''bonis fidebus''), but the [[nominative case|nominative]], and means simply &quot;good faith&quot;. Opposite of ''mala fide''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''bona notabilia'''||— ||In law, if a person dying has goods, or good debts, in another diocese or jurisdiction within that province, besides his goods in the diocese where he dies, amounting to a certain minimum value, he is said to have ''bona notabilia''; in which case, the probat of his will belongs to the archbishop of that province.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''bona officia'''||&quot;good services&quot;||A nation's offer to mediate in disputes between two other nations.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''bona patria'''||— ||A jury or assize of countrymen, or good neighbors.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''bona vacantia'''||&quot;vacant goods&quot; ||United Kingdom legal term for ownerless property that passes to [[The Crown]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''boni pastoris est tondere pecus non deglubere'''||&quot;It is of a good shepherd to shear his flock, not to flay them.&quot;||[[Tiberius]] reportedly said this to his regional commanders, as a warning against taxing the populace excessively.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''bonum commune communitatis'''||&quot;common good of the community&quot;||Or &quot;general welfare&quot;. Refers to what benefits a society, as opposed to ''bonum commune hominis'', which refers to what is good for an individual.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''bonum commune hominis'''||&quot;common good of a man&quot;||Refers to an individual's happiness, which is not &quot;common&quot; in that it serves everyone, but in that individuals tend to be able to find happiness in similar things.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''busillis'''||&amp;mdash;||[[Dog Latin|Pseudo-Latin]] meaning &quot;baffling puzzle&quot; or &quot;difficult point&quot;. [[John of Cornwall]] (ca. [[1170]]) was once asked by a scribe what the word meant. It turns out that the original text said ''in diebus illis magnis plenæ'' (&quot;in those days there were plenty of great things&quot;), which the scribe misread as ''indie busillis magnis plenæ'' (&quot;in India there were plenty of large ''busillis''&quot;).<br /> |}<br /> <br /> ==C==<br /> {| class=&quot;wikitable&quot; style=&quot;border:1px; background-color:#f7f8ff&quot; align=center cellpadding=&quot;7&quot;<br /> !width=&quot;150&quot;|Latin!!width=&quot;150&quot;|Translation!!width=&quot;500&quot;|Notes<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cacoethes scribendi'''||&quot;bad habit of writing&quot;||From [[Satires of Juvenal]]. An insatiable urge to write. [[Hypergraphia]]<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cadavera vero innumera'''||&quot;truly countless bodies&quot;||Used by the Romans to describe the aftermath of the [[Battle of the Catalaunian Fields]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''calix meus inebrians'''||&quot;my cup makes me drunk&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[camera obscura]]'''||&quot;dark chamber&quot;||An optical device used in drawing, and an ancestor of modern [[photography]]. The source of the word ''[[camera]]''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[Canes Pugnaces]]'''||[[War dog|War Dog]]s or [[List of dog fighting breeds|Fighting Dogs]]||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[Canis Canem Edit]]'''||&quot;Dog Eats Dog&quot;||Refers to a situation where nobody is safe from anybody, each man for himself. <br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''caput inter nubila (condit)'''||&quot;head in the clouds&quot;|| So aggrandized as to be beyond practical (earthly) reach or understanding (from [[Virgil]]'s [[Aeneid]] and the shorter form appears in [[John Locke]]'s ''Two Treatises of Government'') <br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[carpe diem]]'''||&quot;seize the day&quot;||An exhortation to live for today. From [[Horace]], ''Odes'' I, 11.8. By far the most common translation is &quot;seize the day,&quot; though ''carpere'' normally means something more like &quot;pluck,&quot; and the allusion here is to picking flowers.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''carpe noctem'''||&quot;seize the night&quot;||An exhortation to make good use of the night, often used when ''carpe diem'', q.v., would seem absurd, e.g., when observing a [[deep sky object]] or conducting a [[Messier marathon]]. <br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[Carthago delenda est]]'''||&quot;Carthage must be destroyed&quot;||From Roman senator [[Cato the Elder]], who ended every speech of his between the second and third [[Punic Wars]] with ''ceterum censeo Carthaginem esse delendam'', literally &quot;For the rest, I am of the opinion that Carthage is to be destroyed.&quot; Other translations include &quot;In conclusion, I declare that Carthage must be destroyed.&quot; and &quot;Furthermore, I move for Carthage to be destroyed.&quot;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[casus belli]]'''||&quot;event of war&quot;||Refers to an incident that is the justification or cause for war.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''causa mortis'''||&quot;cause of death&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cave'''||&quot;beware!&quot;|| especially used by [[doctor of medicine|doctors of medicine]], when they want to warn each other (e. g.: &quot;cave [[nephrolithiases]]&quot; in order to warn about side effects of an [[uricosuric]]).||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cave canem'''||&quot;beware of dog&quot;||Found written on a floor mosaic depicting a dog, at the entrance of a Roman house excavated at [[Pompeii]].{{ref|doggy}} Also interpreted as &quot;tooth of the dog&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |-<br /> |'''cave laborem'''||&quot;beware of work&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[caveat emptor]]'''||&quot;let the buyer beware&quot;||The purchaser is responsible for checking whether the goods suit his need.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[caveat lector]]'''||&quot;let the reader beware&quot;||Used when the writer does not vouch for the accuracy of a text. Probably a recent alteration of ''caveat emptor''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''caveat venditor'''||&quot;let the seller beware&quot;||The person selling goods is responsible for providing information about the goods to the purchaser.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Cedant arma togae'''||&quot;let arms yield to the gown&quot;||See [[Toga]], [[:it:Cedant arma togae]]<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''celerius quam asparagi cocuntur'''||&quot;more swiftly than [[asparagus]] is cooked&quot;||Or simply &quot;faster than cooking asparagus&quot;. A variant of the Roman phrase ''velocius quam asparagi coquantur'', using a different adverb and an alternate mood and spelling of ''[[wikt:coquere|coquere]]''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cepi corpus'''||&quot;I got the body&quot;||In law, it is a return made by the sheriff, upon a ''capias'', or other process to the like purpose; signifying, that he has taken the body of the party.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''certum est quod certum reddi potest'''||&quot;It is certain if it is capable of being rendered certain&quot;||Often used in law when something is not known, but can be ascertained (eg. the purchase price on a sale which is to be determined by a third-party valuer)<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cessante ratione legis cessat ipsa lex'''||&quot;When the reason for the law ceases, the law itself ceases.&quot;||A rule of law becomes ineffective when the reason for its application has ceased to exist or does not correspond to the reality anymore.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cetera desunt'''||&quot;the rest are missing&quot;|| The rest is missing<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ceteris paribus]]'''||&quot;with other things equal&quot;||Idiomatically translated as &quot;all other things being equal&quot;. A phrase which rules out outside changes interfering with a situation.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''charta pardonationis se defendendo'''|| &quot;a paper of pardon to him who defended himself&quot; || The form of a pardon for killing another man in self-defence. (see [[manslaughter]])<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''charta pardonationis utlagariae'''|| &quot;a paper of pardon to the outlaw&quot; || The form of a pardon of a man who is [[outlaw]]ed. Also called '''''perdonatio utlagariae'''''.<br /> |-<br /> <br /> |'''Christo et Doctrinae'''||&quot;For [[Christ]] and Learning&quot;||The motto of [[Furman University]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Christus Rex'''||&quot;[[Christ]] the King&quot;||A Christian title for [[Jesus]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[circa]] &lt;small&gt;(c.)&lt;/small&gt;''' ''or'' '''&lt;small&gt;(ca.)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;around&quot;||In the sense of &quot;approximately&quot; or &quot;about&quot;. Usually used of a date.&lt;br&gt;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''circulus vitiosus'''||&quot;[[vicious circle]]&quot;||In logic, [[begging the question]], a [[logical fallacy|fallacy]] involving the presupposition of a proposition in one of the premises (see ''petitio principii''). In science, a [[positive feedback]] loop. In economics, a counterpart to the [[virtuous circle and vicious circle|virtuous circle]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''citius altius fortius'''||&quot;faster, higher, stronger&quot;||Motto of the modern [[Olympic Games|Olympics]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Clamea admittenda in itinere per atturnatum'''|| ||A writ whereby the king of England could command the justice in [[eyre]] to admit one's claim by an attorney, who being employed in the king's service, cannot come in person.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''clausum fregit'''|| ||An action of tresspass; thus called, by reason the writ demands the person summoned to answer to ''wherefore he broke the close'' ''(quare clausum fregit)'', i.e. why he committed such a trespass.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''claves Sancti Petri'''||&quot;the keys of [[Saint Peter]]&quot;||A symbol of the [[Pope|Papacy]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''clerico admittendo'''||&quot;about to be made a clerk&quot;||In law, a writ directed to the bishop, for the admitting a clerk to a benefice upon a ''ne admittas'', tried, and found for the party who procures the writ.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''clerico capto per statutum mercatorum'''||||In law, a writ for the delivery of a clerk out of prison, who is imprisoned upon the breach of statute merchant.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''clerico convicto commisso gaolae in defectu ordinarii deliberando'''||||In law, a writ for the delivery of a clerk to his ordinary, that was formerly convicted of felony; by reason that his ordinary did not challenge him according to the privilege of clerks.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''clerico intra sacros ordines constituto non eligendo in officium'''||||In law, a writ directed to the bailiffs, etc, that have thrust a [[bailiwick]] or [[beadleship]] upon one in holy orders; charging them to release him.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Codex Iuris Canonici'''||&quot;Book of [[canon law|Canon Law]]&quot;||The official code of canon law in the [[Roman Catholic Church]] (cf. ''Corpus Iuris Canonici'').<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[cogito ergo sum]]'''||&quot;I think, therefore I am.&quot;||A [[rationalism|rationalistic]] argument used by French philosopher [[René Descartes]] to attempt to prove his own existence.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[coitus interruptus]]'''||&quot;interrupted congress&quot;||Aborting [[sexual intercourse]] prior to [[ejaculation]]&amp;mdash;the only permitted form of [[birth control]] in some religions.<br /> |-<br /> |'''communibus annis'''|| &quot;in common years&quot; ||One year with another; on an average. &quot;Common&quot; here does not mean &quot;ordinary,&quot; but &quot;common to every situation&quot;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''communibus locis'''|| &quot;in common places&quot; ||A term frequently used among philosophical and other writers, implying some medium, or mean relation between several places; one place with another; on a medium. &quot;Common&quot; here does not mean &quot;ordinary,&quot; but &quot;common to every situation&quot;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''communis opinio'''||&quot;generally accepted view&quot;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[compos mentis]]'''||&quot;in control of the mind&quot;||Describes someone of sound mind. Sometimes used ironically. Also a legal principle, ''[[non compos mentis]]'' (&quot;not in control of one's faculties&quot;), used to describe an insane person.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''concordia cum veritate'''||&quot;in harmony with truth&quot;||Motto of the [[University of Waterloo]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''concordia salus'''||&quot;salvation through harmony&quot;||Motto of [[Montreal]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''condemnant quod non intellegunt'''||&quot;They condemn what they do not understand&quot; or &quot;They condemn because they do not understand&quot; (the ''quod'' is ambiguous)||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''condicio sine qua non'''||&quot;condition without which not&quot;||A required, indispensable condition. Commonly mistakenly rendered with ''conditio'' (&quot;seasoning&quot; or &quot;preserving&quot;) in place of ''condicio''(&quot;arrangement&quot; or &quot;condition&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''confer &lt;small&gt;([[cf.]])&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;bring together&quot;||Thus, &quot;compare&quot;. Used as an abbreviation in text to recommend a comparison with another thing (cf. [[citation signal]]).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Confoederatio Helvetica &lt;small&gt;(C.H.)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;[[Helvetia]]n Confederation&quot;||The official name of [[Switzerland]], hence the use of &quot;CH&quot; for its [[ISO 3166-1 alpha-2|ISO country code]], &quot;.ch&quot; for its [[Top-level domain|Internet domain]], and &quot;CHF&quot; for the ISO three-letter abbreviation of its currency, the Swiss franc.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''coniunctis viribus'''||&quot;with connected strength&quot;||Or &quot;with united powers&quot;. Sometimes rendered ''conjunctis viribus''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Consuetudo pro lege servatur'''||&quot;Custom is kept before the law&quot;||An inconsistently applied maxim. See also ''consuetudo est altera lex'' (custom is another law) and ''consuetudo vincit communem legem'' (custom overrules the common law)<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''consummatum est'''||&quot;It is completed.&quot;||The last words of [[Jesus]] on the [[crucifixion|cross]] in the Latin translation of [[Gospel of John|John]] 19:30.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''contemptus saeculi'''||&quot;scorn for the times&quot;||Despising the [[secularism|secular]] world. The [[monastic order|monk]] or [[philosopher]]'s rejection of a mundane life and worldly values.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[contradictio in terminis]]'''||&quot;[[oxymoron|contradiction in terms]]&quot;||A word that makes itself impossible<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''contraria contrariis curantur''' || &quot;the opposite is cured with the opposite&quot; || First formulated by [[Hippocrates]] to suggest that the diseases are cured with contrary remedies. Antonym of '''Similia similibus curantur''' (the diseases are recovered with similar remedies. )<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''contra bonos mores'''||&quot;against good morals&quot;||Offensive to the conscience and to a sense of justice.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''contra legem'''||&quot;against the law&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cor ad cor loquitur'''||&quot;heart speaks to heart&quot;||From [[Augustine of Hippo|Augustine]]'s ''[[Confessions (St. Augustine)|Confessions]]'', referring to a prescribed method of prayer: having a &quot;heart to heart&quot; with God. Commonly used in reference to a later quote by [[John Henry Cardinal Newman]]. A motto of Newman Clubs.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cor meum tibi offero domine prompte et sincere'''||&quot;my heart I offer to you Lord promptly and sincerely&quot;||motto of [[Calvin College]]<br /> |-<br /> |'''coram Deo'''||&quot;in the Presence of God&quot;||A phrase from [[Christian theology]] which summarizes the idea of [[Christian]]s living in the Presence of, under the authority of, and to the honor and glory of [[God]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''coram populo'''||&quot;in the presence of the people&quot;||Thus, openly.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[Blessed Sacrament|Corpus Christi]]'''||&quot;Body of Christ&quot;||The name of a [[Corpus Christi (feast)|feast]] in the [[Roman Catholic Church]] commemorating the [[Eucharist]]. It is also the name of a city in Texas, [[Corpus Christi, Texas]], and a controversial [[Corpus Christi (play)|play]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[corpus delicti]]'''||&quot;body of the offence&quot;||The fact that a crime has been committed, a necessary factor in convicting someone of having committed that crime; if there was no crime, there can not have been a criminal.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Corpus Iuris Canonici'''||&quot;Body of [[canon law|Canon Law]]&quot;||The official compilation of canon law in the [[Roman Catholic Church]] (cf. ''Codex Iuris Canonici'').<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[Corpus Iuris Civilis]]'''||&quot;Body of Civil Law&quot;||The body of [[Roman law|Roman]] or [[Civil law (legal system)|civil law]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[corpus vile]]'''||&quot;worthless body&quot;||A person or thing fit only to be the object of an experiment.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''corrigenda'''||&quot;things to be corrected&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''corruptio optimi pessima'''||&quot;the corruption of the best is the worst&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''corruptus in extremis'''||&quot;the extreme corruption&quot;||Motto of the fictional Springfield Mayor Office in [[The Simpsons]] TV-Show||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Corruptissima re publica plurimae leges'''||&quot;When the republic is at its most corrupt the laws are most numerous&quot;--Tacitus||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''credo quia absurdum est'''||&quot;I believe it because it is absurd&quot;||A very common misquote of [[Tertullian]]'s ''et mortuus est Dei Filius prorsus credibile quia ineptum est'' (&quot;and the Son of God is dead: in short, it is credible because it is unfitting&quot;), meaning that it is so absurd to say that God's son has died that it would have to be a matter of belief, rather than reason. The misquoted phrase, however, is commonly used to mock the [[dogmatism|dogmatic]] beliefs of the religious (see [[fideism]]). This phrase is commonly shortened to ''credo quia absurdum'', and is also sometimes rendered ''credo quia impossibile est'' (&quot;I believe it because it is impossible&quot;)or, as Darwin used it in his autobiography, ''credo quia incredibile''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''crescamus in Illo per omina'''||&quot;May we grow in Him through all things&quot;||Motto of [[Cheverus High School]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''crescat scientia vita excolatur'''||&quot;let knowledge grow, let life be enriched&quot;||Motto of the [[University of Chicago]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[crescit eundo]]'''||&quot;it grows as it goes&quot;||[[List of U.S. state mottos|State motto]] of [[New Mexico]], adopted in 1887 as the territory's motto, and kept in 1912 when New Mexico received statehood. Originally from [[Lucretius]]' ''[[On The Nature of Things]]'' book VI, where it refers in context to the motion of a [[lightning|thunderbolt]] across the sky, which acquires power and momentum as it goes.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[cui bono]]'''||&quot;Good for whom?&quot;||&quot;Who benefits?&quot; An [[adage]] in criminal investigation which suggests that considering who would benefit from an unwelcome event is likely to reveal who is responsible for that event (cf. ''cui prodest''). Also the motto of the [[Crime Syndicate|Crime Syndicate of America]], a fictional supervillian group. The opposite is ''cui malo'' (&quot;Bad for whom?&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cui prodest'''||&quot;for whom it advances&quot;||Short for ''cui prodest scelus is fecit'' (&quot;for whom the crime advances, he has done it&quot;) in [[Seneca the Younger|Seneca]]'s ''Medea''. Thus, the murderer is often the one who gains by the murder (cf. ''cui bono'').<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[cuius est solum eius est usque ad coelum et ad inferos]]'''||&quot;Whose the land is, all the way to the sky and to the [[underworld]] is his.&quot;||First coined by Accursius of Bologna in the 13th century. A [[Roman law|Roman legal]] principle of [[property law]] that is no longer observed in most situations today. Less literally, &quot;For whosoever owns the soil, it is theirs up to the sky and down to the depths.&quot;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[cuius regio, eius religio]]'''||&quot;whose region, his religion&quot;||The privilege of a ruler to choose the religion of his subjects. A regional prince's ability to choose his people's religion was established at the [[Peace of Augsburg]] in 1555.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Cuiusvis hominis est errare, nullius nisi insipientis in errore perseverare.'''||&quot;Anyone can err, but only the fool persists in his fault.&quot; || — Marcus Tullius Cicero, Philippica XII, ii, 5<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''culpa'''||&quot;fault&quot;||Also &quot;blame&quot; or &quot;[[guilt]]&quot;. In law, an act of neglect. In general, guilt, sin, or a fault. See also ''[[mea culpa]]''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cum gladiis et fustibus'''||&quot;with swords and clubs&quot;||From the Bible. Occurs in {{bibleref|Matthew|26:47}} and [[Gospel of Luke|Luke]] 22:52.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cum gladio et sale'''||&quot;with sword and salt&quot;||Motto of a well-paid soldier. See [[salary]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cum grano salis'''||&quot;with a [[grain of salt]]&quot;||Not to be taken too seriously or as the literal truth.&lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;small&gt;Yes, the brochure made it sound great, but such claims should be taken ''cum grano salis''.&lt;/small&gt;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cum laude'''||&quot;with praise&quot;||The standard formula for academic [[Latin honors]] in the United States. Greater honors include ''magna cum laude'' and ''summa cum laude''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[cum mortuis in lingua mortua]]'''||&quot;with the dead in a dead language&quot;||Movement from '''[[Pictures at an Exhibition]]''' by [[Modest Mussorgsky]]||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cura personalis'''||&quot;care for the whole person&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[cura te ipsum]]'''||&quot;take care of your own self&quot;||An exhortation to [[physician]]s, or experts in general, to deal with their own problems before addressing those of others.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cur Deus Homo'''||&quot;Why the God/Man&quot;||The question attributed to Anselm in his work of by this name, wherein he reflects on why the Christ of Christianity must be both fully Divine and fully Human. Often translated &quot;why did God become Man?&quot;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''curriculum vitae'''||&quot;course of life&quot;||A [[résumé]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''custos morum'''||&quot;keeper of morals&quot;|| A [[censorship|censor]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cygnus inter anates'''||&quot;swan among ducks&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''cygnus insignis'''||&quot;distinguished by its swans&quot;||[[List of state mottos|Motto]] of [[Western Australia]].<br /> |}<br /> <br /> == D ==<br /> {| class=&quot;wikitable&quot; style=&quot;border:1px; border: thin solid gold; background-color:#f7f8ff&quot; align=center cellpadding=&quot;7&quot;<br /> |-align=&quot;center&quot; bgcolor=&quot;#e6e9ff&quot;<br /> !width=&quot;150&quot;|Latin!!width=&quot;150&quot;|Translation!!width=&quot;500&quot;|Notes<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[damnatio memoriae]]'''||&quot;damnation of memory&quot;||A Roman custom in which disgraced Romans (particularly former Emperors) were pretended to have never existed. <br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''damnum absque injuria'''||&quot;damage without injury&quot;||A loss that results from no one's wrongdoing. In [[Roman law]], a man is not responsible for unintended, consequential injury to another resulting from a lawful act. This protection does not necessarily apply to unintended damage by negligence or folly.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''dat deus incrementum'''||&quot;God grants the increase&quot;||Motto of [[Westminster School]], a leading British independent school.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''de bonis asportatis'''||&quot;carrying goods away&quot;||Trespass de bonis asportatis was the traditional name for [[larceny]], or wrongful taking of chattels.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |-<br /> |'''Decus Et Tutamen'''||&quot;An ornament and a safeguard&quot;||Inscription on [[British one pound coin|one pound coins]]. originally on [[17th century]] coins, this refers to the inscribed edge as a protection against the [[coin clipping|clipping]] of precious metal. The phrase originally comes from Virgils Aeneid.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[descensus in cuniculi cavum]]'''||&quot;The descent into the cave of the rabbit&quot;|| Down the Rabbit Hole<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''de dato'''||&quot;of the date&quot;||Used in the context of &quot;As we agreed in the meeting d.d.26th Mai 2006. <br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[de facto]]'''||&quot;in fact&quot;||Said of something that is the actual [[state of affairs]], in contrast to something's legal or official standing, which is described as ''de jure''. ''De facto'' refers to the &quot;way things really are&quot; rather than what is &quot;officially&quot; presented as the fact.&lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;small&gt;&lt;tt&gt;Although the emperor held the title and trappings of head of state, the [[Shogun]] was the ''de facto'' ruler of [[Japan]].&lt;/tt&gt;&lt;/small&gt;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''de gustibus non est disputandum'''||&quot;there is not to be discussion regarding tastes&quot;||Less literally &quot;In matters of taste there is no dispute&quot; or simply &quot;There's no arguing taste&quot;. A similar expression in English is &quot;There's no accounting for taste&quot;. Bartlett's Familiar Quotations, without attribution, renders the phrase as ''de gustibus non disputandum''; the verb &quot;to be&quot; is often assumed in Latin, and is rarely required.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''de futuro'''||&quot;regarding the future&quot;||Usually used in the context of &quot;at a future time&quot;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''de integro'''||&quot;again&quot; or &quot;a second time&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[de jure]]'''||&quot;by law&quot;||&quot;Official&quot;, in contrast with ''de facto''. Analogous to &quot;in principle&quot;, whereas ''de facto'' is to &quot;in practice&quot;. In other contexts, can mean &quot;according to law&quot;, &quot;by right&quot; or &quot;legally&quot;. Also commonly written ''de iure'', the [[Classical Latin|classical]] form.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''de lege ferenda'''||&quot;from law to be passed&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''de lege lata'''||&quot;from law passed&quot; or &quot;by law in force&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[de minimis]] non curat praetor'''||&quot;The commander does not bother with the smallest things.&quot;||Also &quot;The chief magistrate does not concern himself with trifles.&quot; Trivial matters are no concern of a high official (cf. ''aquila non capit muscas'', &quot;the eagle does not catch flies&quot;). Sometimes ''rex'' (&quot;the king&quot;) or ''lex'' (&quot;the law&quot;) is used in place of ''[[praetor]]'', and ''de minimis'' is a legal term referring to things unworthy of the law's attention.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''de mortuis aut bene aut nihil'''||&quot;about the dead, either well or nothing&quot;||Less literally, &quot;speak well of the dead or not at all&quot; (cf. ''de mortuis nil nisi bonum'').<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[de mortuis nil nisi bonum]]'''||&quot;about the dead, nothing unless a good thing&quot;||From ''de mortuis nil nisi bonum dicendum est'', &quot;nothing must be said about the dead except the good&quot;, attributed by [[Diogenes Laertius]] to [[Chilon of Sparta|Chilon]]. In legal contexts, this quotation is used with the opposite meaning, as defaming a deceased person is not a crime. In other contexts, it refers to [[taboo]]s against criticizing the recently deceased.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''de nobis fabula narratur'''||&quot;about us is the story told&quot;||Thus, &quot;their story is our story&quot;. Originally referred to the end of Rome's dominance. Now often used when comparing any current situation to a past story or historical event.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[de novo]]'''||&quot;from the new&quot;||&quot;Anew&quot; or &quot;afresh&quot;. In law, a [[trial de novo|trial ''de novo'']] is a retrial. In biology, ''de novo'' means [[de novo synthesis|newly-synthesized]], and a [[de novo mutation|''de novo'' mutation]] is a mutation that neither parent possessed or transmitted. In economics, ''de novo'' refers to newly-founded companies, and ''de novo'' banks are [[state bank]]s that have been in operation for five years or less.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''de omni re scibili et quibusdam aliis'''||&quot;about every knowable thing, and even certain other things&quot;||A [[15th century|15th-century]] Italian scholar wrote the ''De omni re scibili'' portion, and a wag added ''et quibusdam aliis''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[De Oppresso Liber]]'''||&quot;Free From Having Been Oppressed&quot;||Commonly mistranslated as &quot;To Liberate the Oppressed&quot;. The motto of the [[United States Army Special Forces]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[de profundis]]'''||&quot;from the depths&quot;||Out of the depths of misery or dejection.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[de re]]'''||&quot;about the matter&quot;||In logic, ''[[de dicto]]'' statements (about the truth of a proposition) are distinguished from ''de re'' statements (about the properties of a thing itself).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[Dei Gratia Regina]]'''||&quot;By the Grace of God, Queen&quot;||Also ''Dei Gratia Rex'' (&quot;By the Grace of God, King&quot;). Abbreviated as &lt;small&gt;D G REG&lt;/small&gt; preceding ''Fidei Defensor'' &lt;small&gt;(F D)&lt;/small&gt; on [[British pound]]s, and as &lt;small&gt;D G Regina&lt;/small&gt; on [[Canadian dollar|Canadian coins]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Dei sub numine viget'''||&quot;under God's Spirit she flourishes&quot;||Motto of [[Princeton University]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''delectatio morosa'''||&quot;peevish delight&quot;||In Catholic theology, a pleasure taken in sinful thought or imagination, such as brooding on sexual images. It is distinct from actual sexual desire, and involves voluntary and complacent erotic fantasizing, without any attempt to suppress such thoughts.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''deliriant isti Romani'''||&quot;They are mad, those Romans!&quot;||A translation into Latin from [[René Goscinny]]'s &quot;''ils sont fous, ces romains!''&quot;, frequently issued by [[Obelix]] in the [[Asterix]] comics.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Deo ac veritati'''||&quot;God and Truth&quot;|| Motto of [[Colgate University]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Deo gratias'''||&quot;thanks [be] to God&quot;||The semi-Hispanicized form ''[[Deogracias]]'' is a Philippine first name.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Deo Optimo Maximo &lt;small&gt;(DOM)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;To the Best and Greatest God&quot;|| Derived from the Pagan ''[[Iupiter Optimo Maximo]]'' (&quot;To the best and greatest Jupiter&quot;). Printed on bottles of Benedictine liqueur.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Deo vindice'''||&quot;with God as protector&quot;||Motto of the [[Confederate States of America]]. An alternate translation is &quot;With an avenging God&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Deo volente'''||&quot;with God willing&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[deus ex machina]]'''||&quot;a god from a machine&quot;||From the [[Greek language|Greek]] Από μηχανής Θεός (''Apo mēchanēs Theos''). A contrived or artificial solution, usually to a literary plot. Refers to the practice in Greek drama of lowering by machine an actor playing a god or goddess, typically either [[Athena]] or (as in [[Euripides]]) the [[Castor and Pollux|Dioscuri]] onto the stage to resolve an insuperable conflict in the plot.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[Deus vult]]'''||&quot;God wills it!&quot;||The principal slogan of the [[Crusade]]s.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> <br /> |'''[[Dicto simpliciter]]'''||&quot;[From] a maxim, simply&quot;||I.e. &quot;From a rule without exception.&quot; Short for ''A dicto simpliciter'', the ''a'' often being dropped by confusion with the indefinite article. A dicto simpliciter occurs when an acceptable exception is ignored or eliminated. For instance, the appropriateness of using opiates is dependent on the presence of extreme pain. To justify the recreational use of opiates by referring to a cancer patient or to justify arresting said cancer patient by comparing him to the recreational user would be a dicto simpliciter.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[London Stock Exchange|dictum meum pactum]]'''||&quot;my word [is] my bond&quot;||Motto of the London Stock Exchange<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''diem perdidi'''||&quot;I have lost the day&quot;||From the Roman Emperor [[Titus]]. Passed down in [[Suetonius]]'s biography of him in ''[[Lives of the Twelve Caesars]]'' (8).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[Dies Irae]]'''||&quot;Day of Wrath&quot;||Refers to the [[Last Judgment|Judgment Day]] in [[Christian eschatology]]. The name of a famous 13th-century Medieval Latin hymn by [[Tommaso da Celano]], used in the Mass for the dead.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[dirigo]]'''||&quot;I direct&quot;||In [[Classical Latin]], &quot;I arrange&quot;. [[List of U.S. state mottos|State motto]] of [[Maine]]. Based on a comparison of the state of Maine to the star [[Polaris]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''dis aliter visum'''||&quot;it seemed otherwise to the gods&quot;||In other words, the gods have different plans than mortals, and so events do not always play out as people wish them to.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''dis manibus sacrum &lt;small&gt;(D.M.S.)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;Sacred to the ghost-gods&quot;||Refers to the [[Manes]], Roman spirits of the dead. Loosely &quot;To the memory of&quot;. A conventional inscription preceding the name of the deceased on pagan grave markings, often shortened to ''dis manibus'' &lt;small&gt;(D.M.)&lt;/small&gt;, &quot;for the ghost-gods&quot;. Preceded in some earlier monuments by ''hic situs est'' &lt;small&gt;(H. S. E.)&lt;/small&gt;, &quot;he lies here&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''disce quasi semper victurus vive quasi cras moriturus'''||&quot;Learn as if always going to live; live as if tomorrow going to die.&quot;||Attributed to [[St Edmund of Abingdon]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''discipuli nostrum bardissimi sunt'''||&quot;Our students are very stupid&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''disjecta membra'''||&quot;scattered limbs&quot;||That is, &quot;scattered remains&quot;. Paraphrased from [[Horace]], ''Satires'', I, 4, 62, where it was written &quot;''disiecti membra poetae''&quot; (&quot;limbs of a scattered poet&quot;). Also written as ''disiecta membra''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ditat Deus]]'''||&quot;God enriches&quot;||[[List of U.S. state mottos|State motto]] of [[Arizona]], adopted in 1911. Probably derived from the [[Vulgate]]'s translation of [[Genesis]] 14:23.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''divide et impera'''||&quot;[[divide and rule]]&quot;||A [[Roman Empire|Roman]] maxim adopted by [[Julius Caesar]], [[Louis XI of France|Louis XI]] and [[Machiavelli]]. Commonly rendered &quot;[[divide and conquer]]&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''dixi'''||&quot;I have spoken&quot;||A popular [[eloquence|eloquent]] expression, usually used in the end of a speech. The implied meaning is: &quot;I have said all that I had to say and thus the argument is settled&quot;. <br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[&quot;...&quot;, ...] dixit'''||&quot;[&quot;...&quot;, ...] said&quot;||Used to attribute a statement or opinion to its author, rather than the speaker.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''do ut des'''||&quot;I give that you may give&quot;||Often said or written for sacrifices, when one &quot;gives&quot; and expects something back from the gods.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Docendo disco, scribendo cogito'''||I learn by teaching, think by writing.||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[Dominus Illuminatio Mea|Dominus illuminatio mea]]'''||&quot;the Lord is my light&quot;||Motto of the [[University of Oxford]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Dominus vobiscum'''||&quot;Lord be with you&quot; ||Phrase used during and at the end of Catholic sermons, and a general greeting form among and towards members of Catholic organizations, such as priests and nuns. See also ''pax vobiscum''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''dona nobis pacem'''||&quot;give us peace&quot; ||famous in choir songs, also an ending in the video game [[Haunting Ground]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''donatio mortis causa'''||&quot;giving in expectation of death&quot; ||A legal concept where a person in imminent mortal danger need not meet the requisite [[consideration]] to create or modify a [[will (law)|will]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''draco dormiens nunquam titillandus'''||&quot;a sleeping dragon is never to be tickled&quot;||Motto of the fictional [[Hogwarts]] school in the ''[[Harry Potter]]'' series; translated more loosely in the books as &quot;never tickle a sleeping dragon&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[dramatis personae]]'''||&quot;the parts of the play&quot; ||More literally, &quot;the masks of the drama&quot;; more figuratively, &quot;cast of characters&quot;. The characters represented in a dramatic work.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Duae tabulae rasae in quibus nihil scriptum est'''||&quot;Two minds, not one single thought&quot;||[[Stan Laurel]], inscription for the fanclub logo [[The Sons of the Desert|Sons of the Desert]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Ductus exemplo'''||&quot;Leadership by Example&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''dulce bellum inexpertis'''||&quot;war is sweet to the inexperienced&quot;||War may seem pleasant to those who have never been involved in it, though the more experienced know better. A phrase from [[Erasmus]] in the [[16th century]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[dulce et decorum est pro patria mori]]'''||&quot;It is sweet and honorable to die for the fatherland.&quot;||From [[Horace]], ''Odes'' III, 2, 13. Used by [[Wilfred Owen]] for the title of a poem about [[World War I]], ''[[Dulce et Decorum Est]]''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''dulce et utile'''||&quot;a sweet and useful thing&quot;||[[Horace]] wrote in his ''[[Ars Poetica]]'' that poetry must be ''dulce et utile'' (&quot;pleasant and profitable&quot;), both enjoyable and instructive.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[dulcius ex asperis]]'''||&quot;through difficulty, sweetness&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[dum spiro spero]]'''||&quot;while I breathe, I hope&quot;||[[List of U.S. state mottos|State motto]] of [[South Carolina]]. From [[Cicero]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''dum Roma deliberat Saguntum perit'''||&quot;while Rome debates, [[Saguntum]] is in danger&quot;||Used when someone has been asked for urgent help, but responds with no immediate action. Similar to ''Hannibal ante portas'', but referring to a less personal danger.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''dum vivimus servimus'''||&quot;While we live, we serve&quot;|| motto of [[Presbyterian College]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''dura lex sed lex'''||&quot;the law [is] harsh, but [it is] the law&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''dura mater'''||&quot;tough mother&quot;|| Outer covering of the brain.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''dum vita est, spes est''' || while there is life, there is hope ||<br /> |}<br /> <br /> == E ==<br /> {| class=&quot;wikitable&quot; style=&quot;border:1px; border: thin solid gold; background-color:#f7f8ff&quot; align=center cellpadding=&quot;7&quot;<br /> |-align=&quot;center&quot; bgcolor=&quot;#e6e9ff&quot;<br /> !width=&quot;150&quot;|Latin!!width=&quot;150&quot;|Translation!!width=&quot;500&quot;|Notes<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[e pluribus unum]]'''||&quot;From many, (comes) One.&quot;|| Usually translated &quot;Out of many, (is) One.&quot;. [[National motto]] of the [[United States of America]]. Motto of the [[Sport Lisboa e Benfica]] Portuguese [[soccer]] club.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[Ecce Homo]]'''||&quot;Behold the Man!&quot;||From the Latin translation of the [[Gospel of John]] (19:5), where [[Pilate]] speaks these words as he presents [[Jesus]], crowned with thorns, to the crowd. [[Oscar Wilde]] opened his defense with this phrase when on trial for [[sodomy]], characteristically using a well-known Biblical reference as a ''double entendre.'' It is also the title of [[Friedrich Nietzsche]]'s autobiography and of the theme music by [[Howard Goodall]] for the BBC comedy ''[[Mr. Bean]]''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[editio princeps]]'''||&quot;first edition&quot;||The first printed edition of a work.<br /> <br /> |-&lt;!-- [[e.g.]] currently redirects here, and the reader may not know the full form --&gt;<br /> |'''e.g.'''||&quot;for the sake of example&quot;||Abbreviation for ''exempli gratia'', below.<br /> ''see also: [[e.g. vs. i.e.]]''<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ego te absolvo'''||&quot;I absolve you&quot;||More literally, &quot;I free you&quot; or &quot;I acquit you&quot;. Part of a traditional [[blessing]] given by a [[Catholic priest]] at the end of [[Confession]] (cf. ''absolvo'').<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ego te provoco'''||&quot;I dare you&quot;|| <br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[emeritus]]'''||&quot;veteran&quot;||Also &quot;worn-out&quot;. Retired from office. Often used to denote a position held at the point of retirement, as an honor, such as ''professor emeritus'' or ''provost emeritus''. This does not necessarily mean that the honoree is no longer active.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ens causa sui'''||&quot;existing because of oneself&quot;||Or &quot;being one's own cause&quot;. Traditionally, a being that owes its existence to no other being, hence a [[God]] or Supreme Being (cf. ''[[Primum Mobile]]'').<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ense petit placidam sub libertate quietem]]'''||&quot;by the sword she seeks gentle peace under liberty&quot;||[[List of U.S. state mottos|State motto]] of [[Massachusetts]], adopted in 1775.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''entitas ipsa involvit aptitudinem ad extorquendum certum assensum'''||&quot;reality involves a power to compel sure assent&quot;||A phrase used in modern Western philosophy on the nature of truth.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[eo ipso]]'''||&quot;by that very act&quot;||eo ipso is a technical term used in philosophy. It means &quot;by that very act&quot; in Latin. Similar to [[ipso facto]]. Example: The fact that I am does not eo ipso mean that I think.<br /> <br /> It is also used, with the same meaning, in law.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[eo nomine]]'''||&quot;by that name&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ergo]]'''||&quot;therefore&quot;||Used to show a logical conclusion (cf. ''[[cogito ergo sum]]'').<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[erga omnes]]'''||&quot;in relation to everyone&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''errare humanum est'''||&quot;to err is human&quot;||From [[Seneca the Younger]]. The full quote is &quot;''errare humanum est perseverare diabolicum''&quot;: &quot;to err is human; to persist is of the Devil&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[erratum]]'''||&quot;error&quot;||Or &quot;mistake&quot;. Lists of errors in a previous edition of a work are often marked with the plural, ''errata'' (&quot;errors&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''esse est percipi'''||&quot;to be is to be perceived&quot;||[[George Berkeley]]'s motto for his [[idealism|idealist]] philosophical position that nothing exists independently of its perception by a mind except minds themselves.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[esse quam videri]]'''||&quot;to be, rather than to seem&quot;||Truly being something, rather than merely seeming to be something. [[List of U.S. state mottos|State motto]] of [[North Carolina]] and academic motto of several schools, including [[Berklee College of Music]] and [[Columbia College Chicago]]. From chapter 26 of [[Cicero]]'s ''De amicitia'' (&quot;On Friendship&quot;). Earlier than Cicero, the phrase had been used by [[Sallust]] in his ''Bellum Catilinae'' (54.6), where he wrote that Cato &quot;''esse quam videri bonus malebat''&quot; (&quot;he preferred to be good, rather than to seem so&quot;). Earlier still, [[Aeschylus]] used a similar phrase in ''Seven Against Thebes'', line 592, &quot;''ou gar dokein aristos, all' enai thelei''&quot; (&quot;his resolve is not to seem the best, but in fact to be the best&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[esto perpetua]]'''||&quot;let it be perpetual&quot;||Said of [[Venice]] by the Venetian historian Fra [[Paolo Sarpi]] shortly before his death. Also the [[List of U.S. state mottos|state motto]] of [[Idaho]], adopted in 1867.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''et alibi &lt;small&gt;(''et al.'')&lt;/small&gt;'''&lt;/span&gt;||&quot;and elsewhere&quot;||A less common variant on ''et cetera'' used at the end of a list of locations to denote unlisted places.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |&lt;span name=&quot;et_al&quot; id=&quot;et_al&quot;&gt;'''et alii &lt;small&gt;(''et al.'')&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;and others&quot;||Used similarly to ''et cetera'' (&quot;and the rest&quot;), to stand for a list of names. ''Alii'' is actually [[grammatical gender|masculine]], so it can be used for men, or groups of men and women; the feminine, ''et aliae'', is appropriate when the &quot;others&quot; are all female, and the neuter, ''et alia'' (&quot;and other things&quot;), is also common. [[APA style]] uses ''et al.'' if the work cited was written by more than two authors; [[MLA style]] uses ''et al.'' for more than three authors.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[et cetera]] &lt;small&gt;(etc.)&lt;/small&gt;''' ''or'' '''&lt;small&gt;(&amp;amp;c.)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;And the rest&quot;||Nowadays also used to mean &quot;and so on&quot; or &quot;and more&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''et hoc genus omne'''||&quot;And all that sort of thing&quot;||Abbreviated to '''e.h.g.o.''' or '''ehgo'''<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[et in Arcadia ego]]'''||&quot;and in [[Arcadia]] [am] I&quot;||In other words, &quot;I, too, am in Arcadia&quot;. See ''memento mori''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''et nunc reges intelligite erudimini qui judicati terram'''||&quot;And now, kings, understand: be instructed, you who have judged the Earth.&quot;||From [[Psalms]] 2, 4.3.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''et sequentes &lt;small&gt;([[et seq]].)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;and the following&quot;||Pluralized as ''et sequentia'' (&quot;and the following things&quot;), abbreviations: ''et seqq.'', ''[[et seq.]].'', or ''sqq.''<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[et tu, Brute?]]'''||&quot;And you, [[Marcus Junius Brutus|Brutus]]?&quot;||Also &quot;Even you, Brutus?&quot; or &quot;You too, Brutus?&quot; Used to indicate a betrayal by someone close. From [[William Shakespeare|Shakespeare]]'s ''[[Julius Caesar (play)|Julius Caesar]]'', based on the traditional dying words of [[Julius Caesar]]. However, these were almost certainly not Caesar's true last words; [[Plutarch]] quotes Caesar as saying, in [[Greek language|Greek]] (which was the language of Rome's elite at the time), &quot;και συ, τεκνον;&quot; (''Kai su, teknon?''), in English &quot;You as well, (my) child?&quot; Some have speculated based on this that Brutus was Caesar's child, though there is no substantial evidence of this.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''et uxor &lt;small&gt;(et ux.)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;and wife&quot;||Legal term.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex abundantia enim cordis os loquitur'''||&quot;for out of an abundance of the heart, the mouth speaks&quot;||From the [[Gospel of Matthew]], 12:34, and the [[Gospel of Luke]], 6:45. Sometimes rendered without ''enim'' (&quot;for&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex abundanti cautela'''||&quot;from abundant caution&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex aequo'''||&quot;from the equal&quot;||&quot;On equal footing&quot;, i.e., &quot;in a tie&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex animo'''||&quot;from the heart&quot;||Thus, &quot;sincerely&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex ante'''||&quot;from before&quot;||&quot;Beforehand&quot;, &quot;before the event&quot;. Based on prior assumptions. A forecast.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[Ex Astris Scientia]]'''||&quot;From the Stars, Knowledge&quot;||The motto of the fictional [[Starfleet Academy]] on ''[[Star Trek]]''. Adapted from ''ex luna scientia'', which in turn was modeled after ''ex scientia tridens''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ex cathedra]]'''||&quot;from the chair&quot;||A phrase applied to the [[Pope]] when he is speaking [[papal infallibility|infallibly]] and, by extension, to anyone who is perceived as speaking with supreme authority or a sense of arrogance.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex Deo'''||&quot;from God&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex dolo malo'''||&quot;from [[fraud]]&quot;||Literally &quot;from harmful deceit&quot;, ''dolus malus'' being the Latin legal term for &quot;fraud&quot;. The full legal phrase is ''ex dolo malo non oritur actio'' (&quot;an action does not arise from fraud&quot;). When an action has its origin in fraud or deceit, it cannot be supported; thus, a court of law will not assist a man who bases his course of action on an immoral or illegal act.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ex facie]]'''||&quot;from the face&quot;||Idiomatically rendered &quot;on the face of it&quot;. A legal term typically used to note that a document's explicit terms are defective without further investigation.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ex gratia]]'''||&quot;from kindness&quot;||More literally &quot;from grace&quot;. Refers to someone voluntarily performing an act purely out of kindness, as opposed to for personal gain or from being forced to do it. In law, an ''ex gratia'' payment is one made without recognizing any [[liability]] or legal obligation.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex hypothesi'''||&quot;from the hypothesis&quot;||Thus, &quot;by hypothesis&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex lege'''||&quot;from the law&quot;||<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ex libris]]'''||&quot;from the books&quot;||Precedes a person's name, with the meaning of &quot;from the library of...&quot;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex luna scientia'''||&quot;from the moon, knowledge&quot;||The motto of the [[Apollo 13]] moon mission, derived from ''ex scientia tridens''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ex nihilo]] nihil fit'''||&quot;[[nothing comes from nothing|nothing may come from nothing]]&quot;||From [[Lucretius]], and said earlier by [[Empedocles]]. Its original meaning is &quot;work is required to succeed&quot;, but its modern meaning is a more general &quot;everything has its origins in something&quot; (cf. [[causality]]). It is commonly applied to the [[conservation law]]s in philosophy and modern science, while ''ex nihilo'' is used in theology to refer to various [[creationism|creationist]] religious traditions that hold that the universe was created by God &quot;out of nothing&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex officio'''||&quot;from the office&quot;||By virtue of office or position; &quot;by right of office&quot;. Often used when someone holds one position by virtue of holding another. A common misconception is that ''ex officio'' members of a committee/congress may not vote, but this is not guaranteed by that title.&lt;br&gt;<br /> &lt;small&gt;&lt;tt&gt;The [[Vice President of the United States]] is ''ex officio'' [[President of the Senate]].&lt;/tt&gt;&lt;/small&gt;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ex opere operato]]'''||&quot;from the work that worked&quot;||A theological phrase that refers to the notion that the act of receiving a [[sacrament]] actually confers the promised benefit, such as a [[baptism]] actually and literally cleansing one's [[sin]]s. In the [[Roman Catholic Church]], affirms that the source of grace is God, not just the actions or disposition of the recipient. &lt;!--Note: &quot;Operatus&quot; comes from the deponent &quot;operor&quot;, hence its translation is active: &quot;having worked&quot;, not &quot;having been worked&quot;.--&gt;<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex oriente lux'''||&quot;from the East, the light&quot;||Superficially refers to the sun rising in the east, but alludes to culture coming from the Eastern world.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ex parte]]'''||&quot;from a part&quot;||A [[legal term#Ex parte|legal term]] meaning &quot;by one party&quot; or &quot;for one party&quot;. Thus, on behalf of one side or party only.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ex pede Herculem]]'''||&quot;from Hercules' foot&quot;||From the measure of Hercules' foot you shall know his size; from a part, the whole.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex post'''||&quot;from after&quot;||&quot;Afterward&quot;, &quot;after the event&quot;. Based on knowledge of the past. Measure of past performance.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[ex post facto]]'''||&quot;from a thing done afterward&quot;||Said of a law with retroactive effect.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex scientia tridens||&quot;from knowledge, sea power.&quot;||The [[United States Naval Academy]] motto. Refers to knowledge bringing men power over the sea comparable to that of the [[trident]]-bearing Greek god [[Poseidon]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex scientia vera'''||&quot;from knowledge, truth.&quot;||The motto of the College of Graduate Studies at [[MTSU|Middle Tennessee State University]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex silentio'''||&quot;from silence&quot;||In general, the claim that the absence of something demonstrates the proof of a proposition. An ''argumentum ex silentio'' (&quot;[[argument from silence]]&quot;) is an argument based on the assumption that someone's silence on a matter suggests (&quot;proves&quot; when a [[logical fallacy]]) that person's ignorance of the matter or their inability to counterargue validly.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex tempore'''||&quot;from time&quot;|||&quot;This instant&quot;, &quot;right away&quot; or &quot;immediately&quot;. Also written ''extempore''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex vi termini'''||&quot;from the force of the term&quot;||Thus, &quot;by definition&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex vivo'''||&quot;out of or from life&quot;||Used in reference to the study or assay of living tissue in an artificial environment outside the living organism.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''ex voto'''||&quot;from the vow&quot;||Thus, in accordance with a promise. An ''ex voto'' is also an offering made in fulfillment of a vow.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[excelsior]]'''||&quot;higher&quot;||&quot;Ever upward!&quot; The [[List of U.S. state mottos|state motto]] of [[New York]]. Also a [[catch phrase]] used by [[Marvel Comics]] head [[Stan Lee]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[exceptio firmat regulam in casibus non exceptis]]''' || &quot;The exception confirms the rule in cases which are not excepted&quot; || A juridical motto which means that [[exception]], as for example during a &quot;[[state of exception]]&quot;, does not put in danger the legitimity of the rule in its globality. In other words, the exception is strictly limited to a particular sphere (see also: &quot;''[[exceptio strictissimi juris est]]''&quot;.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''excusatio non petita accusatio manifesta'''||&quot;an excuse that has not been sought is an obvious accusation&quot;||More loosely, &quot;he who excuses himself, accuses himself&quot;&amp;mdash;an unprovoked excuse is a sign of guilt. In [[French language|French]], ''qui s'excuse, s'accuse''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''exeat'''||&quot;let him leave&quot;||A formal leave of absence (cf. ''exit'').<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''exempli gratia &lt;small&gt;(e.g.)&lt;/small&gt;'''||&quot;for the sake of example&quot;||Usually shortened in English to &quot;for example&quot; (see [[citation signal]]). Often confused with ''id est'' &lt;small&gt;(i.e.)&lt;/small&gt;{{ref|egie}}; ''see also: [[e.g. vs. i.e.]]''.&lt;br /&gt;<br /> ''Exempli gratia'', i.e., &quot;for example&quot;, is commonly abbreviated &quot;e.g.&quot;; in this usage it is sometimes followed by a comma, depending on style.{{ref|egiecomma}}<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''exeunt'''||&quot;they leave&quot;||The plural of ''exit''. Also extended to ''exeunt omnes'', &quot;everyone leaves&quot;. See below.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''exit'''||&quot;he leaves&quot;||Commonly used in theatrical stage directions to note where an actor or actress should leave the stage. The plural is ''exeunt''.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[experimentum crucis]]'''||&quot;crucial experiment&quot;||Literally &quot;experiment of the [[cross]]&quot;. A decisive test of a scientific theory.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[experto crede]]'''||&quot;trust the expert&quot;||Literally &quot;believe one who has had experience&quot;. An author's aside to the reader.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''expressio unius est exclusio alterius'''||&quot;the expression of the one is the exclusion of the other&quot;||&quot;Mentioning one thing may exclude another thing&quot;. A principle of legal [[statutory interpretation]]: the explicit presence of a thing implies intention to exclude others; e.g., a reference in the Poor Relief Act 1601 to &quot;lands, houses, tithes and coal mines&quot; was held to exclude mines other than coal mines. Sometimes expressed as ''expressum facit cessare tacitum'' (broadly, &quot;the expression of one thing excludes the implication of something else&quot;).<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''[[Extra Ecclesiam Nulla Salus]]'''||&quot;No Salvation Outside the Church&quot;||A teaching from [[Roman Catholic Church|Roman Catholic]] theology, referring to [[absolution]], meaning that there can be no salvation in the afterlife unless one is a member of the Church.<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''Extra omnes'''||&quot;All away&quot;||It is issued by the Master of the Papal Liturgical Celebrations before a session of the [[conclave]] electing a new Pope to signal all people not being a [[Cardinal (Catholicism)|Cardinal]] or part of the authorized staff to leave the [[Sistine Chapel]].<br /> <br /> |-<br /> |'''extra territorium jus dicenti impune non paretur'''||&quot;he who administers justice outside of his territory is disobeyed with impunity&quot;||Refers to [[extraterritoriality|extraterritorial]] jurisdiction. Often cited in [[law of the sea]] cases on the [[High Seas|high seas]].<br /> |}&lt;noinclude&gt;<br /> <br /> ==Notes==<br /> #{{note|doggy}} ''[http://www.harcourtschool.com/activity/pompeii/imagesHTM/Canem.html Cave Canem]''<br /> #{{note|egie}} ''Exempli gratia'' &lt;small&gt;(e.g.)&lt;/small&gt; and ''id est'' &lt;small&gt;(i.e.)&lt;/small&gt; are commonly confused and misused in colloquial English. The former, ''exempli gratia'', means &quot;for example&quot;, and is used before giving examples of something (&quot;I have lots of favorite colors, e.g., blue, green, and hot pink&quot;). The latter, ''id est'', means &quot;that is&quot;, and is used before clarifying the meaning of something, when elaborating, specifying, or explaining rather than when giving examples (&quot;I have lots of favorite colors, i.e., I can't decide on just one&quot;).<br /> #{{note|egiecomma}} American style guides tend to recommend that &quot;e.g.&quot; and &quot;i.e.&quot; should generally be followed by a comma, just as &quot;for example&quot; and &quot;that is&quot; would be; UK style tends to omit the comma. See [http://dictionary.reference.com/help/faq/language/ Dictionary.com] and [http://dictionary.reference.com/help/faq/language/g58.html their discussion of commas] for more information. [http://www.google.com/search?q=comma%20after%20i%2ee%2e Search &quot;comma after i.e.&quot;] for other opinions.<br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> *[[List of Latin phrases]]<br /> *[[List of Latin phrases (F–O)]]<br /> *[[List of Latin phrases (P–Z)]]<br /> *[[List of Latin abbreviations]]<br /> *[[Alphabetic list of translations of Latin phrases]]<br /> <br /> ==References==<br /> *Adeleye, Gabriel G. (1999). ''World Dictionary of Foreign Expressions''. Bolchazy-Carducci Publishers, Inc. ISBN 086516423.<br /> *Stone, Jon R. (1996). ''Latin for the Illiterati''. London &amp; NY: Routledge. ISBN 0415917751.<br /> *{{1728}}<br /> <br /> &lt;/noinclude&gt;<br /> [[Category:Latin words and phrases| ]]<br /> <br /> [[it:A fortiori ratione]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Monito_del_monte&diff=143972471 Monito del monte 2007-07-11T14:47:46Z <p>Eamezaga: tiny idiomatic correction: in Argentina and Chile, &quot;del monte&quot; means &quot;from the forest&quot;, not &quot;from the mountain&quot;</p> <hr /> <div>{{Taxobox<br /> | color = pink<br /> | name = Monito del Monte&lt;ref name=MSW&gt;{{MSW3 Gardner|pages=21}}&lt;/ref&gt;<br /> | status = VU<br /> | status_ref = &lt;ref name=IUCN&gt;{{IUCN2006|assessors=New World Marsupial Specialist Group|year=1996|id=6834|title=Dromiciops gliroides|downloaded=11 May 2006}} Listed as Vulnerable (VU A1c v2.3)&lt;/ref&gt;<br /> | image = <br /> | trend = down<br /> | status_system = iucn2.3<br /> | regnum = [[Animal]]ia<br /> | phylum = [[Chordate|Chordata]]<br /> | classis = [[Mammal]]ia<br /> | infraclassis = [[Marsupial]]ia<br /> | ordo = [[Microbiotheria]]<br /> | familia = [[Microbiotheriidae]]<br /> | genus = '''''Dromiciops'''''<br /> | genus_authority = [[Oldfield Thomas|Thomas]], 1894<br /> | species = '''''D. gliroides'''''<br /> | binomial = ''Dromiciops gliroides''<br /> | binomial_authority = [[Oldfield Thomas|Thomas]], 1894<br /> | synonyms = ''Dromiciops australis''<br /> }}<br /> The '''Monito del Monte''' (&quot;little forest monkey&quot;, ''Dromiciops gliroides'') is a semi-arboreal [[South American]] [[marsupial]] which is thought to be more closely related to the marsupials of [[Australasia]] than to those of [[the Americas]]. Many scientists believe that marsupials traveled from South America to Australia via Antarctica, where fossils of marsupials have been found. The existence of the Monito del Monte in South America suggests that some marsupials reached South America from Australia, as did a monotreme (''[[Monotrematum]]''), fossils of which have been found in Argentina. <br /> <br /> Also known as the '''Colocolo''' or '''Chimaihuén''', it is only a little larger than a mouse: about 8 to 13 cm long with a thick-based, moderately prehensile tail about the same length again. Weight varies between 17 and 31 grams. It has a coat of short, dense, silky fur, brown on the upper side with a number of ashy white patches, and paler underneath. The ears are short and rounded, and there are black rings around the eyes.<br /> <br /> Monitos del Monte are found only in the mountains of [[Chile]] and [[Argentina]], preferring dense, humid forests, particularly where there are areas of Chilean [[bamboo]]. It is reported to be reasonably common within its restricted range. Pairs make nests of leaves and sticks, about 20 cm in diameter and lined with grass or [[moss]], in a variety of places: under rocks, in hollow trees, on branches, or suspended in thick shrubbery.<br /> <br /> Monitos del Monte are largely carnivorous. Most of their diet is [[insect]]s and other small [[invertebrate]]s, although they may also take some [[fruit]]. They are nocturnal, and excellent climbers with both feet and tail, but equally at home on the ground. They have an extraordinary ability to rapidly accumulate a reserve of fat in the tail, being able to double their body weight within a week. This reserve is enough to sustain them through periods of cold weather, during which they hibernate.<br /> <br /> Mating takes place in the spring and early summer, and results in a litter of between one and five young, which are carried in the well-developed pouch. Sexual maturity is reached in the second year. <br /> <br /> Ther are a number of superstitions concerning the Monito del Monte. Some think that it has a venomous bite that induces convulsions, while others have been known to burn down their homes if they see a Monito del Monte inside.{{Fact|date=February 2007}}<br /> <br /> == References ==<br /> &lt;references/&gt;<br /> <br /> == External links ==<br /> *[http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Chip/6645/Foto_de_animales/marsupiales/monito_del_monte.html Photograph]<br /> *[http://images.google.com/images?q=Dromiciops%20gliroides Google Image Gallery]<br /> <br /> [[Category:Marsupials]]<br /> [[Category:Mammals of South America]]<br /> [[Category:Fauna of Chile]]<br /> [[Category:Fauna of Argentina]]<br /> <br /> [[cs:Kolokolovití]]<br /> [[de:Chiloé-Beutelratte]]<br /> [[es:Dromiciops gliroides]]<br /> [[nl:Monito del monte]]<br /> [[pl:Beztorbik bambusowy]]<br /> [[pt:Colocolo]]<br /> [[ru:Чилийский опоссум]]<br /> [[tr:Chiloé keseli sıçanı]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Book_of_Obadiah&diff=105329102 Book of Obadiah 2007-02-03T13:49:07Z <p>Eamezaga: iw:es</p> <hr /> <div>{{Books of the Old Testament}}<br /> {{Books of Nevi'im}}<br /> <br /> The '''Book of Obadiah''' is found in both the [[Hebrew Bible]] and the [[Old Testament]] of the [[Christian Bible]], where it is the shortest book, only one chapter long. Its authorship is generally attributed to a person named Obadiah, which means “servant (or worshipper) of the Lord”. Obadiah is classified as a &quot;[[minor prophet]]&quot; in the Christian Bible due to the brevity of the writing (only 21 verses) and the content (prophetic material). An [[Old Testament]] prophet was [professedly] not only a person who was given divine insight into future events, but a person whom the Lord used to declare his word. <br /> <br /> The first nine verses in the book foretell total destruction in the land of [[Edom]] at the hand of the Lord. Obadiah writes that this destruction will be so complete that it will be even worse than a thief who comes at night, for not even a thief would destroy everything. The Lord will allow all allies of Edom to turn away and help chase Edom out of its land. What is the reason for such a harsh punishment? Verses ten through fourteen explain that when Israel (the Lord’s chosen people) was attacked, Edom refused to help them, thus acting like an enemy. What is even worse is that Edom and Israel share a common blood line through their founders who were brothers, Jacob and Esau. Because of this gross neglect of a relative, Edom will be covered with shame and destroyed forever. The final verses, fifteen through twenty-one, depict the restoration of Israel and the wiping out of the Edomites. Verse eighteen says that there will be no survivors from the house of Esau once the destruction is complete. Israel will become a holy place and its people will return from exile and inhabit the land once inhabited by the Edomites. The final verse of the prophecy places the Lord as King who will rule over all the mountains of Edom.<br /> <br /> == Historical Context ==<br /> The date of composition is disputed among scholars and is difficult to determine due to the lack of personal information about Obadiah, his family, and his historical milieux. The date of composition must therefore be determined based on the prophecy itself. [[Edom]] is to be destroyed due to its lack of defense for its brother nation, Israel, when it was under attack. There are two major historical contexts within which the Edomites could have committed such an act. These are during 853 – 841 B.C. when [[Jerusalem]] was invaded by Philistines and Arabs during the reign of Jehoram (recorded in [[Books of Kings|2 Kings]] 8:20-22 and [[Books of Chronicles|2 Chronicles]] 21:8-20 in the [[Christian]] [[Old Testament]]) and 605 – 586 B.C. when [[Jerusalem]] was attacked by [[Nebuchadrezzar_II|King Nebuchadnezzer]] of [[Babylon]], which led to the Babylonian exile of [[Israel]]. The earlier period would place Obadiah as a contemporary of the prophet [[Elisha]], and the later would place Obadiah as a contemporary of the prophet [[Book of Jeremiah|Jeremiah]], both of whom were prophets in the respective time periods. The later period appears to be the scholarly consensus as Obadiah 1-9 parallels [[Book of Jeremiah|Jeremiah]] 49:7-22. The passage in [[Book of Jeremiah|Jeremiah]] dates from the fourth year of the reign of Jehoiakim (604 B.C.), and therefore Obadiah 11-14 seems to refer to the destruction of [[Jerusalem]] by [[Nebuchadrezzar_II|Nebuchadnezzer]] (586 B.C.). It is more likely that Obadiah and [[Book of Jeremiah|Jeremiah]] together were drawing on a common source presently unknown to us than [[Book of Jeremiah|Jeremiah]] drawing on previous writings of Obadiah as his source. There is also much material found in Obadiah 10-21 which [[Book of Jeremiah|Jeremiah]] does not quote, and which, had he had it laid out before him, would have suited his purpose admirably. Despite everything, however, there are a number scholars who support both dates and even some who support dates other than the two major possibilities presented. Therefore, any date for the composition Obadiah must be held tentatively.<br /> <br /> == Themes ==<br /> The overwhelming theme found in Obadiah is the destruction of enemies of God’s people. Unlike some other prophets, Obadiah does not present a “turn or burn” message, simply a message of inevitable doom as a consequence of previous actions. A [[Christian]] with a knowledge of the [[New Testament]] of the [[Bible]] would say that although God’s grace and forgiveness abound in situations, there are consequences which result from bad decisions. Even more than all this, Obadiah shows that judgment falls even within the family of God, as [[Israel]] and [[Edom]] descended from twin brothers, Jacob and Esau. One can therefore expect that Obadiah's purpose was to make it known that according to his God, [[Tetragrammaton|Yahweh]], if members of the same family were to treat each other in the same manner as [[Edom]] treated the Israelites, they too may be subject to the wrath of God.<br /> <br /> There is a second theme which lies under the surface of Obadiah's writing which may be relevant for [[Christian]]s as a faith group. Just as there is perpetual conflict between the two nations of [[Israel]] and [[Edom]] who once struggled together within a single womb, Christians may understand from [[New Testament]] teaching that there is a similar conflict found within their very lives. Paul’s [[Epistle to Galatians|Epistle to the Galatians]] in the [[New Testament]] presents the idea that the spirit of God and the flesh are in a continual struggle within a person (''cf. {{bibleref|Romans|8:6-9|47}}, {{bibleref|Colossians|3:5|47}}''), just like the two nations in Obadiah’s prophecy. Either the spirit or the flesh will ultimately overcome and the other will fail (just as Israel overcame and Edom failed). It is the [[Christian]] perspective that the spirit will ultimately prevail in the resurrection of the dead (''e.g. {{bibleref|Romans|8:23|47}}'') with the coming of a renewed heavens and earth ( ''e.g. {{bibleref|2Peter|3:13|47}}'').<br /> <br /> == Scholarly Issues ==<br /> Aside from the scholarly debate surrounding the date of the prophecy which is discussed above, there is also discussion surrounding verse eighteen which says that once judgment has been carried out, “There will be no survivors from the house of Esau” (NIV). The problem arises when that statement is compared with [[Book of Amos|Amos]] 9:12. According to Obadiah there will not remain even a remnant after [[Edom]]’s judgment; however, [[Book of Amos|Amos]] talks about such a remnant whose possession will be given to [[Israel]]. Some scholars have suggested that [[Book of Amos|Amos]]’s reference to [[Edom]] is symbolic of all nations who were once enemies of [[Israel]] and not meant to literally mean Edomites in the flesh. This is certainly the perspective of [[Luke the Evangelist|Luke]] as he recites the passage from [[Book of Amos|Amos]] in [[Book of Acts|Acts]] 15:17. [[Edom]] is symbolic of the remnant of men and Gentiles who will eventually bear God’s name. Moreover, Frederick A. Tatford in ''Prophet of [[Edom]]’s Doom'' says that Obadiah’s prophecy is fulfilled today as there is currently no trace of anyone who may be identified as an Edomite. <br /> <br /> There is also scholarly discussion about the captivity of Israelites in [[Sepharad]] mentioned in verse twenty. It is believed that, in ancient times, &quot;Sepharad&quot; was a name for the modern day land of [[Spain]]. Sepharad is also the name of Spain in Rabbinical (and modern) Hebrew. The same verse also speaks of [[Tzarfat]] which is identified with [[France]] and is the name of France in Rabbinical (and modern) Hebrew. These may have referred to places in the [[Middle East]] and later came to refer to countries in [[Europe]]. This may be due to the fact that Rabbinic literature identifies Edom with the [[Roman Empire]]. If there was a [[Jew]]ish colony of captives there, however, nothing is otherwise known of it; nor are any circumstances evident which would point to the existence of a colony of sufficient importance to be referred to in Obadiah. Therefore the location of Sepharad remains without a conclusive determination.<br /> <br /> ==Parallels within Scripture==<br /> Although there are no direct parallels from Obadiah found within the [[New Testament]], there are thematic parallels which were discussed previously. Elsewhere in scripture, we can note that verses 1-8 appear with minor changes in the [[Book of Jeremiah]] 49:7-16, and the style and language found in Obadiah is very similar to the [[Book of Joel]], particularly the end.<br /> Obadiah frequently uses the term &quot;the Day of the Lord,&quot; which also appears in the Book of Joel, as well as in [[Book of Isaiah|Isaiah]] 13, [[Book of Amos|Amos]] 5, [[Book of Zephaniah|Zephaniah]] 1, and [[Book of Malachi|Malachi]] 3.<br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> *[[Edom]]<br /> *[[Esau]]<br /> <br /> ==External links==<br /> {{wikisourcepar|Bible/Obadiah|The Book of Obadiah}}<br /> '''Obadiah''', meaning ''servant of the Lord'', is also the<br /> name of several people from the scripture. See the [[Obadiah]] entry for more details.<br /> <br /> [http://www.mechon-mamre.org/c/ct/c1601.htm Masoretic text] from [http://www.mechon-mamre.org/ Mechon Mamre]<br /> <br /> *Translations:<br /> **[[Judaism|Jewish]] translations:<br /> *** [http://www.chabad.org/library/article.asp?AID=16182&amp;showrashi=true Ovadiah (Judaica Press)] translation with [[Rashi]]'s commentary from [http://www.chabad.org/default.asp Chabad.org]<br /> **[[Christian]] translations:<br /> ***[http://www.gospelhall.org/bible/bible.php?passage=Obadiah+1 ''Online Bible'' at GospelHall.org] (KJV ESV Darby BBE)<br /> *** [http://www.anova.org/sev/htm/hb/31_obadiah.htm Obadiah at The Great Books] (New Revised Standard Version)<br /> *Commentary:<br /> ** [http://www.freegrace.net/gill/Obadiah/Obadiah_1.htm - [[John_Gill_%28theologian%29|John Gill's]] Exposition of the Entire Bible - Obadiah. This Hebrew scholar provides extensive background information as well as verse-by-verse exposition]<br /> <br /> [[Category:Nevi'im|Obadiah, Book of]]<br /> [[Category:Old Testament books|Obadiah]]<br /> [[Category:Year of work unknown]]<br /> <br /> [[cs:Kniha Abdijáš]]<br /> [[de:Obadja]]<br /> [[es:Libro de Abdías]]<br /> [[fr:Livre d'Abdias]]<br /> [[ko:오바디야 (구약성서)]]<br /> [[id:Kitab Obaja]]<br /> [[it:Libro di Abdia]]<br /> [[he:עובדיה]]<br /> [[jv:Obaja]]<br /> [[la:Prophetia Abdiae]]<br /> [[nl:Obadja (boek)]]<br /> [[pl:Księga Abdiasza]]<br /> [[pt:Obadias]]<br /> [[ru:Авдий (пророк)]]<br /> [[sm:O le tusi a le Perofeta o Opetala]]<br /> [[fi:Obadjan kirja]]<br /> [[sv:Obadja]]<br /> [[zh:俄巴底亞書]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Book_of_Amos&diff=105106301 Book of Amos 2007-02-02T15:35:34Z <p>Eamezaga: iw:es</p> <hr /> <div>{{Books of the Old Testament}} {{Books of Nevi'im}}<br /> <br /> The '''Book of Amos''' is one of the books of the [[Nevi'im]] and of the [[Old Testament]].<br /> <br /> ==Authorship==<br /> '''[[Amos (prophet)|Amos]]''' was a [[prophet]] during the reign of Jeroboam ben Joash ([[Jeroboam II]]), ruler of [[Israel]] from 793 BCE to 753 BCE, and the reign of Uzziah, King of [[Kingdom of Judah|Judah]], at a time when both kingdoms (Israel in the North and Judah in the South) were peaking in prosperity. He was a contemporary of the prophet [[Hosea]], but likely preceded him. Many of the earlier accounts of prophets found in the [[Old Testament]] are found within the context of other accounts of Israel's history. Amos, however, is the first prophet whose name also serves as the title of the corresponding biblical book in which his story is found.<br /> <br /> It is unlikely that Amos was a &quot;professional prophet&quot;, trained to work in the king's court. Rather, he gives the account of being called by God while working in his trade as a herdsman and farmer. The food that he farmed (sycamore figs) is thought to be a food most widely known as part of an [[Ancient Egypt|Egyptian]] commoner's diet. Therefore, scholars assume that Amos was not a member of the wealthy elite who he, by God's command, condemns in his prophesy. Rather he appears to be a working-class shepherd. Amos pointed out that he was not trained as a professional prophet, but did not condemn prophecy in itself.<br /> <br /> ==Time when written==<br /> Most scholars believe that [[Amos (prophet)|Amos]] gave his message in the autumn of 750 BC or 749 BC. It is generally understood that his preaching at [[Bethel]] lasted only a single day at the least and a few days at the most. Leading up to this time, Assyrian armies battled against [[Damascus]] for a number of years, which greatly diminished Syria's threat to [[Israel]]. As a result of the fighting amongst its neighbors, Israel had the benefit of increasing its borders almost to those of the time of [[David]] and [[Solomon]]. <br /> <br /> It should also be noted that Amos preached about two years before a very large earthquake, and made reference to it twice in his book. [[Zechariah (Hebrew prophet)|Zechariah]] remembers this earthquake over 200 years later ({{bibleref|Zech|14:5}}).<br /> <br /> ==Place when written==<br /> Some scholars believe that [[Amos (prophet)|Amos]]' message was recorded after he delivered it to the Northern Kingdom, upon returning to his southern homeland of [[Tekoa (Biblical)|Tekoa]], a town eight kilometres south of [[Bethlehem]]. It is mentioned many times in the [[Old Testament]] ([[Joshua]] 15:39, [[2 Samuel]] 14:9 and 23:26, [[1 Chronicles]] 11:28). [[Rehoboam]] is reported to have fortified Tekoa along with other cities in [[Kingdom of Judah|Judah]] in [[2 Chronicles]] 11:5-6. <br /> <br /> There are some differing opinions as to the location of the Tekoa Amos was presumably from. It is believed by most that Amos was a southern farmer, called by [[God]] to deliver his prophetic message in the North. However, some believe that Amos was actually from a Tekoa in the North, near [[Galilee]], but this is most likely not true. They believe that it is more probable that Amos was from the North because it has conditions more suitable for the cultivation of sycamore figs than the Tekoa of the South. Sycamore figs grow at a low elevation, lower than the Tekoa of Judah, which is at a relatively high elevation of 850 metres (overlooking both [[Jerusalem]] and [[Bethlehem]]). Others have discredited the theory about the Galilean Tekoa, citing that the difference in elevation between the two locations is not significant. Scholars in support of the idea of Amos being from the North also say it makes more sense because of Amaziah's accusation of conspiracy in chapter seven, verse 10. A conspirator, they argue, is more likely to be a national. <br /> <br /> Two other opinions of where Amos' writings were recorded deserve mention. They are that 1) disciples of Amos followed him and recorded his message and 2) that someone in his audience in the North recorded his message.<br /> <br /> ==Purpose==<br /> The Book of Amos is set in a time when the people of [[Israel]] have reached a low point in their devotion to [[Yahweh]] - the people have become greedy and have stopped following and adhering to their values. The wealthy elite are becoming rich at the expense of others. Peasant farmers who once practiced subsistence farming are being forced to farm what is best for foreign trade, mostly wine and oil. <br /> <br /> Yahweh speaks to Amos, a farmer and herder and tells him to go to [[Samaria]], the capital of the Northern kingdom. Through Amos, Yahweh tells the people that he is going to judge Israel for its sins, and it will be a foreign nation that will enact his judgement. <br /> <br /> The people understand judgment as the coming of &quot;the Day of the Lord.&quot; &quot;The Day of the Lord&quot; was widely celebrated and highly anticipated by the followers of Yahweh. However, Amos came to tell the people that &quot;the Day of the Lord&quot; was coming soon and that it meant divine judgment and justice for their own iniquity.<br /> <br /> ==Themes==<br /> Many scholars break the book of Amos up into three sections. Chapters one and two look at the nations surrounding [[Israel]] and then Israel itself through a moral/ethical filter. Chapters three to six are a collection of verses that look more specifically at Israel's transgressions. Chapters seven to nine include visions that [[Yahweh]] gave Amos as well as Amaziah's rebuke of the prophet. The last section of the book (7:1 to 9:8), commonly referred to as the Book of Visions, contains the only narrative section. <br /> In the first two visions, [[Amos (prophet)|Amos]] is able to convince Yahweh not to act out the scenes of discipline presented to him. The ideas of discipline and justice, although not enacted here, corresponds to the central message in what some refer to as the Book of Woes (5:1 to 6:14). This message can be seen most clearly in verse 24 of chapter five. The plagues in the preceding chapter, chapter four, were supposed to be seen as acts of discipline that turned Israel back to Yahweh. However, the people did not interpret the acts this way and the discipline turned into judgment for the people's disobedience. In the second set of visions (7:7-9), there is no intercession by Amos and Yahweh says that he &quot;will never pass by them again.&quot; The plight of Israel has become hopeless. [[God]] will not hold back judgment because Israel refuses to listen to the prophets and even goes so far as to try to silence them (2:12, 3:8, 7:10-17). <br /> <br /> The central idea of the book of Amos according to most scholars is that Yahweh puts his people on the same level as the nations that surround it -- Yahweh expects the same morality of them all. As it is with all nations that rise up against the kingdom of Yahweh, even Israel and Judah will not be exempt from the judgment of Yahweh because of their idolatry and unjust ways. The nation that represents Yahweh must be made pure of anything or anyone that profanes the name of Yahweh. Yahweh's name must be exalted. <br /> <br /> Other major themes in the book of Amos include: social justice and concern for the disadvantaged; the idea that Israel's [[covenant]] with Yahweh did not exempt them from his standards of morality; Yahweh is [[God]] of all nations; Yahweh is judge of all nations; Yahweh is God of moral righteousness; Yahweh made all people; Yahweh elected Israel and then redeemed Israel so that he would be known throughout the world; election by Yahweh means that those elected are responsible to live according to the purposes clearly outlined to them in the law; Yahweh will only destroy the unjust and a remnant will remain and; Yahweh is free to judge, redeem and act as savior to Israel.<br /> ----<br /> ===References:===<br /> * Carroll R., M. Daniel ''Amos: The Prophet and His Oracles''. Louisville: Westminster John Knox Press, 2002.<br /> * Coote, Robert B. ''Amos Among the Prophets: Composition and Theology''. Philadelphia: Fortress Press, 1981.<br /> * Doorly, William J. ''Prophet of Justice: Understanding the Book of Amos''. New York: Paulist Press 1989.<br /> * Easton's Bible Dictionary, 1897.<br /> * Hasel, Gerhard F. ''Understanding the Book of Amos: Basic Issues in Current Interpretations''. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1991.<br /> * Haynes, John H. ''Amos the Eighth Century Prophet: His Times and His Preaching''. Nashville: Abingdon Press, 1988.<br /> * Keil, C.F. et al. ''Commentary on the Old Testament in Ten Volumes''. Grand Rapids: William B. Eerdmans, 1986.<br /> * LaSor, William Sanford et al. ''Old Testament Survey: the Message, Form, and Background of the Old Testament''. Grand Rapids: William B. Eerdmans, 1996.<br /> * Metzger, Bruce M. et al. ''The Oxford Companion to the Bible''. New York: Oxford University Press, 1993.<br /> * Möller, Karl. ''A Prophet in Debate: The Rhetoric of Persuasion in the Book of Amos''. London: Sheffield Academic Press, 2003.<br /> <br /> ==External links==<br /> Online translations of ''Book of Amos'':<br /> <br /> *[[Judaism|Jewish]] translations:<br /> **[http://www.chabad.org/article.asp?aid=15760 Amos (Judaica Press)] translation with [[Rashi]]'s commentary at [[Chabad.org]]<br /> <br /> *[[Christian]] translations:<br /> **[http://www.gospelhall.org/bible/bible.php?passage=Amos+1&amp;ver1=esv ''Online Bible'' at GospelHall.org] (English Standard Version)<br /> ** [http://www.anova.org/sev/htm/hb/30_amos.htm ''Amos'' at The Great Books] (New Revised Standard Version)<br /> ** [http://en.wikisource.org/wiki/Bible%2C_King_James%2C_Amos ''Amos'' at Wikisource] (Authorised King James Version)<br /> <br /> Related articles:<br /> * [http://www.nicholaswhyte.info/Bible/amos.htm Nicholas Whyte on Amos]<br /> * [http://www.bible.gen.nz/ ''Amos'' Hypertext Bible Commentary]<br /> <br /> ----<br /> ''Prepared in 2005 for the course BIBL5023 at [[Acadia Divinity College]]''<br /> <br /> [[Category:Nevi'im|Amos]]<br /> [[Category:Old Testament books|Amos]]<br /> [[Category:Year of work unknown]]<br /> <br /> [[cs:Kniha Ámos]]<br /> [[de:Buch Amos]]<br /> [[es:Libro de Amós]]<br /> [[fr:Livre d'Amos]]<br /> [[ko:아모스 (구약성서)]]<br /> [[id:Kitab Amos]]<br /> [[it:Libro di Amos]]<br /> [[jv:Amos]]<br /> [[nl:Amos (boek)]]<br /> [[ja:アモス書]]<br /> [[pl:Księga Amosa]]<br /> [[pt:Livro de Amós]]<br /> [[sm:O le tusi a le Perofeta o Amosa]]<br /> [[fi:Aamoksen kirja]]<br /> [[sv:Amos]]<br /> [[zh:阿摩司書]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Book_of_Joel&diff=103872578 Book of Joel 2007-01-28T17:32:41Z <p>Eamezaga: iw:es</p> <hr /> <div>{{Books of the Old Testament}}<br /> {{Books of Nevi'im}}<br /> The book of '''Joel''' (MEW) is part of the [[Jewish]] [[Tanakh]], and also the [[Old Testament]] of the [[Christian]] [[Bible]]. Joel is part of a group of twelve prophetic books known as the [[Minor Prophets]] or simply as '''The Twelve'''; the distinction 'minor' indicates the short length of the text in relation to the larger prophetic texts known as the [[Major prophet|Major Prophets]].<br /> <br /> ==The Prophet==<br /> [[Joel]] was probably a resident in [[kingdom of Judah|Judah]], as his commission was to that people. He makes frequent mention of Judah and [[Jerusalem]] (1:14; 2:1, 15, 32; 3:1, 12, 17, 20, 21). The name Joel was common in Israel and means &quot;the Lord is God&quot;.<br /> <br /> ==Historical Context==<br /> <br /> Scholars debate the date of Joel with three main schools:<br /> <br /> *835-796BC During the time when Joash was too young to govern and Jehoiada did so in his place (2 Kings 11; 2 Chron. 23-24).<br /> <br /> *About 775-725BC Roughly contemporary with [[Book of Hosea|Hosea]] and [[Book of Amos|Amos]].<br /> <br /> *About 500BC Roughly contemporary with [[Book of Zechariah|Zechariah]].<br /> <br /> ==Sections and Themes==<br /> <br /> #A prophecy of a great public calamity then impending over the land, consisting of a want of water and an extraordinary plague of locusts (1:1-2:11).<br /> #The prophet then calls on his countrymen to repent and to turn to God, assuring them of his readiness to forgive (2:12-17), and foretelling the restoration of the land to its accustomed fruitfulness (18-26). <br /> #Then follows a prophecy which is interpreted as Messianic within Christian tradition.<br /> #Finally, the prophet foretells portents and judgments as destined to fall on the enemies of God (ch. 3, but in the Hebrew text 4).<br /> <br /> ==Use in the New Testament==<br /> {| class=&quot;wikitable&quot;<br /> |-<br /> !Joel !! New Testament<br /> |-<br /> |Then afterwards I will pour out my spirit on all flesh; your sons and your daughters shall prophesy, your old men shall dream dreams, and your young men shall see visions. Even on the male and female slaves, in those days, I will pour out my spirit. I will show portents in the heavens and on the earth, blood and fire and columns of smoke. The sun shall be turned to darkness, and the moon to blood, before the great and terrible day of the LORD comes. Then everyone who calls on the name of the LORD shall be saved; for in Mount Zion and in Jerusalem there shall be those who escape, as the LORD has said, and among the survivors shall be those whom the LORD calls. (Joel 3:1-5) || &quot;In the last days it will be, God declares, that I will pour out my Spirit upon all flesh, and your sons and your daughters shall prophesy, and your young men shall see visions, and your old men shall dream dreams. Even upon my slaves, both men and women, in those days I will pour out my Spirit;and they shall prophesy. And I will show portents in the heaven above and signs on the earth below,blood, and fire, and smoky mist. The sun shall be turned to darkness and the moon to blood,before the coming of the Lord’s great and glorious day. Then everyone who calls on the name of the Lord shall be saved.&quot; (Acts 2:17-21)<br /> |-<br /> |Then everyone who calls on the name of the LORD shall be saved; for in Mount Zion and in Jerusalem there shall be those who escape, as the LORD has said, and among the survivors shall be those whom the LORD calls. (Joel 2:32) || For, 'Everyone who calls on the name of the Lord shall be saved.' (Romans 10:13)<br /> |}<br /> <br /> All quotations taken from the [[New Revised Standard Version]].<br /> <br /> ==External links==<br /> *[http://www.jewishencyclopedia.com/view.jsp?artid=341&amp;letter=J ''Jewish Encyclopedia'']: Book of Joel<br /> *[http://www.newadvent.org/cathen/08419a.htm ''Catholic Encyclopedia'']: Joel<br /> *[http://www.biblecentre.org/commentaries/index_ot.htm Bible commentaries on Joel]: Bible commentaries on the Old Testament<br /> ===Links to Translations===<br /> [[Judaism|Jewish]] translations:<br /> * [http://www.chabad.org/library/archive/LibraryArchive2.asp?AID=15759 Yoel - Joel (Judaica Press)] translation with [[Rashi]]'s commentary at Chabad.org <br /> <br /> [[Christian]] translations:<br /> *[http://www.gospelhall.org/bible/bible.php?passage=Joel+1&amp;ver1=esv ''Online Bible'' at GospelHall.org] (ESV)<br /> * [http://www.anova.org/sev/htm/hb/29_joel.htm Joel at The Great Books] (New Revised Standard Version)<br /> * [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/index.php?search=joel&amp;version=31 Joel at BibleGateway] (New International Version and others)<br /> * [http://wikisource.org/wiki/Bible%2C_English%2C_King_James%2C_Joel Joel at Wikisource] (Authorised King James Version)<br /> * [http://www.blueletterbible.org/kjv/Joe/Joe001.html#top Joel at BlueLetter Bible] (King James Version and others, plus commentaries)<br /> <br /> ==Sources==<br /> Thomas J. Finley, Everyman's Bible Commentary: Joel, Obadiah, and Micah. (Chicago: Moody Press, 1996)<br /> <br /> Douglas Stuary, Word Biblical Commentary: Hosea - Jonah. (Waco, Texas: Word Books, 1987)<br /> <br /> William Sanford LaSor, Old Testament Survey: The Message, Form, and Background of the Old Testament, 2nd Ed. (Grand Rapids, Michigan: Wm. B. Eerdsmans Publishing Co., 1996)<br /> <br /> [[Category:Nevi'im|Joel, Book of]]<br /> [[Category:Old Testament books|Joel]]<br /> [[Category:Year of work unknown]]<br /> <br /> [[de:Buch Joel]]<br /> [[es:Libro de Yoel]]<br /> [[fr:Livre de Joël]]<br /> [[ko:요엘 (구약성서)]]<br /> [[id:Kitab Yoel]]<br /> [[it:Libro di Gioele]]<br /> [[he:יואל]]<br /> [[jv:Yoel]]<br /> [[hu:Joel]]<br /> [[nl:Joël (boek)]]<br /> [[ja:ヨエル書]]<br /> [[pl:Księga Joela]]<br /> [[pt:Joel]]<br /> [[ru:Иоиль (пророк)]]<br /> [[sm:O le tusi a le Perofeta o Ioelu]]<br /> [[fi:Joelin kirja]]<br /> [[sv:Joel]]<br /> [[zh:約珥書]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Book_of_Hosea&diff=83024528 Book of Hosea 2006-10-22T16:40:12Z <p>Eamezaga: /* External links */ iw es:</p> <hr /> <div>{{Mergefrom|Hosea|date=September 2006}}<br /> <br /> {{Books of the Old Testament}}<br /> {{Books of Nevi'im}}<br /> The '''''Book of Hosea''''' is one of the books of the [[Hebrew Bible]] and of the Christian [[Old Testament]]. It stands first in order among what are known as the twelve [[Minor Prophets]].<br /> <br /> <br /> == Author ==<br /> [[Hosea]] prophesied during a dark and melancholy era of [[kingdom of Israel|Israel's]] history, the period of the Northern Kingdom's decline and fall in the [[8th century BCE]]. The [[apostasy]] of the people was rampant, having turned away from Yahweh in order to serve the calves of [[Jeroboam]] (see 1 K 12.26-30; Ho 8.4-6) and [[Baal]], a Canaanite god of fertility.<br /> <br /> An interpolated list of kings reveals that Hosea prophesied ''c.'' 780-710 BCE, and was a contemporary of [[Isaiah]] and [[Amos]] (compare Ho 1.1, Is 1.1, and Am 1.1). Along with Amos, Hosea's target audience was the [[Northern Kingdom]], while Isaiah's prophecies were directed primarily towards the [[Southern Kingdom]] of Judah.<br /> <br /> Hosea was himself a native of the Northern Kingdom, and wrote in a distinctive northern dialect.<br /> <br /> ==Contents==<br /> The book may be divided into two parts, the first containing chapters 1-3, and symbolically representing the idolatry of Israel under imagery borrowed from the matrimonial relation; Hosea [[marriage|marries]] a [[prostitute]], as the [[Tetragrammaton|Lord]] said, ''&quot;The people in this land have acted like prostitutes and abandoned the Lord.&quot;''<br /> <br /> The figures of marriage and adultery are common in the Hebrew Bible as representations of the relationship between [[God]] and the people of Israel. Here we see the apostasy of Israel and its punishment, with its future repentance, forgiveness, and restoration.<br /> <br /> The second part, containing 4-14, is a summary of Hosea's discourses, filled with denunciations, threatenings, exhortations, promises, and revelations of mercy.<br /> <br /> The unique contribution of Hosea is the extended metaphor of marriage in chapters 1-3. There is scholarly disagreement on whether the marriage is entirely symbolic or descriptive of actual events. <br /> <br /> First, Hosea was directed by [[Yahweh]] to marry a [[harlot]], and he did so. Marriage here is symbolic of the covenantal relationship between Yahweh and Israel. However, Israel has been unfaithful to Yahweh by following other gods and breaking the commandments which are the terms of the covenant, hence Israel is symbolized by a harlot who violates the obligations of marriage to her husband.<br /> <br /> Second, Hosea and his wife, [[Gomer]], have a son. Yahweh commands that the son be named Jezreel. This name refers to a valley in which much blood had been shed in Israel's history, especially by the kings of the Northern Kingdom. (See I Kings 21 and II Kings 9:21-35). The naming of this son was to stand as a prophecy against the reigning house of the Northern Kingdom, that they would pay for that bloodshed.<br /> <br /> Third, the couple has a daughter. Yahweh commands that she be named No Pity or Not Pitied, to show Israel that, although Yahweh will still have pity on the [[Southern Kingdom]], Yahweh will no longer have pity on the [[Northern Kingdom]]; its destruction is imminent.<br /> <br /> Fourth, a son is born to Gomer. It is questionable whether this child was Hosea's, for Yahweh commands that his name be Not My People, or more simply, Not Mine. The child bore this name of shame to show that the Northern Kingdom would also be shamed, for its people would no longer be known as God's People.<br /> <br /> Following this, the prophecy is made that someday this will all be changed, that Yahweh will indeed have pity on Israel.<br /> <br /> Chapter two describes a divorce. This divorce seems to be the end of the covenant between Yahweh and the Northern Kingdom. However, it is probable that this was again a symbolic act, in which Hosea divorced Gomer for infidelity, and used the occasion to preach the message of Yahweh's rejection of the Northern Kingdom. He ends this prophecy with the declaration that Yahweh will one day renew the covenant, and will take Israel back in love.<br /> <br /> In Chapter three, at Yahweh's command, Hosea seeks out Gomer once more. Either she has sold herself into slavery for debt, or she is with a lover who demands money in order to give her up, because Hosea has to buy her back. He takes her home, but refrains from sexual intimacy with her for many days, to symbolize the fact that Israel will be without a king for many years, but that Yahweh will take Israel back, even at a cost to Himself.<br /> <br /> Chapters 4-14 spell out the allegory at length. Chapters 4-10 contain a series of oracles, or prophetic sermons, showing exactly why Yahweh is rejecting the Northern Kingdom, what are the grounds for the divorce. Chapter 11 is Yahweh's lament over the necessity of giving up the Northern Kingdom, which is a large part of the people of Israel, whom Yahweh loves. Yahweh promises not to give them up entirely. Then, in Chapter 12, the prophet pleads for Israel's repentance. Chapter 13 foretells the destruction of the kingdom at the hands of [[Assyria]], because there has been no repentance. In Chapter 14, the prophet urges Israel to seek forgiveness, and promises its restoration, while urging the utmost fidelity to Yahweh.<br /> <br /> ==Context==<br /> During Hosea's lifetime, the kings of the Northern Kingdom, their aristocratic supporters, and the priests had led the people in falling away from the Law of God, as given in the [[Pentateuch]]. Forsaking the worship of Yahweh, they worshipped other gods, especially Baal, the Canaanite fertility god. Other sins followed, including homicide, perjury, theft, and sexual sin. Hosea declares that, unless they repent of these sins, Yahweh will allow their nation to be destroyed, and the people will be taken into captivity by Assyria (Ho 9.3; 11.5), the greatest nation of the time.<br /> <br /> In fact, Assyria did capture Samaria, the capital of the Northern Kingdom, in 722 BCE. All the members of the upper classes and many of the ordinary people were taken captive and carried off to live as prisoners of war.<br /> <br /> ==Themes==<br /> The primary theme of the Book of Hosea is that God loves Israel, just as a man loves his wife. This is shown by the extended metaphor of Hosea's own marriage.<br /> <br /> In conjunction with that theme, however, are the twin themes of Israel's sin and the coming retribution. Although Yahweh loves Israel, Israel has not returned His love. This has been shown by the continued idolatry and acts of violence, oppression, and sexual sin among the people. Because Israel has not returned God's love, He will put them away from Him, just as Hosea did his wife, and send them into exile.<br /> <br /> This introduces the fourth theme, which is the restoration of Israel from exile. The country will be conquered; the people will be sent into exile; but some will return and build the land up once more. God will embrace them as His people, and they will be loyal to Him as their God.<br /> <br /> ==Contribution==<br /> Hosea is believed to be the first prophet to use marriage as a metaphor of the covenant between God and Israel and influenced latter prophets such as Jeremiah. He is among the first writing prophets and the last chapter of Hosea has a format similar to wisdom literature.<br /> <br /> {{eastons}}<br /> ==External links==<br /> *[[Judaism|Jewish]] translations:<br /> ** [http://www.chabad.org/library/archive/LibraryArchive2.asp?AID=15758 Hoshea - Hosea (Judaica Press)] translation with [[Rashi]]'s commentary at Chabad.org<br /> <br /> *[[Christian]] translations:<br /> **[http://www.gospelhall.org/bible/bible.php?passage=Hosea+1 ''Online Bible'' at GospelHall.org]<br /> ** [http://www.anova.org/sev/htm/hb/28_hosea.htm ''Hosea'' at The Great Books] (New Revised Standard Version)<br /> * [http://www.jewishencyclopedia.com/view.jsp?artid=927&amp;letter=H ''Jewish Encyclopedia'':]''Book of Hosea''<br /> * [http://endtimepilgrim.org/gomer.htm Gomer and Hosea]<br /> <br /> [[Category:Nevi'im|Hosea, Book of]]<br /> [[Category:Old Testament books|Hosea]]<br /> [[Category:Year of work unknown]]<br /> <br /> [[cs:Kniha Ozeáš]]<br /> [[da:Hoseas' Bog]]<br /> [[de:Hosea]]<br /> [[es:Libro de Oseas]]<br /> [[fi:Hoosean kirja]]<br /> [[fr:Livre d'Osée]]<br /> [[he:הושע הנביא]]<br /> [[id:Hosea]]<br /> [[it:Libro di Osea]]<br /> [[ja:ホセア書]]<br /> [[jv:Hosea]]<br /> [[ko:호세아 (구약성서)]]<br /> [[nl:Hosea]]<br /> [[no:Hoseas bok]]<br /> [[pl:Księga Ozeasza]]<br /> [[pt:Oséias]]<br /> [[ru:Книга пророка Осии]]<br /> [[sk:Ozeáš]]<br /> [[sv:Hosea]]<br /> [[zh:何西阿書]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Book_of_Ezekiel&diff=77386087 Book of Ezekiel 2006-09-23T17:35:13Z <p>Eamezaga: /* External links */ iw:es</p> <hr /> <div>{{mergedisputed|Ezekiel}} <br /> {{Books of the Old Testament}}<br /> {{Books of Nevi'im}}<br /> <br /> {{dablink|This article is about the ''Book of Ezekiel''. See also [[Ezekiel]], the prophet. For other meanings, see [[Ezekiel (disambiguation)]].}}<br /> <br /> The '''Book of Ezekiel''' is a book of the Jewish [[Hebrew Bible]] as well as the Christian [[Old Testament]], attributed to the prophet [[Ezekiel]] ([[Hebrew language|Hebrew]]: יְחֶזְקֵאל, &lt;small&gt;[[Hebrew language#Modern Hebrew|Standard]]&lt;/small&gt; ''{{unicode|Yəḥezqel}}'' &lt;small&gt;[[Tiberian vocalization|Tiberian]]&lt;/small&gt; ''{{unicode|Yəḥezqêl}}'' ; &quot;[[Names of God in Judaism#El|God]] will strengthen&quot;) who is regarded by both Jews and Christians as a [[prophet]].<br /> <br /> ==The author Ezekiel==<br /> :''Main article [[Ezekiel]]''.<br /> What little personal information is presented in the text about the prophet is discussed at [[Ezekiel]]. We do know he was a priest in the temple at [[Jerusalem]], the son of a priest, and that he had a wife prior to being carried off in the Jewish exile of 587 BCE, at age twenty six. <br /> <br /> ===His mission===<br /> With the exile, monarchy and state were annihilated, and a political and national life was no longer possible. In the absence of a worldly foundation it became necessary to build upon a spiritual one. This mission Ezekiel performed by observing the signs of the time and by deducing his doctrines from them. In conformity with the two parts of his book his personality and his preaching are alike twofold. The events of the past must be explained. Although God has permitted His city and Temple to be destroyed, and His people to be led into exile, Ezekiel holds that God is not betraying His people. He asserts that God was compelled to do this because of the sins of the people. Ezekiel feels that there is no reason to despair, for God does not desire the death of the sinner, but his reformation. The Lord exemplifies through action, in that He will remain the God of Israel, and Israel will remain His people. The book explains that once Israel recognizes the sovereignty of the Lord and acts accordingly, God will restore the people, in order that they may fulfill their eternal mission and that He may truly dwell in the midst of them. This, however, cannot be accomplished until every individual reforms themselves and makes the will of the Lord their law.<br /> <br /> ===Resurrection of the dead===<br /> Ezekiel writes about a resurrection of the dead in chapter 37. As early as the second century, however, some authorities declared this resurrection of the dead was a prophetic vision: an opinion regarded by [[Maimonides]] (''Guide for the Perplexed'', II:46) and his followers as the only rational explanation of the Biblical passage.<br /> <br /> ==Authorship==<br /> There have been a number of debates that have surrounded this book over the centuries. For the most part there has been little question of the authenticity of the book, or its authorship, but rather whether it should be included in the biblical Canon. This debate did not stem from any doubt of its inspired message, but rather the fear that the unlearned may misinterpret it. For a time, the first chapter was not to be read in [[synagogue]]s and the private reading of the prophecy was not allowed until a person's 30th birthday.<br /> <br /> Up until 1924, no one had questioned the authorship of the book of Ezekiel. For many, it seems clear that the book was written by one person, expressing one train of thought and style. However, in 1924 a theory was developed that 1,103 of the verses in Ezekiel were added at a later date.<br /> <br /> Since then, the academic community has been split into a number of different camps over the authorship of the book. W. Zimmerli, who has a rather large following, proposes that Ezekiel's original message was influenced by a later school that added a deeper understanding to the prophecies. Other groups, like the one led by M. Greenberg, still tend to see the majority of the work of the book done by Ezekiel himself.<br /> <br /> ==The purpose of the book==<br /> The book of Ezekiel is a record of the prophesying of Ezekiel who delivered these oracles and prophecies orally at first. Most people accept that Ezekiel did play a part in the written record of these visions, possibly with the help of scribes or followers. The book, which is split into three sections based on the time they were written, was mostly written by Ezekiel himself. Ezekiel's writing is one of the most sophisticated of all of the Old Testament [[Prophet]]s. This stems from his training as a priest for the temple, as well as his experience in ministering to the elite members of the nation of [[Kingdom of Judah|Judah]].<br /> <br /> Ezekiel's writing is made up of three distinct levels: an oracle, a continuation and a closing oracle. The first two layers are related in their writing style and are both attributed to Ezekiel himself. The third level, however, tends to be different from the first two, and as such is attributed to others who were interested in preserving and updating his work.<br /> <br /> The book does show many examples of editing done over a period of time by both Ezekiel and others. Most of this work was simply rearranging the order of the oracles to fit the time period to which they applied.<br /> <br /> == Date ==<br /> The ''Book of Ezekiel'' can be dated due to Ezekiel's recording of events based on the rule of King [[Jehoiachin]] (King of [[Jerusalem]]). Ezekiel's records makes it possible to accurately date his life and his time of prophecy due to these references to the reigns of kings.<br /> <br /> ''Ezekiel'' was originally written in the 25 year period between 593 to 571 B.C. The book seems to be written in two different time periods during Ezekiel's 25 years of prophecy. The first section which is aimed at the upper class of Judah was written between from 593 to 586 B.C. The second section, which runs from 586 to 571, deals with his oracles of salvation for the people.<br /> <br /> The text records numerous events that allow us to estimate their time in history. The following table lists events in ''Ezekiel'' with their approximate dates.<br /> <br /> {|<br /> |+Dates of Book of Ezekiel<br /> |-<br /> ! Event !! Verse Reference !! Date<br /> |-<br /> | Chariot Vision || [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/index.php?search=ezekiel%201:1-3&amp;version=49 1:1-3] || June 593 B.C.<br /> |-<br /> | Call to be a Watchman || [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=ezekiel%203:16;&amp;version=49; 3:16] || June 593<br /> |-<br /> | Temple Vision ||[http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=ezekiel%208:1;&amp;version=49; 8:1] || August/September 592<br /> |-<br /> | Discourse with Elders || [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=ezekiel%2020:1;&amp;version=49; 20:1] || August 591<br /> |-<br /> | Second [[Siege]] of [[Jerusalem]] || [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=ezekiel%2024:1;&amp;version=49; 24:1] || January 588<br /> |-<br /> | Judgment on Tyre || [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=ezekiel%2026:1;&amp;version=49; 26:1] || March/April 587/586<br /> |-<br /> | Judgment on [[Egypt]] || [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=ezekiel%2029:1;&amp;version=49; 29:1] || January 587<br /> |-<br /> | Judgment on [[Egypt]] || [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=ezekiel%2029:17;&amp;version=49; 29:17] || April 571<br /> |-<br /> | Judgment on [[Egypt]] || [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=ezekiel%2030:20;&amp;version=49; 30:20] || April 587<br /> |-<br /> | Judgment on [[Egypt]] || [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=ezekiel%2031:1;&amp;version=49; 31:1] || June 587<br /> |-<br /> | Lament over [[Pharaoh]] || [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=ezekiel%2032:1;&amp;version=49; 32:1] || March 585<br /> |-<br /> | Lament over [[Egypt]] || [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=ezekiel%2032:17;&amp;version=49; 32:17] || April 586<br /> |-<br /> | Fall of [[Jerusalem]] || [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=ezekiel%2033:21;&amp;version=49; 33:21] || December/January 586/85<br /> |-<br /> | New Temple Vision || [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=ezekiel%2040:1;&amp;version=49; 40:1] || April 573<br /> |}<br /> <br /> == Ezekiel's hearers ==<br /> The ''Book of Ezekiel'' was written for the Israelites living in exile in [[Babylon]]. Up to now their custom was to [[worship]] their [[God]], in the temple in [[Jerusalem]]. Exile raised important theological questions. How they asked, could they worship YHVH when they were now in a distant land. Was their God still available to them they asked. Ezekiel speaks to this problem. He first explains that their exile is a punishment for disobedience and he offers hope to the exiles once they return to YHVH. The Book of Ezekiel is a message of hope to those desperately in need.<br /> <br /> The author points to a day when Judah and Israel would once more be restored to their land. Borrowing heavily from earlier [[prophet]]s and books, [[Ezekiel]] sought to comfort the people with the knowledge of a neverending covenant with YHVH. He preached to them a new understanding in their time of exile. He shows them that God was still in control of the situation. [[Ezekiel]] used his own life and his relationship with God as an example.<br /> <br /> == Content ==<br /> ''Ezekiel'' contains three distinct sections.<br /> # Judgment on Israel - Ezekiel makes a series of denunciations against his fellow Judeans ( [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=ezekiel%203:22-24;&amp;version=49; 3:22-24]), warning them of the certain destruction of [[Jerusalem]], in opposition to the words of the false prophets ([http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=ezekiel%204:1-3;&amp;version=49; 4:1-3]). The symbolic acts, by which the extremities to which Jerusalem would be reduced are described in [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=ezekiel%204-5;&amp;version=49; Chapters 4 and 5], show his intimate acquaintance with the Levitical legislation. (See, for example, [[Exodus]] [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Exodus%2022:30;&amp;version=49; 22:30]; [[Deuteronomy]] [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Deut%2014:21;&amp;version=49; 14:21]; [[Leviticus]] [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Lev%205:2;&amp;version=49; 5:2]; [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Lev%207:18,24;&amp;version=49; 7:18,24]; [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Lev%2017:15;&amp;version=49; 17:15]; [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Lev%2019:7;&amp;version=49; 19:7]; [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Lev%2022:8;&amp;version=49; 22:8])<br /> # Prophecies against various neighboring nations: against the [[Ammon]]ites ( [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Ezekiel%2025:1-7;&amp;version=49; Ezek. 25:1-7]), the [[Moab]]ites ( [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Ezekiel%208-11;&amp;version=49; 25:8-11]), the [[Edom]]ites ( [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Ezekiel%2012-14;&amp;version=49; 25:12-14]), the [[Philistines]] ( [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Ezekiel%2015-17;&amp;version=49; 25:15-17]), [[Tyre]] and [[Sidon]] ( [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Ezekiel%2026-28;&amp;version=49; 26-28]), and against [[Egypt]] ([http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Ezekiel%2029-32;&amp;version=49; 29-32]).<br /> # Prophecies delivered after the destruction of Jerusalem by [[Nebuchadnezzar II]]: the triumphs of Israel and of the kingdom of God on earth ( [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Ezekiel%2033-39;&amp;version=49; Ezek. 33-39] ); Messianic times, and the establishment and prosperity of the kingdom of God ( [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Ezekiel%2040;48;&amp;version=49; 40-48]).<br /> <br /> Ezekiel did much of his prophecizing through his actions. Instead of preaching to the people an oral message God instructed him to live out his message in various ways. His actions were interpreted as having unique and specific meanings. For example, he does various things like sketches Jerusalem on a brick ( [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Ezekiel%204:1-3;&amp;version=49; Ezek. 4:1-3]), Lies on left side for 390 days and right side for 40 ( [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Ezekiel%204:4-8;&amp;version=49; Ezekiel 4:4-8] ), Shaves his head with a sword, weighs and divides the hair, burning a portion of it, smiting a second portion with a sword and scattering the third portion to the winds ( [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Ezekiel%205:1-12;&amp;version=49; Ezek. 5:1-12]), Digs his way through a wall and takes an exile's baggage with him ( [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Ezekiel%2012:1-12;&amp;version=49; Ezek. 12:1-12]), Marks out a route for the Babylonian army with a crossroads that forces the king to cast lots to decide which road to take ([http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Ezekiel%2012:18-23;&amp;version=49; Ezek. 21:18-23]), and loses his wife in death ([http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Ezekiel%2025:15-24;&amp;version=49; Ezek. 25:15-24]).<br /> <br /> The closing visions of this book are referred to in the book of [[Revelation]]<br /> ([http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Ezekiel%2038;&amp;version=49; Ezek. 38] =<br /> [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Rev%2020:8;&amp;version=49; Rev. 20:8];<br /> [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Ezekiel%2047:1-8;&amp;version=49; Ezek. 47:1-8] =<br /> [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Rev%2022:1-2;&amp;version=49; Rev. 22:1,2]).<br /> Other references to this book are also found in the [[New Testament]].<br /> (Compare Epistle to the [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Rom%202:24;Ezek%2036:22;&amp;version=49; Romans 2:24 with Ezek. 36:22]; [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Rom%2010:5;Gal%203:12;Ezek%2020:11;&amp;version=49; Rom. 10:5, Galatians 3:12 with Ezek. 20:11]; [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=2%20Peter%203:4;Ezek%2012:22;&amp;version=49; 2 Peter 3:4 with Ezek. 12:22].)<br /> <br /> According to traditionalists, [[Daniel]], fourteen years after his deportation from Jerusalem, is mentioned by Ezekiel (14:14) along with [[Noah]] and [[Job (person)|Job]] as distinguished for his righteousness, and some five years later he is spoken of as pre-eminent for his wisdom (28:3). However, a &quot;Daniel&quot; also appears in ancient Ugaritic texts, Daniel isn't specifically described as a contemporary (indeed, the phrase &quot;Noah, Daniel and Job&quot; implies otherwise), and the [[Book of Daniel]] is widely regarded by modern scholars as having been written centuries later.<br /> <br /> Ezekiel refers to the [[Pentateuch]] (e.g., Ezek. 27; 28:13; 31:8; 36:11, 34; 47:13, etc.) quite often, and shows on a number of occasions that he is familiar with the writings of [[Hosea]] (Ezek. 37:22), [[Isaiah]] (Ezek. 8:12; 29:6), and especially with those of [[Jeremiah (prophet)|Jeremiah]], his older contemporary ([[Book of Jeremiah|Jeremiah]] 24:7, 9; 48:37).<br /> <br /> ==Translations and commentaries on the book of Ezekiel==<br /> ===Astrology and cosmological symbolism in Ezekiel===<br /> Cosmologist [[Patrizia Norelli-Bachelet]] notes that the vision of Ezekiel makes reference to the fixed cross of the [[Zodiac]]:<br /> <br /> *'And I looked and beholf a whirlwind came out of the north. A great cloud and a fire and out of the midst thereof came the likeness of four living creatures. And every one had four faces and every one had four wings. As for the likeness of their faces, they four had the face of a Man, ([[Aquarius]]) and the face of a Lion, ([[Leo]]), on the right side, and they four had the face of an Ox, ([[Taurus (astrology)|Taurus]]) on the left side and they four also had the face of an Eagle, ([[Scorpio]]). Their appearance and their work was as if a [[wheel within a wheel]]; as for their rings, they were so high they were dreadful and their rings were full of eyes, round about them four. And when the living creatures went, the wheels went with them for the spirit of the living creature was in the wheels.' - Ezekiel Chap: 1; 4-20<br /> <br /> ===On-line translations and commentaries===<br /> *[[Judaism|Jewish]] translations:<br /> ** [http://www.chabad.org/library/archive/LibraryArchive2.asp?AID=16098 Yechezkiel - Ezekiel] from Chabad.org<br /> <br /> *[[Christian]] translations:<br /> **[http://www.gospelhall.org/bible/bible.php?passage=Ezekiel+1 ''Online Bible'' at GospelHall.org]<br /> ** [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=ezekiel;&amp;version=49; ''Ezekiel'' at BibleGateway.com] (Various translations)<br /> <br /> ==References==<br /> * ''Easton's Bible Dictionary'', 1897.<br /> * LaSor, William Sanford et al. ''Old Testament Survey: the Message, Form, and Background of the Old Testament''. Grand Rapids: William B. Eerdmans, 1996.<br /> * Allen, Leslie C. ''Word Biblical Commentary Volume 28: Ezekiel 1-20''. Word Books Publisher: Dallas TX, 1990<br /> * Allen, Leslie C. ''Word Biblical Commentary Volume 29: Ezekiel 20-48''. Word Books Publisher: Dallas TX, 1990<br /> <br /> ==External links==<br /> * [http://www.jewishencyclopedia.com/view.jsp?artid=563&amp;letter=E&amp;search=Ezekiel ''Jewish Encyclopedia'']: ''Book of Ezekiel''<br /> * [http://www.kabbalah.info/engkab/shamati_eng/index_shamati_eng.htm ''Shamati''] a book by [[Yehuda Ashlag|Rabbi Yehuda Ashlag]]<br /> * [http://www.sentex.net/~tcc/fezek.html Douglas E. Cox &quot;Ezekiel's firmament&quot; 1996]<br /> * [http://pastorsteve.typepad.com 'Meditations on Ezekiel']: a comprehensive blog by Stephen Barkley<br /> <br /> [[Category:Nevi'im|Ezekiel]]<br /> [[Category:Old Testament books|Ezekiel]]<br /> <br /> [[cs:Kniha Ezechiel]]<br /> [[de:Ezechiel]]<br /> [[es:Libro de Ezequiel]]<br /> [[fr:Livre d'Ézéchiel]]<br /> [[ko:에제키엘 (구약성서)]]<br /> [[id:Yehezkiel]]<br /> [[he:ספר יחזקאל]]<br /> [[jv:Yehezkiel]]<br /> [[nl:Ezechiël]]<br /> [[ja:エゼキエル書]]<br /> [[no:Esekiels bok]]<br /> [[pl:Księga Ezechiela]]<br /> [[fi:Hesekielin kirja]]<br /> [[sv:Hesekiel]]<br /> [[zh:以西結書]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Book_of_Baruch&diff=76050758 Book of Baruch 2006-09-16T14:10:20Z <p>Eamezaga: iw:es</p> <hr /> <div>{{about|[[deuterocanonical books|deuterocanonical]] book of the [[Christian]] [[Old Testament]]|other uses|Baruch}}<br /> {{Books of the Old Testament}}<br /> <br /> The '''Book of [[Baruch]]''', occasionally referred to as '''1 Baruch''', is a [[deuterocanonical books|deuterocanonical]] book, found in the [[Greek language|Greek]] [[Bible]] ([[LXX]]) and in the [[Vulgate|Vulgate Bible]], but not in the [[Hebrew Bible]], although it was included in Theodotion's version[[#Footnotes|&amp;sup1;]]. Scholars propose that it was written during or shortly after the period of the [[Maccabees]][[#Footnotes|&amp;sup2;]]. Baruch is found among the prophetical books which also include [[Book of Isaiah|Isaiah]], [[Book of Jeremiah|Jeremiah]], [[Book of Lamentations|Lamentations]], [[Book of Ezekiel|Ezekiel]], [[Book of Daniel|Daniel]], and the twelve [[minor prophets]].<br /> <br /> == Liturgical use ==<br /> <br /> Bar 3:9-38 is used in the [[liturgy]] of [[Holy Saturday]] during Passiontide in the traditional [[Roman Catholic]] calendar of Scriptural readings at [[Mass_(liturgy)|Mass]]. A similar selection occurs during the revised modern calendar[http://www.easterbrooks.com/cgi-bin/Cathcal.cgi?Year=2003&amp;Celeb=220&amp;Select=Search]. <br /> <br /> Bar 1:14 - 2:5; 3:1-8 is a liturgical reading within the revised Roman Catholic [[Breviary]] ([http://www.vatican.va/holy_father/paul_vi/apost_constitutions/documents/hf_p-vi_apc_19701101_laudis-canticum_lt.html ''Laudis canticum''] &amp;mdash; [[Latin_(Ecclesiastical)|Latin]] text &amp;mdash; [[Paul VI]], 1 November 1970), for the Twenty-Ninth Week in Ordinary Time, Friday, Office of Readings. The subject is ''the prayer and confession of [[sin]] of a penitent people'': &lt;blockquote&gt;Justice is with the Lord, our [[God]]; and we today are flushed with shame, we men of [[Kingdom of Judah|Judah]] and citizens of Jerusalem, that we, with our kings and rulers and [[priest]]s and prophets, and with our fathers, have sinned in the Lord's sight and disobeyed him. ... And the Lord fulfilled the warning he had uttered against us.... Lord Almighty, ... Hear... and have mercy on us, who have sinned against you...&quot; [[Augustine of Hippo|St. Augustine]] &lt;/blockquote&gt;[http://www.catholic-forum.com/saints/sainta02.htm] is paired with this reading from Baruch, within that Office of Readings, who on this occasion writes of [[prayer]]: &quot;[S]ince this [that we pray for] is that peace that surpasses all understanding, even when we ask for it in prayer we do not know how to pray for what is right...&quot;; from there he explains what it means that the Holy Ghost pleads for the saints.<br /> <br /> Bar 3:9-15, 24-4:4 is a liturgical reading for the Saturday of the same week. The theme is that ''the salvation of Israel is founded on wisdom'': &quot;Learn where prudence is, ... that you may know also where are length of days, and life, where light of the eyes, and peace. Who has found the place of wisdom, who has entered into her treasuries? ... She is the book of the precepts of God, ... All who cling to her will live... Turn, O [[Jacob]], and receive her: ... Give not your glory to another, your privileges to an alien race.&quot; Paired with this on the same day is a reading from [[Peter_Chrysologus|St. Peter Chrysologus]] [http://www.catholic-forum.com/saints/saintp41.htm], d. A.D. 450, who quotes the Apostle: &quot;let us also wear the likeness of the man of heaven&quot;.<br /> <br /> == Use in the New Testament ==<br /> <br /> *[[Gospel of Luke|Lk]] [http://drbo.org/cgi-bin/d?b=drb&amp;bk=49&amp;ch=013&amp;l=29 13:29] bears relation to Baruch [http://drbo.org/cgi-bin/d?b=drb&amp;bk=30&amp;ch=004&amp;l=37 4:37] [http://scripturecatholic.com/deuterocanon.html].<br /> *[[Gospel of John|Jn]] [http://drbo.org/cgi-bin/d?b=drb&amp;bk=50&amp;ch=003&amp;l=13 3:13] bears relation to Baruch [http://drbo.org/cgi-bin/d?b=drb&amp;bk=30&amp;ch=003&amp;l=29 3:29] (ibid.).<br /> *[[First Epistle to the Corinthians|1 Cor]] [http://drbo.org/cgi-bin/d?b=drb&amp;bk=53&amp;ch=010&amp;l=20 10:20] bears relation to Baruch [http://drbo.org/cgi-bin/d?b=drb&amp;bk=30&amp;ch=004&amp;l=7 4:7] (ibid.).<br /> *[[Gospel of John|Jn]] [http://drbo.org/cgi-bin/d?b=drb&amp;bk=50&amp;ch=001&amp;l=14 1:14] bears relation to Baruch [http://drbo.org/cgi-bin/d?b=drb&amp;bk=30&amp;ch=003&amp;l=38 3:38] as well as to [[Leviticus|Lev]] [http://drbo.org/cgi-bin/d?b=drb&amp;bk=03&amp;ch=026&amp;l=11-12 26:11-12], [[Books of Kings|1 Kgs]] [http://drbo.org/cgi-bin/d?b=drb&amp;bk=11&amp;ch=008&amp;l=27 8:27], and [[Psalms]] [http://drbo.org/cgi-bin/d?b=drb&amp;bk=21&amp;ch=084&amp;l=10 85:9].<br /> <br /> == Use by theologians and Church Fathers ==<br /> <br /> In ''[[Summa Theologiae]]''. [http://newadvent.org/summa/400404.htm III 4 4], [[Doctor of the Church]] [[Thomas Aquinas]] quotes Baruch [http://drbo.org/cgi-bin/d?b=drb&amp;bk=30&amp;ch=003&amp;l=38 3:38] to affirm that &quot;the Son of God assumed human nature in order to show Himself in men's sight, according to Baruch 3:38: 'Afterwards He was seen upon earth, and conversed with men.'&quot; This is part of his discussion of &quot;the mode of union on the part of the human nature&quot; [http://newadvent.org/summa/400400.htm III 4]. He quotes the same passage of Baruch in [http://newadvent.org/summa/404001.htm III 40 1] to help answer &quot;whether Christ should have associated with men, or led a solitary life&quot; [http://newadvent.org/summa/404000.htm III 40].<br /> <br /> [[Church Father]] [[Clement_of_Alexandria|St. Clement of Alexandria]] [http://www.catholic-forum.com/saints/saintc4q.htm], d. A.D. 217, quoted Baruch [http://drbo.org/cgi-bin/d?b=drb&amp;bk=30&amp;ch=003&amp;l=16-19 3:16-19], referring to the passage thus: &quot;Divine Scripture, addressing itself to those who love themselves and to the boastful, somewhere says most excellently: 'Where are the princes of the nations...'&quot; (see &quot;Paean for Wisdom&quot; example ''infra'') (Jurgens §410a).<br /> <br /> [[Hilary_of_Poitiers|St. Hilary of Poitiers]] [http://www.catholic-forum.com/saints/sainth02.htm], d. A.D. 368, also a [[Church Father]], quoted the same passage as St. Thomas, ''supra'', ([http://drbo.org/cgi-bin/d?b=drb&amp;bk=30&amp;ch=003&amp;l=36-38 3:36-38]), citing &quot;[[Jeremiah (prophet)|Jeremias]]&quot;, about which Jurgens states: &quot;Baruch was secretary to Jeremias, and is cited by the Fathers mostly under the name of Jeremias&quot; (§864n). St. Hilary states: &quot;Besides [[Moses]] and [[Isaiah|Isaias]], listen now a third time, and to Jeremias, who teaches the same thing, when He says:...&quot; (Jurgens §864).<br /> <br /> == Use in the current Catechism of the Catholic Church ==<br /> <br /> Baruch 6 is quoted in [[Catechism of the Catholic Church|CCC]] [http://www.vatican.va/archive/ccc_css/archive/catechism/p3s2c1a1.htm#III §2112] as part of an exposition against [[idolatry]]. During the [[Diaspora]] the [[Jew]]s lamented their lapse into idolatry, and their repentance is captured in the Book of Baruch.<br /> <br /> == Basic structure ==<br /> <br /> *1:1-14 Introduction: &quot;And these are the words...which Baruch...wrote in Babylonia.... And when they heard it they wept, and fasted, and prayed before the Lord.&quot;<br /> *1:15-2:10 Confession of sins: &quot;[T]he Lord hath watched over us for evil, and hath brought it upon us: for the Lord is just in all his works.... And we have not hearkened to his voice&quot;<br /> *2:11-3:8 Prayer for mercy: &quot;[F]or the dead that are in hell, whose spirit is taken away from their bowels, shall not give glory and justice to the Lord...&quot; (cf. [[Psalms]] [http://drbo.org/cgi-bin/d?b=drb&amp;bk=21&amp;ch=006&amp;l=6 6:6/5])<br /> *3:9-4:14 Paean for Wisdom: &quot;Where are the princes of the nations,... that hoard up silver and gold, wherein men trust? ... They are cut off, and are gone down to hell,...&quot;<br /> *4:5-5:9 Message to those in captivity: &quot;You have been sold to the Gentiles, not for your destruction: but because you provoked God to wrath.... [F]or the sins of my children, he [the Eternal] hath brought a nation upon them from afar...who have neither reverenced the ancient, nor pitied children...&quot;<br /> <br /> == Footnotes ==<br /> <br /> *&lt;sup&gt;1&lt;/sup&gt; &quot;Baruch&quot; by P. P. Saydon, revised by T. Hanlon, in &lt;u&gt;A New Catholic Commentary on Holy Scripture&lt;/u&gt;, ed. [[Reginald C. Fuller]], Thomas Nelson, Inc. Publishers, 1953, 1975, §504j. The same source states that &quot;[t]here is also evidence that Baruch was read in Jewish synagogues on certain festivals during the early centuries of the Christian era (Thackeray, 107-11),&quot; i.e. Henry St. John Thackeray, ''The Septuagint and Jewish Worship'', 1923.<br /> *&lt;sup&gt;2&lt;/sup&gt;Fuller, op. cit., §504h. Also, &quot;late Babylonian&quot;; &quot;alluded to, seemingly, in [[Maccabees|2 Mac]] [http://drbo.org/cgi-bin/d?b=drb&amp;bk=46&amp;ch=002&amp;l=1-3 2:1-3]&quot; in ''The Jerusalem Bible'', 1966, p. 1128.<br /> <br /> == See also ==<br /> *[[Baruch]]<br /> *[[Books of the Bible]]<br /> *[[Major prophet]]s<br /> *[[Minor prophet]]s<br /> * [[2 Baruch]]<br /> * [[3 Baruch]]<br /> * [[4 Baruch]]<br /> <br /> == External links ==<br /> <br /> *[http://www.jewishencyclopedia.com/view.jsp?artid=331&amp;letter=B ''Jewish Encyclopedia'':] Baruch<br /> *[http://www.newadvent.org/cathen/02319c.htm Baruch] at the [http://www.newadvent.org/cathen/ Catholic Encyclopedia]<br /> *[http://www.usccb.org/nab/bible/baruch/intro.htm N.A.B. Introduction to Baruch]<br /> *[http://drbo.org/book/30.htm Prophecy of Baruch] Full Text by chapter<br /> *[http://vulsearch.sourceforge.net/ Latin Vulgate with Douay-Rheims freeware] with bookmarking, search, and other features<br /> * [http://st-takla.org/pub_Deuterocanon/Deuterocanon-Apocrypha_El-Asfar_El-Kanoneya_El-Tanya__6-Baruch.html The Book of Baruch] Full text from http://St-Takla.org (also available in [http://st-takla.org/pub_Deuterocanon/Deuterocanon-Apocrypha_El-Asfar_El-Kanoneya_El-Tanya__6-Baruch_.html Arabic])<br /> <br /> [[Category:Deuterocanonical books|Baruch]]<br /> [[Category:Jewish texts]]<br /> <br /> [[de:Baruch]]<br /> [[es:Libro de Baruc]]<br /> [[fr:Baruch]]<br /> [[ko:바룩서]]<br /> [[it:Libro di Baruc]]<br /> [[he:ספר ברוך]]<br /> [[jv:Kitab Barukh]]<br /> [[nl:Baruch]]<br /> [[no:Baruks bok]]<br /> [[ja:バルク書]]<br /> [[pt:Baruc]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Book_of_Lamentations&diff=75005323 Book of Lamentations 2006-09-11T00:26:05Z <p>Eamezaga: iw es:</p> <hr /> <div>:''For the musical setting of verses from Lamentations, see [[Lamentations (music)]].''<br /> <br /> {{Books of the Old Testament}}<br /> {{Books of Ketuvim}}<br /> The '''Book of Lamentations''' ([[Hebrew language|Hebrew]] מגילת איכה) is a book of the [[Bible]] [[Old Testament]] and [[Judaism|Jewish]] [[Tanakh]]. It is traditionally read by the Jewish people on [[Tisha B'Av]], the fast day that commemorates the destruction of the [[Temple in Jerusalem]].<br /> <br /> It is called in the Hebrew canon '' 'Ekhah,'' meaning &quot;How,&quot; being the formula for the commencement of a song of wailing. It is the first word of the book (see 2 Sam. 1:19-27). The [[Septuagint]] adopted the name rendered &quot;Lamentations&quot; (Greek ''threnoi'' = Hebrew ''qinoth'') now in common use, to denote the character of the book, in which the prophet mourns over the desolations brought on Jerusalem and the Holy Land by the Chaldeans. In the Hebrew Bible it is placed among the [[Ketuvim]], the ''Writings''. <br /> <br /> According to tradition, authorship is assigned to the [[Prophet]] [[Jeremiah (prophet)|Jeremiah]], who was a court official during the conquest of [[Jerusalem]] by [[Nebuchadnezzar II of Babylon|Nebuchadnezzar]], when the [[Temple in Jerusalem|First Temple]] was destroyed and [[Jehoiachin|King Jehoiachin]] was taken prisoner (cf. Is 38 ff and Is 52). In the [[Septuagint]] and the [[Vulgate]] the Lamentations are placed directly after the Prophet. <br /> <br /> It is said that he retired to a cavern outside the Damascus gate, where he wrote this book. That cavern is still pointed out. &quot;In the face of a rocky hill, on the western side of the city, the local belief has placed 'the grotto of Jeremiah.' There, in that fixed attitude of grief which Michael Angelo has<br /> immortalized, the prophet may well be supposed to have mourned the fall of his country&quot; (Stanley, Jewish Church).<br /> <br /> However, the strict acrostic style of four of the five poems is not found at all in the [[Book of Jeremiah]] itself, and authorship of the Prophet is disputed. The work is probably based on the older Mesopotamian genre of the [[city lament]], of which the [[Lament for Ur]] is among the oldest and best-known.<br /> <br /> The book consists of five separate poems. In chapter 1 the prophet dwells on the manifold miseries oppressed by which the city sits as a solitary widow weeping sorely. In chapter 2 these miseries are described in connection with the national sins that had caused them. Chapter 3 speaks of hope for the people of God. The chastisement would only be for their good; a better day would dawn for them. Chapter 4 laments the ruin and desolation that had come upon the city and temple, but traces it only to the people's sins. Chapter 5 is a prayer that Zion's reproach may be taken away in the repentance and recovery of the people.<br /> <br /> The first four poems (chapters) are [[acrostic]]s, like some of the Psalms (25, 34, 37, 119), i.e., each verse begins with a letter of the Hebrew alphabet taken in order. The first, second, and fourth have each twenty-two verses, the number of the letters in the Hebrew alphabet. The third has sixty-six verses, in which each three successive verses begin with the same letter. The fifth is not acrostic, but also has twenty-two verses.<br /> <br /> Speaking of the &quot;Wailing-place (q.v.) of the Jews&quot; at Jerusalem, a portion of the old wall of the [[Temple in Jerusalem|Herod's Temple]], Schaff says: &quot;There the Jews assemble every Friday afternoon to bewail the downfall of the holy city, kissing the stone wall and watering it with their tears. They repeat from their well-worn Hebrew Bibles and prayer-books the Lamentations of Jeremiah and suitable Psalms.&quot;<br /> <br /> Readings, chantings, and choral settings, of the book of Lamentations, are used in the Christian religious service known as the [[Tenebrae (Maundy)|tenebrae]] (latin for ''darkness'').<br /> <br /> ==External links==<br /> *[[Judaism|Jewish]] translations:<br /> ** [http://www.chabad.org/library/archive/LibraryArchive2.asp?AID=15781 Eichah - Lamentations - Job (Judaica Press)] translation with [[Rashi]]'s commentary at Chabad.org <br /> **[http://www.mechon-mamre.org/p/pt/pt3201.htm Book of Lamentations with Hebrew/English and mp3 chanting of the entire book. Website also contains other books of the bible.]<br /> <br /> <br /> *[[Christian]] translations:<br /> **[http://www.gospelhall.org/bible/bible.php?passage=Lamentations+1 ''Online Bible'' at GospelHall.org]<br /> ** [http://www.anova.org/sev/htm/hb/25_lamentations.htm Lamentations at The Great Books] (New Revised Standard Version)<br /> {{eastons}}<br /> <br /> [[Category:Ketuvim|Lamentations, Book of]]<br /> [[Category:Old Testament books|Lamentations]]<br /> <br /> [[cs:Kniha Pláč]]<br /> [[de:Klagelieder Jeremias]]<br /> [[es:Lamentaciones]]<br /> [[fr:Livre des Lamentations]]<br /> [[ko:예레미야애가]]<br /> [[id:Ratapan]]<br /> [[ja:哀歌]]<br /> [[he:מגילת איכה]]<br /> [[jv:Kidung Pasambat]]<br /> [[nl:Klaagliederen]]<br /> [[no:Klagesangene]]<br /> [[pl:Lamentacje Jeremiasza]]<br /> [[pt:Livro das Lamentações]]<br /> [[fi:Valitusvirret]]<br /> [[sv:Klagovisorna]]<br /> [[zh:耶利米哀歌]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Book_of_Jeremiah&diff=73659134 Book of Jeremiah 2006-09-03T23:39:51Z <p>Eamezaga: iw:es</p> <hr /> <div>{{Books of the Old Testament}}<br /> {{Books of Nevi'im}}<br /> The '''Book of Jeremiah''', or '''Jeremiah''' (יִרְמְיָהוּ ''Yirmiyahu'' in [[Hebrew language|Hebrew]]), is a book that is part of the [[Hebrew Bible]], [[Judaism]]'s [[Tanakh]], and later became a part of [[Christianity]]'s [[Old Testament]]. It was originally written in a complex and poetic Hebrew (apart from verse 10:11, curiously written in [[Aramaic language|Aramaic]]), recording the words and events surrounding the life of the [[Jew]]ish [[prophet]] Jeremiah who lived at the time of the destruction of [[Solomon's Temple]] in [[Jerusalem]] during the fall of the [[Kingdom of Judah]] at the hands of [[Babylonia]]. <br /> <br /> == The Prophet Jeremiah ==<br /> <br /> {{main|Jeremiah}}<br /> <br /> The Prophet Jeremiah that the book describes was a [[Kohen|priest]] from Anitot in the land of [[Tribe of Benjamin|Benjamin]], who lived in the last years of the Kingdom of [[Judea]] just prior to, during, and immediately after the siege of [[Jerusalem]], culminating in the destruction of [[Solomon's Temple]] and the razing of the city by [[Nebudanezzar]] of [[Babylon]]. According to the book, for a quarter century prior to the destruction, Jeremiah issued prophecies repeatedly predicting its occurrance if the Jews did not repent, secretly advised King [[Zedekiah]], the last King of Judea, to surrender to the Babylonians and live, and viewed the failure of his efforts, the destruction of everything he knew, the exile of the Jewish elite to Babylonia, and the fleeing of the remaineder to Egypt. <br /> <br /> The book of Jeremiah depicts a remarkably introspective prophet, a prophet struggling with and often overwhelmed by the role into which he has been thrust. Jeremiah alters efforts to warn the people with pleas for mercy until he is ordered to &quot;pray no more for this people&quot; -- and then sneaks in a few extra pleas between the lines. He engages in extensive [[performance art]], walking about in the streets with a yolk about his neck and engaging in other efforts to attract attention. He is taunted, put in jail, at one point thrown in a pit to die. He is often bitter about his experience, and expresses the anger and frustration he feels. He is not depicted as a man of iron. And yet he continues.<br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> ==Contents==<br /> Some commentators have divided the book into twenty-three subsections, and percieved its contents as organized into in five sub-sections or &quot;books&quot;. {{fact}}<br /> <br /> #The introduction, ch. 1. <br /> #Scorn for the sins of the Jews, consisting of seven sections, (1.) ch. 2; (2.) ch. 3-6; (3.) ch. 7-10; (4.) ch. 11-13; (5.) ch. 14-17:18; (6.) ch. 17:19-ch. 20; (7.) ch. 21-24. <br /> #A general review of all nations, forseeing their destruction, in two sections, (1.) ch. 46-49; (2.) ch. 25; with an historical appendix of three sections, (1.) ch. 26; (2.) ch. 27; (3.) ch. 28, 29. <br /> #Two sections picturing the hopes of better times, (1.) ch. 30, 31; (2.) ch. 32,33; to which is added an historical appendix in three sections, (1.) ch. 34:1-7; (2.) ch. 34:8-22; (3.) ch. 35. <br /> #The conclusion, in two sections, (1.) ch. 36; (2.) ch. 45.<br /> <br /> In Egypt, after an interval, Jeremiah is supposed to have<br /> added three sections, viz., ch. 37-39; 40-43; and 44.<br /> <br /> The principal Messianic prophecies are found in 23:1-8;<br /> 31:31-40; and 33:14-26.<br /> <br /> [[Jeremiah]]'s prophecies are noted for the frequent repetitions found in them of the same words, phrases, and imagery. They cover the period of about 30 years. They are not in chronological order. Modern scholars do not believe they have reliable theories as to when, where, and how the text was edited into its present form.<br /> <br /> ==Prophecies of Jeremiah==<br /> *A proclamation of the certain fall of Jerusalem made, according to the superscription to Zedekiah and the people, during the [[siege of Jerusalem]], i.e., about 588 B.C. (xxi. 1-10); <br /> <br /> *Prophecies against the kings of Judah in the time of Jehoiakim (608;xxi. 11-xxii. 19), completed by the passage xxii. 20-30, descriptive of the leading away of Jehoiachin into captivity (597); <br /> <br /> *Threats against the &quot;unfaithful shepherds&quot; (i.e., the prophets), the promise of peace and of the real shepherd (after 597), and warnings against false prophets and godless priests (perhaps in the time of Jehoiakim; xxiii. 1-8, 9-40); <br /> <br /> *Vision of the two baskets of figs, illustrating the fate of the captives and of those who were left behind, from the period after the first deportation by Nebuchadnezzar, in 597 (xxiv.); <br /> <br /> *Threats of punishments to be inflicted on Judah and the surrounding nations, in the fourth year of Jehoiakim, i.e., the year of the [[Battle of Carchemish]] (605; xxv.); <br /> <br /> *The first of the historical passages recounting Jeremiah's prophecy in the Temple (comp. vii.), his arrest, his threatened death, and his rescue, in which connection the martyrdom of the prophet Uriah is briefly mentioned (xxvi.).<br /> <br /> *Protection for Israel following the period of destruction and exile<br /> <br /> *Utterances from the time of Zedekiah (see § II.), with an appendix, the last connected prophecy of any length, in ch. xxxv., treating of the fidelity of the Rechabites and of the unfaithfulness of Judah. This dates from a somewhat earlier period, that of Jehoiakim (because certainly before 597), and thus forms a transition to the first passages of the narrative sections.<br /> <br /> ==Septuagint version==<br /> The [[Septuagint]] (Greek or 'LXX') version of this book is, in its arrangement and in other particulars, different from the Masoretic Hebrew. The Septuagint omits 10:6-8; 25:14; 27:19-22; 29:16-20; 33:14-26; 39:4-13; 52:2, 3, 15, 28-30, etc. In all, about 2,700 words found in the standard Hebrew version are omitted. Also, the 'Oracles against the Nations', that appear as chapters 46-51 in the Masoretic and most dependent versions, in the Septuagint are placed right after 25:13, and in a different order.<br /> <br /> According to the [[Jewish Encyclopedia]], ''&quot;a comparison of the Masoretic text with the Septuagint throws some light on the last phase in the history of the origin of the Book of Jeremiah, inasmuch as the translation into Greek was already under way before the work on the Hebrew book had come to an end... The two texts differ above all in that the Septuagint is much shorter... Even if the text of the Septuagint is proved to be the older, it does not necessarily follow that all these variations first arose after the Greek translation had been made, because two different editions of the same text might have been in process of development side by side...&quot;''<br /> <br /> ==Qumran version==<br /> The Book of Jeremiah has also been found among the [[Dead Sea Scrolls]] in cave 4 in [[Qumran]]. One text is the Hebrew variant of the [[Septuagint]] version. This may shed some light on why the Septaugint version differs from the [[Masoretic]] version. It was previously thought that the difference was due to poor translation, but it is now thought by many that the Masoretic version has been reworked, or that there were two versions of this Book.<br /> <br /> ==Online Translations and commentaries on the Book of Jeremiah==<br /> *Original Hebrew text:<br /> ** [http://www.mechon-mamre.org/p/pt/pt1101.htm ירמיהו ''Yirmiyahu'' - Jeremiah] ([[Hebrew language|Hebrew]])<br /> *Translations into English<br /> **[[Judaism|Jewish]] translations:<br /> ***[http://www.mechon-mamre.org/e/et/et1101.htm Jeremiah at Mechon-Mamre] (Jewish Publication Society translation)<br /> *** [http://www.chabad.org/library/archive/LibraryArchive2.asp?AID=15756 Yirmiyahu - Jeremiah (Judaica Press)] translation with [[Rashi]]'s commentary at Chabad.org<br /> **[[Christian]] translations:<br /> ***[http://www.gospelhall.org/bible/bible.php?passage=Jeremiah+1 ''Online Bible'' at GospelHall.org]<br /> *** [http://www.anova.org/sev/htm/hb/24_jeremiah.htm Jeremiah at The Great Books] (New Revised Standard Version)<br /> *Commentary<br /> **Jewish Commentary<br /> *** [[Abraham Joshua Heschel]], ''The Prophets''. HarperCollins Paperback, 1975. ISBN 0061314218<br /> <br /> ==External links==<br /> * (Jewish Encyclopedia) [http://www.jewishencyclopedia.com/view.jsp?artid=225&amp;letter=J&amp;search=Jeremiah Book of Jeremiah article] <br /> * Till, Farrell [http://www.infidels.org/library/magazines/tsr/1990/4/4jerem90.html The Jeremiah Dilemma] The Skeptical Review, No. 4 (1990)<br /> <br /> {{Eastons}} <br /> {{JewishEncyclopedia}}<br /> <br /> [[Category:Nevi'im|Jeremiah, Book of]]<br /> [[Category:Old Testament books|Jeremiah]]<br /> <br /> [[cs:Kniha Jeremjáš]]<br /> [[de:Buch Jeremia]]<br /> [[es:Libro de Jeremías]]<br /> [[fr:Livre de Jérémie]]<br /> [[ko:예레미야 (구약성서)]]<br /> [[id:Yeremia]]<br /> [[it:Libro di Geremia]]<br /> [[he:ירמיהו]]<br /> [[jv:Yeremia]]<br /> [[nl:Jeremia]]<br /> [[ja:エレミヤ書]]<br /> [[no:Jeremias bok]]<br /> [[nn:Jeremias bok]]<br /> [[pl:Księga Jeremiasza]]<br /> [[pt:Livro de Jeremias]]<br /> [[ru:Иеремия (пророк)]]<br /> [[sk:Jeremiáš]]<br /> [[fi:Jeremian kirja]]<br /> [[sv:Jeremia]]<br /> [[yi:ירמיהו]]<br /> [[zh:耶利米書]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Alfons_Maria_Jakob&diff=73508552 Alfons Maria Jakob 2006-09-03T03:00:09Z <p>Eamezaga: iw es:</p> <hr /> <div>'''Alfons Maria Jakob''' (born [[July 2]], [[1884]], [[Aschaffenburg]]/[[Bavaria]]; died [[October 17]], [[1931]], [[Hamburg]]) was a [[Germany|German]] [[neurologist]] with important contributions on [[neuropathology]].<br /> <br /> Alfons Maria Jakob was the son of a shopkeeper. He studied [[medicine]] in [[Munich]], [[Berlin]], and [[Strasbourg]], where obtained his doctorate in [[1908]]. In [[1909]] he commenced clinical work under the [[Psychiatry|psychiatrist]] [[Emil Kraepelin]] and did laboratory work with [[Franz Nissl]] and [[Alois Alzheimer]] in [[Munich]].<br /> <br /> In [[1911]] he went to [[Hamburg]] to work with [[Theodor Kaes]] and became head of the laboratory of [[anatomical pathology]] at the psychiatric State Hospital Hamburg-Friedrichsberg. Following the death of Kaes in [[1913]], Jakob succeeded him as [[prosector]]. After serving in the [[Germany|German]] army in [[World War I]], he returned to Hamburg and climbed the academic ladder. He was habilitated in [[neurology]] in [[1919]] and in [[1924]] became professor of neurology. Under Jakob's guidance the department grew rapidly. He made notable contributions to knowledge on concussion and secondary nerve degeneration and became a doyen of [[neuropathology]]. <br /> <br /> Jakob published five monographs and more than 75 papers. His neuropathological studies contributed greatly to the delineation of several diseases, including [[multiple sclerosis]] and [[Friedreich's ataxia]]. He first recognised and described [[Alper's disease]] and [[Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease]] (the latter with [[Hans Gerhard Creutzfeldt]]). He accumulated immense experience in [[neurosyphilis]], having a 200-bedded ward devoted exclusively to that disorder. Jakob made a lecture tour of the [[U.S.A.]] and [[South-America]] where he wrote a paper on the neuropathology of [[yellow fever]].<br /> <br /> He suffered from chronic [[osteomyelitis]] for the last 7 years of his life. This eventually caused a retroperitoneal [[abscess]] and [[Paralysis|paralytic]] [[ileus]] from which he died following operation.<br /> <br /> ==Associated eponym==<br /> <br /> * [[Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease]]: A very rare and incurable form of [[transmissible spongiform encephalopathies]] caused by [[prions]].<br /> <br /> ==Bbliography==<br /> <br /> * ''Die extrapyramidalen Erkrankungen''. In: ''Monographien aus dem Gesamtgebiete der Neurologie und Psychiatry'', Berlin, 1923<br /> * ''Normale und pathologische Anatomie und Histologie des Grosshirns''. Separate printing of ''Handbuch der Psychiatry''. Leipzig, 1927-1928<br /> * ''Das Kleinhirn''. In: ''Handbuch der mikroskopischen Anatomie'', Berlin, 1928<br /> * ''Die Syphilis des Gehirns und seiner Häute''. In: Oswald Bumke (edit.): ''Hanbuch der Geisteskrankheiten'', Berlin, 1930<br /> <br /> [[Category:1884 births|Jakob, Alfons Maria]]<br /> [[Category:1931 deaths|Jakob, Alfons Maria]]<br /> [[Category:Neurologists|Jakob, Alfons Maria]]<br /> [[Category:German neuroscientists|Jakob, Alfons Maria]]<br /> <br /> [[es:Alfons Maria Jakob]]<br /> [[de:Alfons Maria Jakob]]<br /> [[nl:Alfons Maria Jakob]]<br /> [[pt:Alfons Maria Jakob]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Hans_Gerhard_Creutzfeldt&diff=73499221 Hans Gerhard Creutzfeldt 2006-09-03T01:48:11Z <p>Eamezaga: iw es:</p> <hr /> <div>'''Hans Gerhard Creutzfeldt''' ([[June 2]], [[1885]] &amp;ndash; [[December 30]], [[1964]]) was a [[Germany|German]] [[neuropathologist]]. He was born in [[Hamburg]]/[[Harburg]] and died in [[Munich]].<br /> <br /> == Biography ==<br /> Hans Gerhard Creutzfeldt was born into a medical family in [[Harburg]], which was incorporated into [[Hamburg]] in [[1937]]. He absolved his military service in [[Kiel]] and attended the School of Medicine of the Universities of [[Jena]] and [[Rostock]], receiving his doctorate at lhe latter in [[1909]]. Part of his practical training was undertaken at ''St. Georg'' - Hospital in Hamburg. After qualification he sought adventure as a ship's surgeon, voyaging the [[Pacific Ocean]], taking the opportunity tu study local crafts, linguistics, and tropical plants.<br /> <br /> After returning to [[Germany]], Creutzfeldt worked at the Neurological Institute in [[Frankfurt]], at the psychiatric-neurological clinics in [[Breslau]], [[Kiel]] and [[Berlin]], and at the ''Deutsche Forschungsanstalt für Psychiatrie'' in [[Munich]]. He was habilitated at Kiel in [[1920]], and in [[1925]] became ''Extraordinarius'' of [[psychiatry]] and [[neurology]]. In [[1938]] he was appointed professor and director of the university psychiatric and neurlogical division in Kiel.<br /> <br /> Creutzfeldt was 54 years of age when the [[Second World War]] broke out. Creutzfeldt had little sympathy for the [[Nazism|Nazi]] regime and saved some people from ending their lives in concentrations camps. During the war bombing destroyed his home and clinic.<br /> <br /> After the war he was rector of the University of [[Kiel]] for six months, before being dismissed by the British occupational forces. His efforts to rebuild the university caused several conflicts with the British because he wanted to allow more former army officers to study there. In [[1953]] he moved on to [[Munich]] to work scientifically. He died in [[1964]] in Munich.<br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> *[[Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease]], a subacute spongiforme encephalopathy caused from [[prions]] involving the [[cerebral cortex]], the [[basal ganglia]] and the [[spinal cord]].<br /> <br /> [[Category:German neuroscientists|Creutzfeldt, Hans Gerhard]]<br /> [[Category:Pathologists|Creutzfeldt, Hans Gerhard]]<br /> [[Category:1885 births|Creutzfeldt, Hans Gerhard]]<br /> [[Category:1964 deaths|Creutzfeldt, Hans Gerhard]]<br /> <br /> [[es:Hans-Gerhard Creutzfeldt]]<br /> [[de:Hans-Gerhard Creutzfeldt]]<br /> [[nl:Hans Gerhard Creutzfeldt]]<br /> [[pt:Hans Gerhard Creutzfeldt]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=War_of_Saint-Sardos&diff=73221819 War of Saint-Sardos 2006-09-01T13:39:26Z <p>Eamezaga: iw es:</p> <hr /> <div>The '''War of Saint-Sardos''' was a short war fought between [[England]] and [[France]] in [[1324]]. The war was a clear defeat for the English, and led indirectly to the overthrowing of [[Edward II of England]]. The war can also be seen as one of the precursors of the [[Hundred Years' War]].<br /> <br /> ==Background==<br /> <br /> During the reign of King [[Philip IV of France]] and his sons, France's monarchy gradually expanded its authority, as the power of the king grew at the expense of the nobles. One of the chief tools in this process was the [[Parlement of Paris]]. Here people could [[appeal]] the decisions of lower courts, meanwhile their possessions were under the direct protection of the Crown. This weakened one of the most importan [[privilege]] of the nobility, that of [[jurisdiction]] over their own lands.<br /> <br /> One of those who felt this encroachment the most was Edward II, [[List of British monarchs|King of England]] and [[Duke of Aquitaine]]. As Duke of Aquitaine, he ruled [[Gascony]] as a French [[vassal]], the last remnant of the [[Angevin Empire]]. The French kings wanted this last English foothold gone too, and were very eager to settle disputes between the Duke and his subjects. Thus, unless he wanted a direct confrontation, Edward II could do little but watch the Duchy dwindle away as numerous small cases were pronounced in his disfavour.<br /> <br /> ==Litigations and negotiations==<br /> <br /> One of these was the small village of Saint-Sardos. The village was within the jurisdiction of the Duke of Aquitaine, but it did also contain a [[Benedictine]] [[priory]] and the priory's motherhouse, the [[abbey]] of [[Sarlat]], lay outside. In [[1318]], the Abbot petitioned Parlement to declare Saint-Sardos exempt from the King-Duke's jurisdiction. He also offered the king to build a ''[[bastide]]'' there. The case proceeded slowly, but in December [[1322]] Parlement pronounced in the Abbot's favour. In [[15 October]] [[1323]] a royal sergeant arrived at Saint-Sardos and erected a stake bearing the Arms of the King of France.<br /> <br /> Local landowners were not too pleased. They feared that the new bastide would attract settlers from their own estates and thus diminish their own incomes. The night after the sergeant's arrival Raymond-Bernard, lord of [[Montpezat]], raided Saint-Sardos. He burned the village to the ground and hanged the sergeant at his own stake.<br /> <br /> Edward II had more than enough problems at home, he did not need a diplomatic crisis with France. As soon as the news reached him, he sent letters offering his apologies and proclaiming his innocence. He was not believed. [[Ralph Basset, 2nd Baron Basset de Drayton|Ralph Basset]], the [[Seneschal]] of Gascony and highest English official in France, had met with Raymond-Bernard only two days before the raid. The French government accused him for authorising the crime. He was probably guilty.<br /> <br /> The English employed what means they could to prolong the proceedings without making any great concessions. Basset was recalled in March [[1324]] and in April an embassy was sent to France with instructions to negotiate a peaceful settlement, if possible. This embassy was led by [[Edmund of Woodstock, 1st Earl of Kent|Edmund of Woodstock, Earl of Kent]] and the [[Archbishop of Dublin]]. But time was quickly running out. King [[Charles IV of France]] had ordered his army to muster on the borders of Aquitaine in June. <br /> <br /> The ambassadors received a chill welcome when they arrived at Paris and first promised that Montpezat would be surrendered. They then travelled to [[Bordeaux]] to see to the fulfilment of the agreement. There they learned that Charles IV's conduct of the affair had caused much indignation among the local nobility. The Earl of Kent therefore changed his mind and decided to resist. The French officials were forced to return empty-handed. New ambassadors were sent, but too late; before they could arrive Charles IV declared the duchy [[forfeit]].<br /> <br /> ==The War==<br /> <br /> In August [[1324]] [[Charles of Valois]], the king's uncle, invaded Aquitaine. The English were poorly prepared: many garrisons were little more than a skeleton force, and some locations had no troops at all. Aided by local nobles such as the [[Gaston II of Foix-Béarn|Count of Foix]] and approximately 7,000 troops, Charles of Valois swept through the region and ended the war less than six weeks after it had begun. Most towns surrendered immediately. The stiffest resistance came from the Earl of Kent at [[La Réole]], who managed to hold out for a few weeks before he, too, surrendered. A truce was worked out which, as it turned out, would be the permanent end to this short conflict.<br /> <br /> ==Aftermath==<br /> <br /> The French were, for the time being, satisfied by the detachment of the [[Agenais]] from Aquitaine, rather than the confiscation of the duchy entire. However, the war reverberated loudly in English politics. [[Hugh le Despenser, 1st Earl of Winchester|Hugh le Despenser, the elder]], whose military ineptitude and failure to relieve La Réole had led to the quick collapse of English resistance, was forced to send [[Isabella of France|Queen Isabella]] to France to negotiate terms. She took with her her son [[Edward III of England|Edward of Windsor]], to whom Edward II had resigned Aquitaine and Ponthieu, that he might do homage for them. When they returned, it would be for the ruin of the Despensers and Edward II himself.<br /> <br /> ==References==<br /> *{{cite book | author=Seward, Desmond | title=The Hundred Years War | publisher=Penguin Books | year=1999 | id=ISBN 0-14.02-8361-7}}<br /> <br /> [[Category:History of England]]<br /> [[Category:History of France]]<br /> <br /> [[es:Guerra de San Sardos]]<br /> [[sr:Сен Сардоски рат]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Mary_Shakespeare&diff=72800624 Mary Shakespeare 2006-08-30T11:25:24Z <p>Eamezaga: iw es: fixed</p> <hr /> <div>:''For the English Court of Appeal judge, see [[Mary Arden (judge)]]''<br /> <br /> '''Mary Arden''' (c. [[1540]]-[[1608]]) was the mother of [[William Shakespeare]]. She most likely married [[John Shakespeare]] in 1557. The Ardens were a prominent [[Warwickshire]] family. She was the youngest of eight daughters of [[Robert Arden]], and she inherited her father's [[farm]] and [[real property|land]] when he died.<br /> Mary gave birth to eight children: Joan, Margaret, William, Gilbert, June, Anne, Richard, and Edmund.<br /> <br /> <br /> ==External link==<br /> * [http://www.oldstratforduponavon.com A few views of Mary Arden's Cottage in Wilmcote in Old Postcards]<br /> <br /> {{England-bio-stub}}<br /> [[Category:William Shakespeare|Arden, Mary]]<br /> [[Category:Tudor people|Arden, Mary]]<br /> [[Category:Natives of Warwickshire|Arden, Mary]]<br /> [[Category:1540 births|Arden, Mary]]<br /> [[Category:1608 deaths|Arden, Mary]]<br /> <br /> [[de:Mary Arden]]<br /> [[es:Mary Arden]]<br /> [[sv:Mary Arden]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Book_of_Isaiah&diff=72036026 Book of Isaiah 2006-08-26T17:50:20Z <p>Eamezaga: iw fixed es:</p> <hr /> <div>{{totallydisputed}}<br /> {{not verified}}<br /> {{Books of the Old Testament}}<br /> The '''Book of Isaiah''' ([[Hebrew language|Hebrew]]: ''Sefer Y'sha'yah'' ספר ישעיה) is one of the books of the [[Hebrew Bible]] and the [[Christian]] [[Old Testament]], written by [[Isaiah]]&lt;ref&gt;There is much debate as to the authorship of parts of Isaiah. See this [[Book of Isaiah#Authorship issues|section]] of the article for more information.&lt;/ref&gt;. <br /> <br /> == Content ==<br /> The first 39 chapters of Isaiah consist primarily of prophecies of the judgments awaiting nations that are persecuting [[Kingdom of Judah|Judah]]. These nations include [[Babylon]], Assyria, Philistia, Moab, Syria, [[Israel]] (the northern kingdom), Ethiopia, [[Egypt]], Arabia, and Phoenicia. The prophecies concerning them can be summarized as saying that [[Tetragrammaton|God]] is the God of the whole earth, and that nations which think of themselves as secure in their own power and might will be conquered by other nations, at God's command.<br /> <br /> The judgments, however, are not only against those who persecute Isaiah's country, Judah. Chapters 1-5 and 28-29 prophesy judgment against Judah itself. Judah thinks itself safe because of its covenant relationship with God. However, God tells Judah (through Isaiah) that the covenant cannot protect them when they have broken it by idolatry, the worship of other gods, and by acts of injustice and cruelty, which oppose God's law.<br /> <br /> Some exceptions to this overall foretelling of doom do occur, throughout the early chapters of the book. Chapter 6 describes Isaiah's call to be a prophet of God. Chapters 35-39 provide historical material about King [[Hezekiah]] and his triumph of faith in God.<br /> <br /> Chapters 24-34, while too complex to characterize easily, are primarily concerned with prophecies of a &quot;[[Messiah]],&quot; a person anointed or given power by God, and of the Messiah's kingdom, where justice and righteousness will reign. This section is seen by Jews as describing an actual king, a descendant of their great king, David, who will make Judah a great kingdom and [[Jerusalem]] a truly holy city. It is traditionally seen by [[Christianity|Christians]] as describing [[Jesus]], who was descended from David, and who began a non-political kingdom of justice which will one day encompass the whole earth. A number of modern scholars believe that it describes, in somewhat idealized terms, King Hezekiah, who was a descendant of David, and who tried to make Jerusalem into a holy city.<br /> <br /> The prophecy continues with what some have called “The Book of Comfort” which begins in chapter 40 and completes the writing. In the first eight chapters of this book of comfort, Isaiah prophesies the deliverance of the [[Jew]]s from the hands of the Babylonians and restoration of Israel as a unified nation in the land promised to them by God. Isaiah reaffirms that the Jews are indeed the chosen people of God in chapter 44 and that [[Tetragrammaton|Hashem]] is the only God for the Jews (and only the God of the Jews) as he will show his power over the gods of Babylon in due time in chapter 46. It is of much interest to note that in chapter 45:1, the Persian ruler [[Cyrus]] is named as the person of power who will overthrow the Babylonians and allow the return of Israel to their original land.<br /> <br /> The remaining chapters of the book contain prophecies of the future glory of [[Zion]] under the rule of a righteous servant (52 &amp; 54). There is a very complex prophecy about this servant, that is written in a very poetic language. Although there is still the mention of judgment of false worshippers and idolaters (65 &amp; 66), the book ends with a message of hope of a righteous ruler who extends salvation to his righteous subjects living in the Lord’s kingdom on earth.<br /> <br /> ==Historical setting for Isaiah==<br /> Isaiah lived during the late eighth and early seventh centuries BCE, which was a difficult period in the history of Jerusalem. He was part of the upper class but urged care of the downtrodden. At the end, he was loyal to King Hezekiah, but disagreed with the King's attempts to forge alliances with Egypt and Babylon in response to the Assyrian threat.<br /> <br /> Isaiah prophesied during the reigns of four kings -- Uzziah (Azariah), Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah. Legend has it that he was martyred during the reign of Manasseh, who came to the throne in 687 BCE. That he is described as having ready access to the kings would suggest an aristocratic origin. <br /> <br /> This was the time of the divided kingdom, with Israel in the north and Judah in the south. There was prosperity for both kingdoms during Isaiah’s youth with little foreign interference. Jeroboam II ruled in the north and Uzziah in the south. The small kingdoms of Palestine, as well as Syria, were under the influence of Egypt. However, in 745 BCE, [[Tiglath-pileser III]] came to the throne of Assyria. He was interested in Assyrian expansionism, especially to the west. Tiglath-pileser took Samaria and a lot of Galilee in 732. Shalmenezer V (727-722) and then, Sargon II (722-705) attacked Samaria. Samaria fell in 722, this marking the end of the Northern Kingdom of Israel forever, as its population was taken into exile and dispersed amongst Assyrian provinces. It is as a result of this exile that reference is made to [[Lost Ten Tribes|Ten Lost Tribes]] of Israel. Egypt recovered to a degree around the end of the century and Babylon exerted some independence as well. Because of this, Judah and other states rebelled against Assyria, only to have Sennacherib (705-681) invade and capture 46 Judean towns. Isaiah reports that Jerusalem was spared when God miraculously struck down the Assyrian army plundering it.<br /> ===The Syro-Ephraimite War===<br /> Because of the threat from Tiglath-pileser, the leaders of Syria and Israel tried to force [Judah to ally with them around 734 BCE. Ahaz was on the throne of Judah then. He was advised by Isaiah to trust in the Lord, but, instead, he called to Assyria for help. Pekah of Israel and Rezin of Syria attacked Judah and inflicted damage on it before Assyria came to its aid, but there would be more serious religious consequences of Ahaz’s refusal to accept the Lord’s guidance through Isaiah.<br /> [[Image:Full Book of Isaiah 2006-06-06.jpg|thumb|300px|The Book of Isaiah]]<br /> <br /> ===Fall of Syria and Samaria===<br /> Damascus, capital of Syria, was taken by the Assyrians in 732. Tiglath –pileser died in 727, raising false hopes for the Palestinian countries. Ahaz died a year later. Isaiah warned Philistia and the other countries not to revolt against Assyria. Hoshea, then king of Samaria, withheld tribute to Assyria. Consequently, Shalmenezer V laid siege to Samaria for 3 years, and his successor, Sargon II, took the city and deported 27,000 Israelites to northern parts of the Assyrian empire. There was peace in the area for 10 years or so , but then, Sargon returned in 711 to crush a coalition of Egypt and the Philistines. Judah had stayed out of this conflict, Hezekiah wisely listening to Isaiah’s advice.<br /> <br /> Hezekiah and Sennacherib:<br /> Sennacherib came to the throne of Assyria in 705. He had trouble immediately – with Ethiopian monarchs in Egypt and with the Babylonian leader, Merodach-Baladan. Despite Isaiah’s warnings, Hezekiah became involved as well. The Assyrians invaded the area, taking 46 towns before putting Jerusalem under siege. Isaiah persuaded Hezekiah to trust in the Lord and Jerusalem was spared.<br /> <br /> Babylon:<br /> Merodach-Baladan took power in Babylon in 721. Sargon entered Babylon without a fight in 711, but after Sargon’s death, Merodach-Baladan rebelled against Sennacherib. Babylon was defeated this time but would revive in another century to defeat Assyria and subjugate the Jews and destroy Jerusalem.<br /> <br /> ==Themes==<br /> [[Image:William Strutt Peace 1896.jpg|thumb|''Peace'', 1896 etching by [[William Strutt]], based upon Isaiah 11:6,7]]<br /> Isaiah is concerned with the connection between worship and ethical behavior. One of his major themes is God's refusal to accept the ritual worship of those who are treating others with cruelty and injustice.<br /> <br /> Isaiah speaks also of [[idolatry]], which was common at the time. The Canaanite worship, which involved fertility rites, including sexual practices forbidden by [[Jewish law]], had become popular among the Jewish people. Isaiah picks up on a theme used by other prophets and tells [[Judah (biblical figure)|Judah]] that the nation of Israel is like a wife who is committing adultery, having run away from her true husband, God.<br /> <br /> An important theme is that God is the God of the whole earth. Many gods of the time were believed to be local gods or national gods who could participate in warfare and be defeated by each other. The concern of these gods was the protection of their own particular nations. Isaiah's God is a conceived as the only true god, and the god of all humankind, not just the Israelite nation.<br /> <br /> No one can defeat God; if God's people suffer defeat in battle, it is only because God chooses for that to happen. Furthermore, God is concerned with more than the Jewish people. God has called Judah and Israel His covenant people for the specific purpose of teaching the world about Him.<br /> <br /> A unifying theme found throughout the Book of Isaiah is the use of the expression of &quot;the Holy One of Israel&quot;. This is a title for God that is found 12 times in chapters 1-39 and 14 times in chapters 40-66. This expression is unique within the [[Old Testament]] to the book of Isaiah which suggests that, although scholars believe that the book of Isaiah was written in various sections by different authors (on which, more below), the work was intended to be a unified body evidenced with the attention to literary consistency.<br /> <br /> A final thematic goal that Isaiah constantly leans toward throughout the writing is the establishment of God's kingdom on earth, with rulers and subjects to who strive to live by the will of God.<br /> <br /> ==Authorship issues==<br /> ===Critical positions===<br /> <br /> One of the most critically debated issues in Isaiah is the proposal that it is the work of more than a single author. Different proposals suggest that there have been two or three main authors, while alternative views suggest an additional number of minor authors or editors.<br /> <br /> Almost all scholars who accept that there are multiple authors recognise some sort of division at the end of chapter 39. Supporters of the three author proposal see a further division at the end of chapter 55. For most of the twentieth century the three-author position was the most widely held; in the 1990s, more complex and carefully nuanced positions (such as that from Williamson, 1994) started to appear.<br /> <br /> The typical objections to single authorship of the book of Isaiah are as follows: <br /> <br /> #Anonymity→ That is to say that Isaiah’s name is suddenly not used from chapter 40-66.<br /> #Style → There is a sudden change in the mood of the book from Isaiah after chapter 40.<br /> #Historical Situation → If this were one man, then he would have to have intimate knowledge of a time 150 years after his life. <br /> <br /> These and other considerations have led most modern critical scholars to conclude that the book of Isaiah, in its present form, is the result of an extensive editing process, in which the promises of God's salvation are re-interpreted and claimed for the Judean people through the history of their exile and return to the land of [[Kingdom of Judah|Judah]]. Since it is probably useless to try to reconstruct a precise account of the history of the book's composition (though many have tried), biblical scholars such as [[Brevard Childs]] have argued for reading the book as a literary unity. In fact, the most notable change in the scholarly climate has been a recognition that even if the book is the work of many editors, it has been bequeathed to us as a unity, and should be studied as such. Current research is exploring the book's ''intertextuality'', the allusions and references later editors made to connect the different layers of the book.<br /> <br /> Note: the name given to the probable second [[Isaiah]] is Deutero-Isaiah<br /> <br /> ===Christianity's position===<br /> {{POV-section}}<br /> Until the latter part of the 18th century, Isaiah had been accepted by both Jews and Christians as having one author, who was named Isaiah. While critical scholars are united in a multiple author theory, there are writers, especially in the [[Fundamentalist]] [[Protestant]] and traditionalist [[Catholic]] traditions, who maintain the unity of Isaiah. An example of the approach is illustrated by the words of John in John 12:38-40. <br /> <br /> 38 This was to fulfill the word of Isaiah the prophet: <br /> &quot;Lord, who has believed our message <br /> and to whom has the arm of the Lord been revealed?&quot;<br /> 39 For this reason they could not believe, because, as '''Isaiah says elsewhere:''' <br /> 40 &quot;He has blinded their eyes <br /> and deadened their hearts, <br /> so they can neither see with their eyes, <br /> nor understand with their hearts, <br /> nor turn—and I would heal them.&quot;<br /> <br /> The linking passage, verse 39, between the two passages says that the same Isaiah wrote them both. Since verse 38 comes from Isaiah 53:1 and verse 40 comes from Isaiah 6:10, there cannot be two books of Isaiah, or two separate people who contributed to the one book. Other references would appeal to [[Josephus]], who attributes both sections of the book of Isaiah to a single author, and would point to the distinctive use of the title &quot;the Holy One of Israel&quot; for [[Tetragrammaton|God]] as a unifying theme.<br /> <br /> ==Songs of the Suffering Servant==<br /> {{expand-section}}<br /> '''Songs of the Suffering Servant''' or '''servant poems''' are four [[poems]] taken from the [[Book of Isaiah]] written about a certain &quot;servant of [[Yahweh]]&quot;. The first poem describes God's selection for the servant who will bring justice to earth. The second poem, written from the servant's point of view, is an account of having been called by God to lead the nations. The third poem has a darker tone than the others, with a first-person description of how the servant was beaten and abused. The last and longest servant poem, [[Isaiah 53]], which is also the most famous, is a declaration that the servant has &quot;lifted our affirmities&quot; and was &quot;crushed for our iniquities&quot;, which many believe to be a [[List of Christian claims of fulfilled Old Testament prophecies|Messianic prophecy]] of the coming of [[Jesus]].<br /> <br /> ===The first song===<br /> [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Isaiah%2042:1-5&amp;version=9 Isaiah 42:1-5]<br /> <br /> ===The second song===<br /> [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Isaiah%2049:1-6;&amp;version=9; Isaiah 49:1-6]<br /> ===The third song===<br /> [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Isaiah%2050:4-9;&amp;version=9; Isaiah 50:4-9]<br /> <br /> ===The fourth song===<br /> [http://www.biblegateway.com/passage/?search=Isaiah%2052:13-53:12;&amp;version=9; Isaiah 52:13-53:12]<br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> *[[Isaiah 53]]<br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> ==External links== <br /> * [http://www.mechon-mamre.org/p/pt/pt1001.htm Book of Isaiah] ([[Hebrew language|Hebrew]]) side-by-side with [[English language|English]])<br /> * [http://www.chabad.org/library/archive/LibraryArchive2.asp?AID=15756 Book of Isaiah] (English translation with [[Rashi]]'s commentary at [[Chabad.org]])<br /> * [http://www.biblegateway.com ''Bible Gateway 35 languages/50 versions'' at GospelCom.net]<br /> * [http://unbound.biola.edu ''Unbound Bible 100+ languages/versions'' at Biola University]<br /> <br /> [[Category:Nevi'im|Isaiah, Book of]]<br /> [[Category:Old Testament books|Isaiah]]<br /> <br /> [[cs:Kniha Izajáš]]<br /> [[de:Buch Jesaja]]<br /> [[es:Libro de Isaías]]<br /> [[fi:Jesajan kirja]]<br /> [[fr:Livre d'Ésaïe]]<br /> [[he:ספר ישעיהו]]<br /> [[id:Yesaya]]<br /> [[it:Libro di Isaia]]<br /> [[ja:イザヤ書]]<br /> [[jv:Yesaya]]<br /> [[ko:이사야 (구약성서)]]<br /> [[nl:Jesaja]]<br /> [[pl:Księga Izajasza]]<br /> [[pt:Livro de Isaías]]<br /> [[sv:Jesaja]]<br /> [[zh:以賽亞書]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Battle_of_Meung-sur-Loire&diff=71798723 Battle of Meung-sur-Loire 2006-08-25T12:47:43Z <p>Eamezaga: iw es:</p> <hr /> <div>{{Infobox Military Conflict<br /> |conflict=Battle of Meung-sur-Loire<br /> |partof= the [[Hundred Years' War]]<br /> |image=[[Image:Joan of Arc on horseback (1505 manuscript).png|300px]]<br /> |caption=Early sixteenth century artist's impression of [[Joan of Arc]] on campaign.<br /> |date=[[11 June|11]]-[[12 June]], [[1429]]<br /> |place=[[Meung-sur-Loire]], [[France]]<br /> |result=French victory<br /> |combatant1=[[France]]<br /> |combatant2=[[England]]<br /> |commander1=[[Joan of Arc]], &lt;br&gt; Duke [[John II of Alençon]]<br /> |commander2=[[John Talbot, 1st Earl of Shrewsbury]], &lt;br&gt; Thomas Scales.<br /> |strength1=6000 - 7000<br /> |strength2=?<br /> |casualties1=?<br /> |casualties2=?<br /> }}<br /> {{Campaignbox Hundred Years' War}}<br /> <br /> The '''Battle of Meung-sur-Loire''' took place on [[15 June]], [[1429]]. It was one of [[Joan of Arc|Joan of Arc's]] battles following relief of the [[Battle of Orleans|siege at Orléans]]. This campaign was the first sustained French offensive in a generation in the [[Hundred Years' War]].<br /> <br /> ==Background==<br /> <br /> [[Meung-sur-Loire]] was a small town on the northern bank of the [[Loire]] river in central [[France]], slightly west of Orléans. It controlled a bridge of strategic significance during the latter part of the war. Conquered by the English a few years earlier as a staging point for a planned invasion of southern France, the French offensive reconquered the bridge and hampered English movement south of the river during the campaign.<br /> <br /> The French Loire campaign of 1429 consisted of five actions:<br /> :1. The [[Battle of Orleans|Siege of Orléans]].<br /> :2. The [[Battle of Jargeau]].<br /> :3. The Battle of Meung-sur-Loire.<br /> :4. The [[Battle of Beaugency]].<br /> :5. The [[Battle of Patay]].<br /> <br /> Virtually all of France north of the Loire had fallen to foreign occupation by the end of 1428. The bridge at Orléans had been destroyed shortly before the siege lifted. The French had lost control of all other river crossings. Three swift and numerically small battles at Jargeau, Meung-sur-Loire, and Beaugency demonstrated renewed French confidence and laid the groundwork for subsequent French offenses on [[Rheims]] and [[Paris]]. The Loire campaign killed, captured, or disgraced a majority of the top tier of English commanders and decimated the numbers of the highly skilled [[English longbow|English longbowmen]].<br /> <br /> ==Tactics==<br /> <br /> English defenses at Meung-sur-Loire consisted of three components: the walled town, the fortification at the bridge, and a large walled castle just outside the town. The castle served as headquarters to the English command of [[John Talbot, 1st Earl of Shrewsbury]] and Thomas Scales.<br /> <br /> Joan of Arc and Duke [[John II of Alençon]] controlled a force that included captains [[Jean de Dunois|Jean d'Orléans]], [[Gilles de Rais]], [[Jean Poton de Xaintrailles]], and [[La Hire]]. Estimates of numerical strength vary with the ''Journal du Siège d'Orléans'' citing 6000 - 7000 for the French. A number that large probably counts noncombatants. Bypassing the city and the castle, they staged a frontal assault on the bridge fortifications, conquered it in one day, and installed a garrison. This hampered English movement south of the Loire.<br /> <br /> ==Bibliography==<br /> <br /> * Devries, Kelly. ''Joan of Arc: A Military Leader'' (Glaucestershire: Sutton Publishing, 1999). ISBN 0750918055<br /> * Richey, Stephen W. ''Joan of Arc: The Warrior Saint.'' (Westport, CT: Praeger, 2003). ISBN 0275981037<br /> * Allmand, C. ''The Hundred Years War: England and France at War c. 1300 – 1450.'' (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1988). ISBN 0521319234 <br /> <br /> ==See also==<br /> <br /> *[[Medieval warfare]]<br /> <br /> ==External links==<br /> <br /> *[http://xenophongroup.com/montjoie/orleans.htm Siege of Orleans and the Loire campaign] a detailed description with strategic and tactical maps<br /> *[http://www.smu.edu/ijas/travel.html dynamic maps] of Joan of Arc's campaigns from [[Southern Methodist University]]<br /> *[http://www.authorama.com/book/jeanne-d-arc.html Jeanne d'Arc: Her Life and Death] by Mrs. (Margaret) Oliphant<br /> *[http://www.gutenberg.org/files/11953/11953.txt A Popular History of France from the Earliest Times] by François Pierre Guillaume Guizot, vol. 3<br /> <br /> [[Category:1429]]<br /> [[Category:Battles of the Hundred Years' War|Meung-sur-Loire 1429]]<br /> [[Category:Loiret]]<br /> [[Category:Joan of Arc]]<br /> <br /> [[es:Batalla de Meung-sur-Loire]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Battle_of_N%C3%A1jera&diff=71147771 Battle of Nájera 2006-08-22T11:19:30Z <p>Eamezaga: </p> <hr /> <div>[[Image:Battle najera froissart.jpg|thumb|350px|Battle of Najera from 15th century manuscript, the English and Pedro are on the left]]<br /> The '''Battle of Najera''', also known as the '''Battle of Navarette''', was fought in April [[1367]] between [[England|English]] and [[France|Franco]]-[[Castile|Castillian]] forces. The English were led by the [[Black Prince|Edward, the Black Prince]] and [[John of Gaunt]] who allied with [[Pedro I of Castile]] (also known as &quot;The Cruel&quot;) against his brother Henry who was to reign as [[Henry II of Castile]]. Pedro and Henry were in armed conflict, and Pedro called for help from the Black Prince to restore him to his throne. Similarly, Henry had French support.<br /> <br /> The English marched south from Aquitaine, crossed the river [[Ebro]] at [[Logroño]], and faced Henry's Franco-Spanish army near [[Nájera]]. The French commander [[Bertrand du Guesclin]] was later reported to have been reluctant to face the English in a pitched battle, but he was overruled. The [[English longbow]] proved a significant advantage, as it did in other battles of the period.<br /> <br /> The English and Pedro were victorious. Bertrand du Guesclin was captured and Henry fled.<br /> The battle was of dubious long-term significance as King Pedro and the Black Prince fell out over money, and Pedro was not able to hold onto his throne for long without foreign support.<br /> <br /> == External link ==<br /> *[http://es.geocities.com/endovelico2001/med/najera.html Battle of Najera]<br /> <br /> ==External reference==<br /> <br /> *Tuchman, Barbara : ''A Distant Mirror: The Calamitous Fourteenth Century''<br /> <br /> [[Category:Battles of England|Najera (Navarette)]]<br /> [[Category:Battles of France|Najera (Navarette)]]<br /> [[Category:Battles of Castile|Najera (Navarette)]]<br /> [[Category:1367]]<br /> <br /> [[es:Batalla de Nájera]]<br /> [[fr:Bataille de Najera]]<br /> <br /> <br /> {{UK-battle-stub}}<br /> {{spain-battle-stub}}<br /> {{France-battle-stub}}</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Battle_of_Navarrette&diff=71146772 Battle of Navarrette 2006-08-22T11:11:55Z <p>Eamezaga: iw:es fr</p> <hr /> <div>'''The battle of Navarrete''' ([[Nájera]]) was fought on [[3 April]] [[1367]] in Nájera, province of La Rioja, [[Spain]]. [[England]] was lead by [[Edward, the Black Prince]] and had a strength of 24,000, France by [[Bertrand du Guesclin]] and [[Enrique de Trastámara]], their strength was 60,000. England completely defeated the French, owing mainly to their skilled archers, inflicting heavy losses. Unlike other battles, at Nájera it was England who attacked the dismounted French and [[Spain|Spaniard]] troops. <br /> England's vanguard being lead by [[Sir John Chandos]], [[Constable of Aquitaine]], and [[Duke John of Gaunt]]. They had attacked the French mercenaries commanded by [[du Guesclin]] and [[d'Audrehem]]. They Spaniards fled leaving Enrique de Trastámara's battle exposed to the attack from a mounted rearguard of the English Army. The Castilian-Franco Army disintegrated and the rout, pursued by the English, rolled back to the river bank of [[Najerilla]].<br /> <br /> [[Category:1367]]<br /> [[Category:Battles of the Hundred Years' War|Navarrette 1367]]<br /> <br /> [[es:Batalla de Nájera]]<br /> [[fr:Bataille de Najera]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Battle_of_Navarrette&diff=71048573 Battle of Navarrette 2006-08-21T22:04:53Z <p>Eamezaga: iw:es</p> <hr /> <div>'''The battle of Navarrete''' ([[Nájera]]) was fought on [[3 April]] [[1367]] in Nájera, province of La Rioja, [[Spain]]. [[England]] was lead by [[Edward, the Black Prince]] and had a strength of 24,000, France by [[Bertrand du Guesclin]] and [[Enrique de Trastámara]], their strength was 60,000. England completely defeated the French, owing mainly to their skilled archers, inflicting heavy losses. Unlike other battles, at Nájera it was England who attacked the dismounted French and [[Spain|Spaniard]] troops. <br /> England's vanguard being lead by [[Sir John Chandos]], [[Constable of Aquitaine]], and [[Duke John of Gaunt]]. They had attacked the French mercenaries commanded by [[du Guesclin]] and [[d'Audrehem]]. They Spaniards fled leaving Enrique de Trastámara's battle exposed to the attack from a mounted rearguard of the English Army. The Castilian-Franco Army disintegrated and the rout, pursued by the English, rolled back to the river bank of [[Najerilla]].<br /> <br /> [[Category:1367]]<br /> [[Category:Battles of the Hundred Years' War|Navarrette 1367]]<br /> <br /> [[es:Batalla de Navarrete]]</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Eamezaga&diff=69808492 User talk:Eamezaga 2006-08-15T14:26:32Z <p>Eamezaga: /* I'm not here */</p> <hr /> <div>==I'm not here==<br /> If you want to contact me, please go to [http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Usuario_Discusi%C3%B3n:Eamezaga my es:wiki talk page].<br /> TNX. Emilio [[Image:Emisign2.jpg|37px]] 14:24, 15 August 2006 (UTC)</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=User:Eamezaga&diff=69808422 User:Eamezaga 2006-08-15T14:26:07Z <p>Eamezaga: I am in my es:wiki page</p> <hr /> <div>==Who I am==<br /> Hi, I´m Emilio Amézaga. If you want to know who I am, please visit [http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Usuario:Eamezaga my es:wiki user page]. TNX. Emilio [[Image:Emisign2.jpg|37px]] 14:26, 15 August 2006 (UTC)</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Eamezaga&diff=69808034 User talk:Eamezaga 2006-08-15T14:24:02Z <p>Eamezaga: /* I'm not here */</p> <hr /> <div>==I'm not here==<br /> If you want to contactme, please go to [http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Usuario_Discusi%C3%B3n:Eamezaga my es:wiki talk page].<br /> TNX. Emilio [[Image:Emisign2.jpg|37px]] 14:24, 15 August 2006 (UTC)</div> Eamezaga https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=User_talk:Roy_Al_Blue&diff=63087444 User talk:Roy Al Blue 2006-07-10T18:40:54Z <p>Eamezaga: I need to know</p> <hr /> <div>== Battle stubs ==<br /> <br /> Hey! Fantastic work on getting so many stubs on battles started! If I might ask a favor of you, however&amp;mdash;if you could add any applicable categories of [[:Category:Battles by country]] (for example, [[:Category:Battles of the Roman Republic]]) to the stubs when you create them, it would be a great help. Thanks in advance, [[User:Kirill Lokshin|Kirill Lokshin]] 02:54, 15 November 2005 (UTC)<br /> <br /> [[Image:WikiThanks.png|left|Thanks!]] I just wanted to thank you for taking the time to add those fleebish category tags; it really is a huge help! [[User:Kirill Lokshin|Kirill Lokshin]] 04:24, 16 November 2005 (UTC)<br /> <br /> == Categorization ==<br /> <br /> Another request, if I may: the sub-categories of [[:Category:Battles by country]] are usually labeled by (quite specific) ''historical'' states or groups. This becomes particularly meaningful in the Middle Ages; for example, [[:Category:Battles of Turkey]] versus [[:Category:Battles of the Seljuk Turks]], or [[:Category:Battles of Italy]] versus [[:Category:Battles of Venice]] and [[:Category:Battles of Genoa]]. If it's not too much trouble, could you check to make sure that you're using the most specific categories when adding them?<br /> <br /> Great work on creating so many needed stubs, by the way; you'll be done with the list of battles (which, unfortunately, is not quite complete) in no time. There's also a list [[Wikipedia:WikiProject Military history/Wanted articles|here]] that might interest you. [[User:Kirill Lokshin|Kirill Lokshin]]<br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> == Battle stubs ==<br /> <br /> Roy, while I find your project of battle stubs commendable, can you please inform me when you create new stubs on topics from Russian-Ukrainian history, such as [[Battle of the Tanais River]] or [[Battle of the Sit River]]. The latter article was rather inaccurate, stating that the battle was fought by Kievans near Kiev, although in fact it was fought several miles from my home, and I live farther from Kiev than Rome is from London. So please let me know about new Russia-related articles you start, so that I could fix the possible errors. Thanks, [[User:Ghirlandajo|Ghirlandajo]] 12:16, 21 November 2005 (UTC)<br /> :You know I don't like battleboxes in stubs, especially on the battles where neither the casualties nor any other details were recorded. I'd better put the extant data in words. Battleboxes are good for long and detailed articles, for they represent the most important details in a nutshell. But that's just me. --[[User:Ghirlandajo|Ghirlandajo]] 13:45, 21 November 2005 (UTC)<br /> <br /> ==Date stuff==<br /> <br /> Are you sure you wanted to talk to ME? [[User:Olivier|olivier]] 17:37, 1 December 2005 (UTC)<br /> <br /> == kindly state in detail what you are refering to... ==<br /> <br /> <br /> <br /> This is in regard to the article Pakistan Occupied Kashmir. I have removed two words from a sentence in that article due to blatent POV. Please be aware of Wikipedia's NPOV policy, and stop adding bias to articles. Thanks. Roy Al Blue 20:26, 1 December 2005 (UTC)<br /> :Have commented out the warning. Thanks. [[User:CambridgeBayWeather|CambridgeBayWeather]] [[User_talk:CambridgeBayWeather|(Talk)]] 20:42, 1 December 2005 (UTC)<br /> ==Sources for Siege of Edo==<br /> Hello, good work on [[Siege of Edo]], and thanks for the contribution. However, you forgot to add any references to the article. Keeping Wikipedia accurate and verifiable is very important, and there is currently a push to encourage editors to [[WP:CITE|cite the sources]] they used when adding content. From what websites, books, or other places did you learn the information that you added to Siege of Edo? Would it be possible for you to mention them in the article? You can simply add links, or there are several different citation methods list at [[WP:CITET]]. Thanks! [[User:Lupin|'''Lupin''']]|[[User_talk:Lupin|talk]]|[[Wikipedia:Tools/Navigation popups|popups]] 20:11, 4 December 2005 (UTC)<br /> <br /> == Sockpuppets ==<br /> <br /> ''Short answer'': No way to know, really, unless you ask one of the ArbCom members with Checkuser abilities.<br /> <br /> ''Long answer'': The IP is registered to [[SBC Internet Services]], a California ISP, so it's probably somebody in California with a dialup account. Since their IP address may switch every time they connect, there's no way of tracking which edits belong to which user; this is the same problem we have with AOL customers. It could be a long-time anonymous user, or a user who isn't logged in, or just somebody making things up&amp;mdash;there's really no good way to tell. <br /> <br /> In any case, I don't think he's being particularly obnoxious yet, so there's no particular need to be concerned about it ;-) &amp;mdash;[[User:Kirill Lokshin|Kirill Lokshin]] 02:16, 6 December 2005 (UTC)<br /> <br /> ==War of 1812==<br /> <br /> You seem to be inventing names for occurences during the [[War of 1812]]. Please provide your references when you are citing a battle. I don't believe these are the correct names for these conflicts.<br /> <br /> *[[Battle of Nova Scotia]]<br /> <br /> <br /> [[User:Battlefield|Battlefield]] 02:43, 8 December 2005 (UTC)<br /> <br /> ==Question==<br /> <br /> Pardon me, but you seem to be suffering under the misapprehension that I vandalized a page. I did not (see explanation for why on my talk page). Please remove the warning you put on there because it wrong to give someone a warning simply because the one giving the warning is a quibbler with admin power, but not the ability to use it correctly. [[User:Sophysduckling|sophysduckling]]<br /> : If your purpose was just to find some vandalism, here is an article that could do with deletion: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hesh_Devarasetty<br /> : Thank you for removing the warning. I will be more careful with regard to making sure my edits are correct before I click &quot;random article&quot; again.<br /> <br /> ==Warbox==<br /> I want to say that I have not vandalized any page on Wikipedia...I am confused as to why people are saying that I have. I have never even made a post to it and noticed today that I have messages and was shocked to find what I did there.<br /> <br /> Please, remove this warning from my page and if you could explain to me what is going on, I would greatly appreciate it.<br /> <br /> Thank you.<br /> We now use the &quot;Warbox&quot; rather than the previous various boxes used; see link below:<br /> [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:WikiProject_Military_history#Historical_notes Warbox]<br /> <br /> Cordially [[User:Battlefield|Battlefield]] 22:44, 9 December 2005 (UTC)<br /> <br /> ==St. Petersburg==<br /> Hi, Roy! Just wanted to comment, that the user changing spelling in this article seems to be a newbie, so I wouldn't bite him/her too hard. This person is most likely not aware of our policies yet. I provided a link for him/her to peruse. Should have probably mentioned a preview button, too. Take care!&amp;mdash;[[User:Ezhiki|Ëzhiki (erinaceus amurensis)]] 18:43, 15 December 2005 (UTC)<br /> <br /> == Thank you ==<br /> <br /> [[Image:WikiThanks.png|left|Thanks!]] Thank you very much for the barnstar! It's not all that much trouble for me to add the notices, since you and Gsl have been keeping the new articles list updated :-) Keep up the great work! &amp;mdash;[[User:Kirill Lokshin|Kirill Lokshin]] 01:07, 18 December 2005 (UTC)<br /> <br /> == Battlebox no campaign ==<br /> <br /> Just a quick note: {{tl|Battlebox no campaign}} is up for deletion, so please don't use it on any more articles. We've been changing over the battleboxes to {{tl|Infobox Military Conflict}}, so you could either do that or just leave it for somebody else; they'll all be done in a week or so anyways ;-) &amp;mdash;[[User:Kirill Lokshin|Kirill Lokshin]] 02:50, 29 December 2005 (UTC)<br /> <br /> == [[Battle of Ciuna]] ==<br /> Hy Roy! I'm Horatius of it.wiki. I think you wrote the stub about the battle linked above. Could you please write me where to find some more info about this battle? I think I read all Titus Livius but no sign of this battle!! I found some &quot;battle of Cluvia&quot; (Liv. IX,31) a very small one in the Samnites Wars. Thank for any help you (or other friend) can give! Vale! [http://it.wikipedia.org/wiki/Utente:Horatius] --[[User:151.46.228.91|151.46.228.91]] 20:09, 24 May 2006 (UTC)<br /> <br /> == I need to know ==<br /> <br /> Where did you get info about [[Battle of Saintes]]? It seems to be completely absent from the web. I would like to know that in order to enhance the es: stub. If you don´t mind, please answer me [http://es.wikipedia.org/wiki/Usuario_Discusi%C3%B3n:Eamezaga here]. Thanks a lot, Emilio [[Image:Emisign2.jpg|37px]] 18:40, 10 July 2006 (UTC)</div> Eamezaga